Search Results

Search found 7159 results on 287 pages for 'green hosting'.

Page 286/287 | < Previous Page | 282 283 284 285 286 287  | Next Page >

  • Very Unusual Margin Appears Always in Internet Explorer [CSS]

    - by Jay
    Only in Internet Explorer does this occur: I'm getting an additional margin (of 19 pixels) below a fieldset and I can't seem to see why, whatever I try! Try it for yourself, take a look at http://theshrop.com/d/call_us_or_call_in.php. To aid I've added a grid and some background colours. The fieldset should have a 1.125em bottom margin and it does in Safari, Firefox etc. It has an extra 19 pixels in Internet Explorer? I've given the fieldset a width and height so it hasLayout, hope this helps. body{ color:#171717; font:1em/1.125em Georgia,serif; margin:0; padding:0; } /* */ fieldset{ background:fuchsia; border:0 solid green; border-width:0.0625em 0; height:19.125em; margin:0 0 1.125em; padding:3.3125em 1.125em 1.0625em; position:relative; width:31.5em; } /* */ form dl{ margin:0; } form dl dd{ /* */ height:2.25em; margin:0 0 1.125em; position:relative; /* */ } form dl dt{ margin:0 0 1.125em; } /* */ form dl dt+dd+dt+dd{ height:7.875em; } /* */ form dl+div{ line-height:2.25em; /* */ margin:0; padding:0; /* */ } h3{ color:#701; font:bold 1em/1.125em Helvetica,Arial,serif; margin:0 0 1.125em; text-transform:uppercase; } input[type=text]{ border:0.0625em solid #171717; font:1em/1.125em Georgia,serif; height:1.125em; margin:0; padding:0.5em 1.0625em; /* */ position:absolute; top:0; /* */ } /* */ legend{ background:aqua; margin:1.0625em 0 1.125em; padding:0; position:absolute; top:0; } /* */ p{ background:lime; margin:0 0 1.125em; } textarea{ border:0.0625em solid #171717; font:1em/1.125em Georgia,serif; height:6.75em; margin:0; padding:0.5em 1.0625em; /* */ position:absolute; top:0; /* */ } .Address{ margin:0 0 1.125em; } .Address dd{ margin:0; } .Address dt{ display:none; } .Address dt+dd+dt+dd{ display:inline; } .Address dt+dd+dt+dd+dt+dd+dt+dd{ display:block; text-transform:uppercase; } .Bad{ background:#dbb; color:#901; } .Calendar{ list-style:none; margin:0; padding:0; } .Calendar dd{ background:#701; font:bold 0.5625em/2em Helvetica,Arial,serif; margin:0; text-align:center; text-transform:uppercase; } .Calendar dl{ border:0 solid #111; border-width:0.0625em 0.125em 0.125em 0.0625em; float:left; margin:-0.0625em 1em 1em 1.0625em; width:3.375em; } .Calendar dt{ display:none; } .Calendar dt+dd+dt+dd{ background:#fff; color:#171717; font:1em/2.25em Georgia,serif; margin:0; } .Calendar h4{ float:right; font:1em/1.125em Georgia,serif; margin:0 0 1.125em; width:10.125em; } .Calendar li{ clear:both; } .Calendar p{ float:right; font:1em/1.125em Georgia,serif; width:10.125em; } .Good{ background:#bdb; color:#091; } .Left{ float:left; margin:0 0.5625em 0 1.125em; } .Message{ border-style:solid; border-width:0.0625em; margin:0 0 1.125em; padding:1em 1.0625em 0; } .Message p{ margin:0 0 1.0625em; padding:0.0625em 0 0; } .Narrow{ width:15.75em; } .Narrow input[type=text]{ width:13.5em; } .Right{ float:right; margin:0 1.125em 0 0.5625em; } .Wide{ /* */ background:gray; /* */ width:31.5em; } .Wide input[type=text]{ width:29.25em; } .Wide textarea{ width:29.25em; } .Wrapper{ background:url(../i/grid_w18_h18.png); margin:0 auto; overflow:hidden; padding:1.125em 0 0; position:relative; width:50.625em; } #Blackboard{ background:#171717; color:#fff; margin:1.125em 0 0; min-width:50.625em; } #Blackboard a{ background:#111; color:#fff; } #Blackboard h3{ color:#fff; } #Blackboard div>p{ font:1.5em/1.5em Georgia,serif; } #Footer{ background:#901; clear:both; color:#fff; min-width:50.625em; } #Footer h3{ color:#fff; } #Google_Copilot ol{ padding:0; } #Google_Copilot ol li{ list-style:none; margin:0 0 1.125em; padding:0; /* I.E.7 Fix */ } #Google_Map{ height:23.625em; margin:0 0 1.125em; width:31.5em; } #Google_Query dt{ /* display:none; */ } #Header{ background:#901; min-width:50.625em; } #Header h1{ background:url(../i/the_shropshire_arms_w288_h72.gif) no-repeat 0 2.8125em; font:1em/1.125em serif; height:7.875em; margin:0 0 0 0.5625em; width:18em; } #Header h1 a{ display:none; } #Header h2{ background-color:#933; display:inline; font:1em/2.25em Georgia,serif; left:0; margin:1.125em 0 0 0.5625em; padding:0 0.5625em; position:absolute; top:0; } #Header h2 a{ color:#fff; text-decoration:none; } #Header h2 a span{ text-decoration:underline; } #Header ul{ list-style:none; height:2.25em; margin:0; padding:0; } #Header ul li{ display:inline; /* I.E.7 Fix */ } #Header ul li a{ background:#fff; color:#000; float:left; line-height:2.25em; margin:0 0 0 0.5625em; padding:0 0.5625em; text-decoration:none; } #Header .Wrapper{ background:url(../i/shield_w126_h126.gif) no-repeat 42.1875em 1.6875em; } This post could get stupidly long so I'll provide a link to the Web page rather than post the HTML: http://theshrop.com/d/call_us_or_call_in.php I really appreciate answers and all who contribute, thanks in advance!

    Read the article

  • Gui problem after rewriting to MVC

    - by trevor_nise
    I'm practicing MVC style programming. I have a Mastermind game in a single file, working with no problems (maybe apart of the fact that "Check" button is invisible at start). http://paste.pocoo.org/show/226726/ But when I've rewritten it to model, view, controller files - when I click on empty Pin (that should be updated, and repainted with new color) - noting happens. Can anybody see any problems here ? I've tried placing repaint() in different places, but it simply does not work at all :/ Main : public class Main { public static void main(String[] args){ Model model = new Model(); View view = new View("Mastermind", 400, 590, model); Controller controller = new Controller(model, view); view.setVisible(true); } } Model : import java.util.Random; public class Model{ static final int LINE = 5, SCORE = 10, OPTIONS = 20; Pin pins[][] = new Pin[21][LINE]; int combination[] = new int[LINE]; int curPin = 0; int turn = 1; Random generator = new Random(); int repaintPin; boolean pinsRepaint=false; int pinsToRepaint; boolean isUpdate = true, isPlaying = true, isRowFull = false; static final int HIT_X[] = {270,290,310,290,310}, HIT_Y[] = {506,496,496,516,516}; public Model(){ for ( int i=0; i < SCORE; i++ ){ for ( int j = 0; j < LINE; j++ ){ pins[i][j] = new Pin(20,0); pins[i][j].setPosition(j*50+30,510-i*50); pins[i+SCORE][j] = new Pin(8,0); pins[i+SCORE][j].setPosition(HIT_X[j],HIT_Y[j]-i*50); } } for ( int i=0; i < LINE; i++ ){ pins[OPTIONS][i] = new Pin( 20, i+2 ); pins[OPTIONS][i].setPosition( 370,i * 50 + 56); } } void fillHole(int color) { pins[turn-1][curPin].setColor(color+1); pinsRepaint = true; pinsToRepaint = turn; curPin = (curPin+1) % LINE; if (curPin == 0){ isRowFull = true; } pinsRepaint = false; pinsToRepaint = 0; } void check() { int junkPins[] = new int[LINE], junkCode[] = new int[LINE]; int pinCount = 0, pico = 0; for ( int i = 0; i < LINE; i++ ) { junkPins[i] = pins[turn-1][i].getColor(); junkCode[i] = combination[i]; } for ( int i = 0; i < LINE; i++ ){ if (junkPins[i]==junkCode[i]) { pins[turn+SCORE][pinCount].setColor(1); pinCount++; pico++; junkPins[i] = 98; junkCode[i] = 99; } } for ( int i = 0; i < LINE; i++ ){ for ( int j = 0; j < LINE; j++ ) if (junkPins[i]==junkCode[j]) { pins[turn+SCORE][pinCount].setColor(2); pinCount++; junkPins[i] = 98; junkCode[j] = 99; j = LINE; } } pinsRepaint = true; pinsToRepaint = turn + SCORE; pinsRepaint = false; pinsToRepaint=0; if ( pico == LINE ){ isPlaying = false; } else if ( turn >= 10 ){ isPlaying = false; } else{ curPin = 0; isRowFull = false; turn++; } } void combination() { for ( int i = 0; i < LINE; i++ ){ combination[i] = generator.nextInt(6) + 1; } } } class Pin{ private int color, X, Y, radius; public Pin(){ X = 0; Y = 0; radius = 0; color = 0; } public Pin( int r,int c ){ X = 0; Y = 0; radius = r; color = c; } public int getX(){ return X; } public int getY(){ return Y; } public int getRadius(){ return radius; } public void setRadius(int r){ radius = r; } public void setPosition( int x,int y ){ this.X = x ; this.Y = y ; } public void setColor( int c ){ color = c; } public int getColor() { return color; } } View: import java.awt.*; import javax.swing.*; public class View extends Frame{ Model model; JButton checkAnswer; private JPanel button; private static final Color COLORS[] = {Color.black, Color.white, Color.red, Color.yellow, Color.green, Color.blue, new Color(7, 254, 250)}; public View(String name, int w, int h, Model m){ model = m; setTitle( name ); setSize( w,h ); setResizable( false ); this.setLayout(new BorderLayout()); button = new JPanel(); button.setSize( new Dimension(400, 100)); button.setVisible(true); checkAnswer = new JButton("Check"); checkAnswer.setSize( new Dimension(200, 30)); button.add( checkAnswer ); this.add( button, BorderLayout.SOUTH); button.setVisible(true); } @Override public void paint( Graphics g ) { g.setColor( new Color(238, 238, 238)); g.fillRect( 0,0,400,590); for ( int i=0; i < model.pins.length; i++ ) { paintPins(model.pins[i][0],g); paintPins(model.pins[i][1],g); paintPins(model.pins[i][2],g); paintPins(model.pins[i][3],g); paintPins(model.pins[i][4],g); } } @Override public void update( Graphics g ) { if ( model.isUpdate ) { paint(g); } else { model.isUpdate = true; paintPins(model.pins[model.repaintPin-1][0],g); paintPins(model.pins[model.repaintPin-1][1],g); paintPins(model.pins[model.repaintPin-1][2],g); paintPins(model.pins[model.repaintPin-1][3],g); paintPins(model.pins[model.repaintPin-1][4],g); } } void repaintPins( int pin ) { model.repaintPin = pin; model.isUpdate = false; repaint(); } public void paintPins(Pin p, Graphics g ){ int X = p.getX(); int Y = p.getY(); int color = p.getColor(); int radius = p.getRadius(); int x = X-radius; int y = Y-radius; if (color > 0){ g.setColor( COLORS[color]); g.fillOval( x,y,2*radius,2*radius ); } else{ g.setColor( new Color(238, 238, 238) ); g.drawOval( x,y,2*radius-1,2*radius-1 ); } g.setColor( Color.black ); g.drawOval( x,y,2*radius,2*radius ); } } Controller: import java.awt.*; import java.awt.event.*; public class Controller implements MouseListener, ActionListener { private Model model; private View view; public Controller(Model m, View v){ model = m; view = v; view.addWindowListener( new WindowAdapter(){ public void windowClosing(WindowEvent e){ System.exit(0); } }); view.addMouseListener(this); view.checkAnswer.addActionListener(this); model.combination(); } public void actionPerformed( ActionEvent e ) { if(e.getSource() == view.checkAnswer){ if(model.isRowFull){ model.check(); } } } public void mousePressed(MouseEvent e) { Point mouse = new Point(); mouse = e.getPoint(); if (model.isPlaying){ if (mouse.x > 350) { int button = 1 + (int)((mouse.y - 32) / 50); if ((button >= 1) && (button <= 5)){ model.fillHole(button); if(model.pinsRepaint){ view.repaintPins( model.pinsToRepaint ); } } } } } public void mouseClicked(MouseEvent e) {} public void mouseReleased(MouseEvent e){} public void mouseEntered(MouseEvent e) {} public void mouseExited(MouseEvent e) {} }

    Read the article

  • Problem with richfaces ajax datatable + buttons

    - by Schyzotrop
    Hello i have another problem with RichFaces this is my application and it shows how i want it to work : http://www.screencast.com/users/Schyzotrop/folders/Jing/media/a299dc1e-7a10-440e-8c39-96b1ec6e85a4 this is video of some glitch that i can't solve http://screencast.com/t/MDFiMGMzY the problem is that when i am trying to press any buttons on others than 1st category it won't do anything IF 1st category has less rows than the one i am calling it from from 1st category it works always i am using follwoing code in jsp for collumns : <h:form id="categoryAttributeList"> <rich:panel> <f:facet name="header"> <h:outputText value="Category Attribute List" /> </f:facet> <rich:dataTable id="table" value="#{categoryAttributeBean.allCategoryAttribute}" var="cat" width="100%" rows="10" columnClasses="col1,col2,col2,col3"> <f:facet name="header"> <rich:columnGroup> <h:column>Name</h:column> <h:column>Description</h:column> <h:column>Category</h:column> <h:column>Actions</h:column> </rich:columnGroup> </f:facet> <rich:column filterMethod="#{categoryAttributeFilteringBean.filterNames}"> <f:facet name="header"> <h:inputText value="#{categoryAttributeFilteringBean.filterNameValue}" id="input"> <a4j:support event="onkeyup" reRender="table , ds" ignoreDupResponses="true" requestDelay="700" oncomplete="setCaretToEnd(event);" /> </h:inputText> </f:facet> <h:outputText value="#{cat.name}" /> </rich:column> <rich:column filterMethod="#{categoryAttributeFilteringBean.filterDescriptions}"> <f:facet name="header"> <h:inputText value="#{categoryAttributeFilteringBean.filterDescriptionValue}" id="input2"> <a4j:support event="onkeyup" reRender="table , ds" ignoreDupResponses="true" requestDelay="700" oncomplete="setCaretToEnd(event);" /> </h:inputText> </f:facet> <h:outputText value="#{cat.description}" /> </rich:column> <rich:column filterMethod="#{categoryAttributeFilteringBean.filterCategories}"> <f:facet name="header"> <h:selectOneMenu value="#{categoryAttributeFilteringBean.filterCategoryValue}"> <f:selectItems value="#{categoryAttributeFilteringBean.categories}" /> <a4j:support event="onchange" reRender="table, ds" /> </h:selectOneMenu> </f:facet> <h:outputText value="#{cat.categoryID.name}" /> </rich:column> <h:column> <a4j:commandButton value="Edit" reRender="pnl" action="#{categoryAttributeBean.editCategoryAttributeSetup}"> <a4j:actionparam name="categoryAttributeID" value="#{cat.categoryAttributeID}" assignTo="#{categoryAttributeBean.id}" /> <a4j:actionparam name="state" value="edit" /> <a4j:actionparam name="editId" value="#{cat.categoryAttributeID}" /> </a4j:commandButton> <a4j:commandButton reRender="categoryAttributeList" value="Delete" action="#{categoryAttributeBean.deleteCategoryAttribute}"> <a4j:actionparam name="categoryAttributeID" value="#{cat.categoryAttributeID}" assignTo="#{categoryAttributeBean.id}" /> </a4j:commandButton> </h:column> <f:facet name="footer"> <rich:datascroller id="ds" renderIfSinglePage="false"></rich:datascroller> </f:facet> </rich:dataTable> <rich:panel id="msg"> <h:messages errorStyle="color:red" infoStyle="color:green"></h:messages> </rich:panel> </rich:panel> </h:form> and here is code of my backing bean @EJB private CategoryBeanLocal categoryBean; private CategoryAttribute categoryAttribute = new CategoryAttribute(); private ArrayList<SelectItem> categories = new ArrayList<SelectItem>(); private int id; private int categoryid; // Actions public void newCategoryAttribute() { categoryAttribute.setCategoryID(categoryBean.findCategoryByID(categoryid)); categoryBean.addCategoryAttribute(categoryAttribute); FacesContext.getCurrentInstance().addMessage("newCategoryAttribute", new FacesMessage("CategoryAttribute " + categoryAttribute.getName() + " created.")); this.categoryAttribute = new CategoryAttribute(); } public void editCategoryAttributeSetup() { categoryAttribute = categoryBean.findCategoryAttributeByID(id); } public void editCategoryAttribute() { categoryAttribute.setCategoryID(categoryBean.findCategoryByID(categoryid)); categoryBean.updateCategoryAttribute(categoryAttribute); FacesContext.getCurrentInstance().addMessage("newCategoryAttribute", new FacesMessage("CategoryAttribute " + categoryAttribute.getName() + " edited.")); this.categoryAttribute = new CategoryAttribute(); } public void deleteCategoryAttribute() { categoryAttribute = categoryBean.findCategoryAttributeByID(id); categoryBean.removeCategoryAttribute(categoryAttribute); FacesContext.getCurrentInstance().addMessage("categoryAttributeList", new FacesMessage("CategoryAttribute " + categoryAttribute.getName() + " deleted.")); this.categoryAttribute = new CategoryAttribute(); } // Getters public CategoryAttribute getCategoryAttribute() { return categoryAttribute; } public List<CategoryAttribute> getAllCategoryAttribute() { return categoryBean.findAllCategoryAttributes(); } public ArrayList<SelectItem> getCategories() { categories.clear(); List<Category> allCategory = categoryBean.findAllCategory(); Iterator it = allCategory.iterator(); while (it.hasNext()) { Category cat = (Category) it.next(); SelectItem select = new SelectItem(); select.setLabel(cat.getName()); select.setValue(cat.getCategoryID()); categories.add(select); } return categories; } public int getId() { return id; } public int getCategoryid() { return categoryid; } // Setters public void setCategoryAttribute(CategoryAttribute categoryAttribute) { this.categoryAttribute = categoryAttribute; } public void setId(int id) { this.id = id; } public void setCategoryid(int categoryid) { this.categoryid = categoryid; } and here is filtering bean : @EJB private CategoryBeanLocal categoryBean; private String filterNameValue = ""; private String filterDescriptionValue = ""; private int filterCategoryValue = 0; private ArrayList<SelectItem> categories = new ArrayList<SelectItem>(); public boolean filterNames(Object current) { CategoryAttribute currentName = (CategoryAttribute) current; if (filterNameValue.length() == 0) { return true; } if (currentName.getName().toLowerCase().contains(filterNameValue.toLowerCase())) { return true; } else { System.out.println("name"); return false; } } public boolean filterDescriptions(Object current) { CategoryAttribute currentDescription = (CategoryAttribute) current; if (filterDescriptionValue.length() == 0) { return true; } if (currentDescription.getDescription().toLowerCase().contains(filterDescriptionValue.toLowerCase())) { return true; } else { System.out.println("desc"); return false; } } public boolean filterCategories(Object current) { if (filterCategoryValue == 0) { getCategories(); filterCategoryValue = new Integer(categories.get(0).getValue().toString()); } CategoryAttribute currentCategory = (CategoryAttribute) current; if (currentCategory.getCategoryID().getCategoryID() == filterCategoryValue) { return true; } else { System.out.println(currentCategory.getCategoryID().getCategoryID() + "cate" + filterCategoryValue); return false; } } public ArrayList<SelectItem> getCategories() { categories.clear(); List<Category> allCategory = categoryBean.findAllCategory(); Iterator it = allCategory.iterator(); while (it.hasNext()) { Category cat = (Category) it.next(); SelectItem select = new SelectItem(); select.setLabel(cat.getName()); select.setValue(cat.getCategoryID()); categories.add(select); } return categories; } public String getFilterDescriptionValue() { return filterDescriptionValue; } public String getFilterNameValue() { return filterNameValue; } public int getFilterCategoryValue() { return filterCategoryValue; } public void setFilterDescriptionValue(String filterDescriptionValue) { this.filterDescriptionValue = filterDescriptionValue; } public void setFilterNameValue(String filterNameValue) { this.filterNameValue = filterNameValue; } public void setFilterCategoryValue(int filterCategoryValue) { this.filterCategoryValue = filterCategoryValue; } unfortunetly i can't even imagine what could cause this problem that's why i even made videos to help u understand my problem thanks for help!

    Read the article

  • Storing unique values into an array and comparing against a loop - PHP

    - by Aphex22
    I'm writing a PHP report which is designed to be exported purely as a CSV file, using commma delimiters. There are three columns relating to product_id, these three columns are as follows: SKU Parent / Child Parent SKU 12345 parent 12345 12345_1 child 12345 12345_2 child 12345 12345_3 child 12345 12345_4 child 12345 18099 parent 18099 18099_1 child 18099 Here's a link to the full CSV file: http://i.imgur.com/XELufRd.png At the moment the code looks like this: $sql = "select * from product WHERE on_amazon = 'on' AND active = 'on'"; $result = mysql_query($sql) or die ( mysql_error() );?> <? // set headers echo " Type, SKU, Parent / Child, Parent SKU, Product name, Manufacturer name, Gender, Product_description, Product price, Discount price, Quantity, Category, Photo 1, Photo 2, Photo 3, Photo 4, Photo 5, Photo 6, Photo 7, Photo 8, Color id, Color name, Size name <br> "; // load all stock while ($line = mysql_fetch_assoc($result) ) { ?> <?php // Loop through each possible size variation to see whether any of the quantity column has stock > 0 $con_size = array (35,355,36,37,375,38,385,39,395,40,405,41,415,42,425,43,435,44,445,45,455,46,465,47,475,48,485); $arrlength=count($con_size); for($x=0;$x<$arrlength;$x++) { // check if size is available if($line['quantity_c_size_'.$con_size[$x].'_chain'] > 0 ) { ?> <? echo 'Shoes'; ?>, <?=$line['product_id']?>, , , <?=$line['title']?>, <? $brand = $line['jys_brand']; echo ucfirst($brand); ?>, <? $gender = $line['category']; if ($gender == 'Mens') { echo 'H'; } else{ echo 'F'; } ?>, <?=preg_replace('/[^\da-z]/i', ' ', $line['amazon_desc']) ?>, <?=$line['price']?>, <?=$line['price']?>, <?=$line['quantity_c_size_'.$con_size[$x].'_chain']?>, <? $category = $line['style1']; switch ($category) { case "ankle-boots": echo "10013"; break; case "knee-high-boots": echo "10011"; break; case "high-heel-boots": echo "10033"; break; case "low-heel-boots": echo "10014"; break; case "wedge-boots": echo "10014"; break; case "western-boots": echo "10032"; break; case "flat-shoes": echo "10034"; break; case "high-heel-shoes": echo "10039"; break; case "low-heel-shoes": echo "10039"; break; case "wedge-shoes": echo "10035"; break; case "ballerina-shoes": echo "10008"; break; case "boat-shoes": echo "10018"; break; case "loafer-shoes": echo "10037"; break; case "work-shoes": echo "10039"; break; case "flat-sandals": echo "10041"; break; case "low-heel-sandals": echo "10042"; break; case "high-heel-sandals": echo "10042"; break; case "wedge-sandals": echo "10042"; break; case "mule-sandals": echo "10038"; break; case "mary-jane-shoes": echo "10039"; break; case "sports-shoes": echo "10026"; break; case "court-shoes": echo "10035"; break; case "peep-toe-shoes": echo "10035"; break; case "flat-boots": echo "10609"; break; case "mid-calf-boots": echo "10014"; break; case "trainer-shoes": echo "10009"; break; case "wellington-boots": echo "10012"; break; case "lace-up-boots": echo "10609"; break; case "chelsea-and-jodphur-boots": echo "10609"; break; case "desert-and-chukka-boots": echo "10032"; break; case "lace-up-shoes": echo "10034"; break; case "slip-on-shoes": echo "10043"; break; case "gibson-and-derby-shoes": echo "10039"; break; case "oxford-shoes": echo "10039"; break; case "brogue-shoes": echo "10039"; break; case "winter-boots": echo "10021"; break; case "slipper-shoes": echo "10016"; break; case "mid-heel-shoes": echo "10039"; break; case "sandals-and-beach-shoes": echo "10044"; break; case "mid-heel-sandals": echo "10042"; break; case "mid-heel-boots": echo "10014"; break; default: echo ""; } ?>, http://www.getashoe.co.uk/full/<?=$line['product_id']?>_1.jpg, http://www.getashoe.co.uk/full/<?=$line['product_id']?>_2.jpg, http://www.getashoe.co.uk/full/<?=$line['product_id']?>_3.jpg, http://www.getashoe.co.uk/full/<?=$line['product_id']?>_4.jpg, , , , , <? $colour = preg_replace('/[^\da-z]/i', ' ', $line['colour']); if( preg_match( '/white.*/i', $colour)) { echo '1'; } elseif( preg_match( '/yellow.*/i', $colour)) { echo '4'; } elseif( preg_match( '/orange.*/i', $colour)) { echo '7'; } elseif( preg_match( '/red.*/i', $colour)) { echo '8'; } elseif( preg_match( '/pink.*/i', $colour)) { echo '13'; } elseif( preg_match( '/purple.*/i', $colour)) { echo '15'; } elseif( preg_match( '/blue.*/i', $colour)) { echo '19'; } elseif( preg_match( '/green.*/i', $colour)) { echo '25'; } elseif( preg_match( '/brown.*/i', $colour)) { echo '28'; } elseif( preg_match( '/grey.*/i', $colour)) { echo '35'; } elseif( preg_match( '/black.*/i', $colour)) { echo '38'; } elseif( preg_match( '/gold.*/i', $colour)) { echo '41'; } elseif( preg_match( '/silver.*/i', $colour)) { echo '46'; } elseif( preg_match( '/multi.*/i', $colour)) { echo '594'; } elseif( preg_match( '/beige.*/i', $colour)) { echo '6887'; } elseif( preg_match( '/nude.*/i', $colour)) { echo '6887'; } else { echo '534'; } ?>, <?=$line['colour']?>, <?=$con_size[$x]?> <br> <? // finish checking if size is available } } ?> So at the moment this is simply echoing out the product_ID into the SKU column. The code would need to enter the product_id into an array and check whether it is unique. If the product_id is unique to the array, then the product_id is echoed out unaltered, and parent is echoed out to the 'Parent/Child' column and then the product_id is repeated to the 'Parent SKU' column. However, if the array is checked and the product_id already exists in the array, then the product_id is echoed out to the 'SKU' column with a suffix i.e. _1. Then child is echoed to the 'Parent / Child' column and the original parent product_id echoed to the 'Parent SKU' column. HOWEVER - the same SKU cannot be repeated with the same suffix i.e. 12345_1, 12345_1 - so presumably there would be to be another array for the suffixed SKUs to be checked against. If anybody could help, it would be great. Thanks --- UPDATE ANSWER --- I managed to solved this myself and thought I would share my solution for future reference. /* * Array to collect product_ids and check whether unique. * If unique product_id becomes parent SKU * If not product_id becomes child of previous parent and suffixed with _1, _2 etc... */ if (!in_array($line['product_id'], $SKU)) { $SKU[] = $line['product_id']; $parent = $line['product_id']; $a = 0; ?> <? echo 'Shoes'; ?>, <? echo $parent; ?>, <? echo "Parent"; ?>, <? echo $parent; ?>, <? } else { $child = $line['product_id'] . "_" . $a; ?> <? echo 'Shoes'; ?>, <? echo $child; ?>, <? echo "Child"; ?>, <? echo $child; <? // increment suffix value for child SKU $a++; ?>

    Read the article

  • Cnoverting application to MVC architecture

    - by terence6
    I'm practicing writing MVC applications. I have a Mastermind game, that I would like to rewrite as MVC app. I have divided my code to parts, but instead of working game I'm getting empty Frame and an error in "public void paint( Graphics g )". Error comes from calling this method in my view with null argument. But how to overcome this ? MVC was quite simple with swing but awt and it's paint methods are much more complicated. Code of working app : http://paste.pocoo.org/show/224982/ App divided to MVC : Main : public class Main { public static void main(String[] args){ Model model = new Model(); View view = new View("Mastermind", 400, 590, model); Controller controller = new Controller(model, view); view.setVisible(true); } } Controller : import java.awt.*; import java.awt.event.*; public class Controller implements MouseListener, ActionListener { private Model model; private View view; public Controller(Model m, View v){ model = m; view = v; view.addWindowListener( new WindowAdapter(){ public void windowClosing(WindowEvent e){ System.exit(0); } }); view.addMouseListener(this); } public void actionPerformed( ActionEvent e ) { if(e.getSource() == view.checkAnswer){ if(model.isRowFull){ model.check(); } } } public void mousePressed(MouseEvent e) { Point mouse = new Point(); mouse = e.getPoint(); if (model.isPlaying){ if (mouse.x > 350) { int button = 1 + (int)((mouse.y - 32) / 50); if ((button >= 1) && (button <= 5)){ model.fillHole(button); } } } } public void mouseClicked(MouseEvent e) {} public void mouseReleased(MouseEvent e){} public void mouseEntered(MouseEvent e) {} public void mouseExited(MouseEvent e) {} } View : import java.awt.*; import javax.swing.*; import java.awt.event.*; public class View extends Frame implements ActionListener { Model model; JButton checkAnswer; private JPanel button; static final int HIT_X[] = {270,290,310,290,310}, HIT_Y[] = {506,496,496,516,516}; public View(String name, int w, int h, Model m){ model = m; setTitle( name ); setSize( w,h ); setResizable( false ); this.setLayout(new BorderLayout()); button = new JPanel(); button.setSize( new Dimension(400, 100)); button.setVisible(true); checkAnswer = new JButton("Check"); checkAnswer.addActionListener(this); checkAnswer.setSize( new Dimension(200, 30)); button.add( checkAnswer ); this.add( button, BorderLayout.SOUTH); button.setVisible(true); for ( int i=0; i < model.SCORE; i++ ){ for ( int j = 0; j < model.LINE; j++ ){ model.pins[i][j] = new Pin(20,0); model.pins[i][j].setPosition(j*50+30,510-i*50); model.pins[i+model.SCORE][j] = new Pin(8,0); model.pins[i+model.SCORE][j].setPosition(HIT_X[j],HIT_Y[j]-i*50); } } for ( int i=0; i < model.LINE; i++ ){ model.pins[model.OPTIONS][i] = new Pin( 20, i+2 ); model.pins[model.OPTIONS][i].setPosition( 370,i * 50 + 56); } model.combination(); model.paint(null); } public void actionPerformed( ActionEvent e ) { } } Model: import java.awt.*; public class Model extends Frame{ static final int LINE = 5, SCORE = 10, OPTIONS = 20; Pin pins[][] = new Pin[21][LINE]; int combination[] = new int[LINE]; int curPin = 0; int turn = 1; int repaintPin; boolean isUpdate = true, isPlaying = true, isRowFull = false; public Model(){ } void fillHole(int color) { pins[turn-1][curPin].setColor(color+1); repaintPins( turn ); curPin = (curPin+1) % LINE; if (curPin == 0){ isRowFull = true; } } public void paint( Graphics g ) { g.setColor( new Color(238, 238, 238)); g.fillRect( 0,0,400,590); for ( int i=0; i < pins.length; i++ ) { pins[i][0].paint(g); pins[i][1].paint(g); pins[i][2].paint(g); pins[i][3].paint(g); pins[i][4].paint(g); } } public void update( Graphics g ) { if ( isUpdate ) { paint(g); } else { isUpdate = true; pins[repaintPin-1][0].paint(g); pins[repaintPin-1][1].paint(g); pins[repaintPin-1][2].paint(g); pins[repaintPin-1][3].paint(g); pins[repaintPin-1][4].paint(g); } } void repaintPins( int pin ) { repaintPin = pin; isUpdate = false; repaint(); } void check() { int junkPegs[] = new int[LINE], junkCode[] = new int[LINE]; int pegCount = 0, pico = 0; for ( int i = 0; i < LINE; i++ ) { junkPegs[i] = pins[turn-1][i].getColor(); junkCode[i] = combination[i]; } for ( int i = 0; i < LINE; i++ ){ if (junkPegs[i]==junkCode[i]) { pins[turn+SCORE][pegCount].setColor(1); pegCount++; pico++; junkPegs[i] = 98; junkCode[i] = 99; } } for ( int i = 0; i < LINE; i++ ){ for ( int j = 0; j < LINE; j++ ) if (junkPegs[i]==junkCode[j]) { pins[turn+SCORE][pegCount].setColor(2); pegCount++; junkPegs[i] = 98; junkCode[j] = 99; j = LINE; } } repaintPins( turn+SCORE ); if ( pico == LINE ){ isPlaying = false; } else if ( turn >= 10 ){ isPlaying = false; } else{ curPin = 0; isRowFull = false; turn++; } } void combination() { for ( int i = 0; i < LINE; i++ ){ combination[i] = 1 + (int)(Math.random()*5); System.out.print(i+","); } } } class Pin{ private int color, X, Y, radius; private static final Color COLORS[] = { Color.black, Color.white, Color.red, Color.yellow, Color.green, Color.blue, new Color(7, 254, 250)}; public Pin(){ X = 0; Y = 0; radius = 0; color = 0; } public Pin( int r,int c ){ X = 0; Y = 0; radius = r; color = c; } public void paint( Graphics g ){ int x = X-radius; int y = Y-radius; if (color > 0){ g.setColor( COLORS[color]); g.fillOval( x,y,2*radius,2*radius ); } else{ g.setColor( new Color(238, 238, 238) ); g.drawOval( x,y,2*radius-1,2*radius-1 ); } g.setColor( Color.black ); g.drawOval( x,y,2*radius,2*radius ); } public void setPosition( int x,int y ){ this.X = x ; this.Y = y ; } public void setColor( int c ){ color = c; } public int getColor() { return color; } } Any clues on how to overcome this would be great. Have I divided my code improperly ?

    Read the article

  • How to Make a Game like Space Invaders - Ray Wenderlich (why do my space invaders scroll off screen)

    - by Erv Noel
    I'm following this tutorial(http://www.raywenderlich.com/51068/how-to-make-a-game-like-space-invaders-with-sprite-kit-tutorial-part-1) and I've run into a problem right after the part where I add [self determineInvaderMovementDirection]; to my GameScene.m file (specifically to my moveInvadersForUpdate method) The tutorial states that the space invaders should be moving accordingly after adding this piece of code but when I run they move to the left and they do not come back. I'm not sure what I am doing wrong as I have followed this tutorial very carefully. Any help or clarification would be greatly appreciated. Thanks in advance ! Here is the full GameScene.m #import "GameScene.h" #import <CoreMotion/CoreMotion.h> #pragma mark - Custom Type Definitions /* The type definition and constant definitions 1,2,3 take care of the following tasks: 1.Define the possible types of invader enemies. This can be used in switch statements later when things like displaying different sprites images for each enemy type. The typedef makes InvaderType a formal Obj-C type that is type checked for method arguments and variables.This is so that the wrong method argument is not used or assigned to the wrong variable. 2. Define the size of the invaders and that they'll be laid out in a grid of rows and columns on the screen. 3. Define a name that will be used to identify invaders when searching for them. */ //1 typedef enum InvaderType { InvaderTypeA, InvaderTypeB, InvaderTypeC } InvaderType; /* Invaders move in a fixed pattern: right, right, down, left, down, right right. InvaderMovementDirection tracks the invaders' progress through this pattern */ typedef enum InvaderMovementDirection { InvaderMovementDirectionRight, InvaderMovementDirectionLeft, InvaderMovementDirectionDownThenRight, InvaderMovementDirectionDownThenLeft, InvaderMovementDirectionNone } InvaderMovementDirection; //2 #define kInvaderSize CGSizeMake(24,16) #define kInvaderGridSpacing CGSizeMake(12,12) #define kInvaderRowCount 6 #define kInvaderColCount 6 //3 #define kInvaderName @"invader" #define kShipSize CGSizeMake(30, 16) //stores the size of the ship #define kShipName @"ship" // stores the name of the ship stored on the sprite node #define kScoreHudName @"scoreHud" #define kHealthHudName @"healthHud" /* this class extension allows you to add “private” properties to GameScene class, without revealing the properties to other classes or code. You still get the benefit of using Objective-C properties, but your GameScene state is stored internally and can’t be modified by other external classes. As well, it doesn’t clutter the namespace of datatypes that your other classes see. This class extension is used in the method didMoveToView */ #pragma mark - Private GameScene Properties @interface GameScene () @property BOOL contentCreated; @property InvaderMovementDirection invaderMovementDirection; @property NSTimeInterval timeOfLastMove; @property NSTimeInterval timePerMove; @end @implementation GameScene #pragma mark Object Lifecycle Management #pragma mark - Scene Setup and Content Creation /*This method simply invokes createContent using the BOOL property contentCreated to make sure you don’t create your scene’s content more than once. This property is defined in an Objective-C Class Extension found near the top of the file()*/ - (void)didMoveToView:(SKView *)view { if (!self.contentCreated) { [self createContent]; self.contentCreated = YES; } } - (void)createContent { //1 - Invaders begin by moving to the right self.invaderMovementDirection = InvaderMovementDirectionRight; //2 - Invaders take 1 sec for each move. Each step left, right or down // takes 1 second. self.timePerMove = 1.0; //3 - Invaders haven't moved yet, so set the time to zero self.timeOfLastMove = 0.0; [self setupInvaders]; [self setupShip]; [self setupHud]; } /* Creates an invade sprite of a given type 1. Use the invadeType parameterr to determine color of the invader 2. Call spriteNodeWithColor:size: of SKSpriteNode to alloc and init a sprite that renders as a rect of the given color invaderColor with size kInvaderSize */ -(SKNode*)makeInvaderOfType:(InvaderType)invaderType { //1 SKColor* invaderColor; switch (invaderType) { case InvaderTypeA: invaderColor = [SKColor redColor]; break; case InvaderTypeB: invaderColor = [SKColor greenColor]; break; case InvaderTypeC: invaderColor = [SKColor blueColor]; break; } //2 SKSpriteNode* invader = [SKSpriteNode spriteNodeWithColor:invaderColor size:kInvaderSize]; invader.name = kInvaderName; return invader; } -(void)setupInvaders { //1 - loop over the rows CGPoint baseOrigin = CGPointMake(kInvaderSize.width / 2, 180); for (NSUInteger row = 0; row < kInvaderRowCount; ++row) { //2 - Choose a single InvaderType for all invaders // in this row based on the row number InvaderType invaderType; if (row % 3 == 0) invaderType = InvaderTypeA; else if (row % 3 == 1) invaderType = InvaderTypeB; else invaderType = InvaderTypeC; //3 - Does some math to figure out where the first invader // in the row should be positioned CGPoint invaderPosition = CGPointMake(baseOrigin.x, row * (kInvaderGridSpacing.height + kInvaderSize.height) + baseOrigin.y); //4 - Loop over the columns for (NSUInteger col = 0; col < kInvaderColCount; ++col) { //5 - Create an invader for the current row and column and add it // to the scene SKNode* invader = [self makeInvaderOfType:invaderType]; invader.position = invaderPosition; [self addChild:invader]; //6 - update the invaderPosition so that it's correct for the //next invader invaderPosition.x += kInvaderSize.width + kInvaderGridSpacing.width; } } } -(void)setupShip { //1 - creates ship using makeShip. makeShip can easily be used later // to create another ship (ex. to set up more lives) SKNode* ship = [self makeShip]; //2 - Places the ship on the screen. In SpriteKit the origin is at the lower //left corner of the screen. The anchorPoint is based on a unit square with (0, 0) at the lower left of the sprite's area and (1, 1) at its top right. Since SKSpriteNode has a default anchorPoint of (0.5, 0.5), i.e., its center, the ship's position is the position of its center. Positioning the ship at kShipSize.height/2.0f means that half of the ship's height will protrude below its position and half above. If you check the math, you'll see that the ship's bottom aligns exactly with the bottom of the scene. ship.position = CGPointMake(self.size.width / 2.0f, kShipSize.height/2.0f); [self addChild:ship]; } -(SKNode*)makeShip { SKNode* ship = [SKSpriteNode spriteNodeWithColor:[SKColor greenColor] size:kShipSize]; ship.name = kShipName; return ship; } -(void)setupHud { //Sets the score label font to Courier SKLabelNode* scoreLabel = [SKLabelNode labelNodeWithFontNamed:@"Courier"]; //1 - Give the score label a name so it becomes easy to find later when // the score needs to be updated. scoreLabel.name = kScoreHudName; scoreLabel.fontSize = 15; //2 - Color the score label green scoreLabel.fontColor = [SKColor greenColor]; scoreLabel.text = [NSString stringWithFormat:@"Score: %04u", 0]; //3 - Positions the score label near the top left corner of the screen scoreLabel.position = CGPointMake(20 + scoreLabel.frame.size.width/2, self.size.height - (20 + scoreLabel.frame.size.height/2)); [self addChild:scoreLabel]; //Applies the font of the health label SKLabelNode* healthLabel = [SKLabelNode labelNodeWithFontNamed:@"Courier"]; //4 - Give the health label a name so it can be referenced later when it needs // to be updated to display the health healthLabel.name = kHealthHudName; healthLabel.fontSize = 15; //5 - Colors the health label red healthLabel.fontColor = [SKColor redColor]; healthLabel.text = [NSString stringWithFormat:@"Health: %.1f%%", 100.0f]; //6 - Positions the health Label on the upper right hand side of the screen healthLabel.position = CGPointMake(self.size.width - healthLabel.frame.size.width/2 - 20, self.size.height - (20 + healthLabel.frame.size.height/2)); [self addChild:healthLabel]; } #pragma mark - Scene Update - (void)update:(NSTimeInterval)currentTime { //Makes the invaders move [self moveInvadersForUpdate:currentTime]; } #pragma mark - Scene Update Helpers //This method will get invoked by update -(void)moveInvadersForUpdate:(NSTimeInterval)currentTime { //1 - if it's not yet time to move, exit the method. moveInvadersForUpdate: // is invoked 60 times per second, but you don't want the invaders to move // that often since the movement would be too fast to see if (currentTime - self.timeOfLastMove < self.timePerMove) return; //2 - Recall that the scene holds all the invaders as child nodes; which were // added to the scene using addChild: in setupInvaders identifying each invader // by its name property. Invoking enumerateChildNodesWithName:usingBlock only loops over the invaders because they're named kInvaderType; which makes the loop skip the ship and the HUD. The guts og the block moves the invaders 10 pixels either right, left or down depending on the value of invaderMovementDirection [self enumerateChildNodesWithName:kInvaderName usingBlock:^(SKNode *node, BOOL *stop) { switch (self.invaderMovementDirection) { case InvaderMovementDirectionRight: node.position = CGPointMake(node.position.x - 10, node.position.y); break; case InvaderMovementDirectionLeft: node.position = CGPointMake(node.position.x - 10, node.position.y); break; case InvaderMovementDirectionDownThenLeft: case InvaderMovementDirectionDownThenRight: node.position = CGPointMake(node.position.x, node.position.y - 10); break; InvaderMovementDirectionNone: default: break; } }]; //3 - Record that you just moved the invaders, so that the next time this method is invoked (1/60th of a second from when it starts), the invaders won't move again until the set time period of one second has elapsed. self.timeOfLastMove = currentTime; //Makes it so that the invader movement direction changes only when the invaders are actually moving. Invaders only move when the check on self.timeOfLastMove passes (when conditional expression is true) [self determineInvaderMovementDirection]; } #pragma mark - Invader Movement Helpers -(void)determineInvaderMovementDirection { //1 - Since local vars accessed by block are default const(means they cannot be changed), this snippet of code qualifies proposedMovementDirection with __block so that you can modify it in //2 __block InvaderMovementDirection proposedMovementDirection = self.invaderMovementDirection; //2 - Loops over the invaders in the scene and refers to the block with the invader as an argument [self enumerateChildNodesWithName:kInvaderName usingBlock:^(SKNode *node, BOOL *stop) { switch (self.invaderMovementDirection) { case InvaderMovementDirectionRight: //3 - If the invader's right edge is within 1pt of the right edge of the scene, it's about to move offscreen. Sets proposedMovementDirection so that the invaders move down then left. You compare the invader's frame(the frame that contains its content in the scene's coordinate system) with the scene width. Since the scene has an anchorPoint of (0,0) by default and is scaled to fill it's parent view, this comparison ensures you're testing against the view's edges. if (CGRectGetMaxX(node.frame) >= node.scene.size.width - 1.0f) { proposedMovementDirection = InvaderMovementDirectionDownThenLeft; *stop = YES; } break; case InvaderMovementDirectionLeft: //4 - If the invader's left edge is within 1 pt of the left edge of the scene, it's about to move offscreen. Sets the proposedMovementDirection so invaders move down then right if (CGRectGetMinX(node.frame) <= 1.0f) { proposedMovementDirection = InvaderMovementDirectionDownThenRight; *stop = YES; } break; case InvaderMovementDirectionDownThenLeft: //5 - If invaders are moving down then left, they already moved down at this point, so they should now move left. proposedMovementDirection = InvaderMovementDirectionLeft; *stop = YES; break; case InvaderMovementDirectionDownThenRight: //6 - if the invaders are moving down then right, they already moved down so they should now move right. proposedMovementDirection = InvaderMovementDirectionRight; *stop = YES; break; default: break; } }]; //7 - if the proposed invader movement direction is different than the current invader movement direction, update the current direction to the proposed direction if (proposedMovementDirection != self.invaderMovementDirection) { self.invaderMovementDirection = proposedMovementDirection; } } #pragma mark - Bullet Helpers #pragma mark - User Tap Helpers #pragma mark - HUD Helpers #pragma mark - Physics Contact Helpers #pragma mark - Game End Helpers @end

    Read the article

  • Table overflow working in Chrome and IE but not Firefox

    - by Craig
    I am trying to get a layout that always takes up the entire screen, no more, no less. The layout has a header row, a 200px wide left bar (scrollable), and a scrollable content area. This works in Chrome and IE, but in Firefox the scroll bars never show nor work. Any thoughts? <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"> <html> <head> <style type="text/css"> * { margin: 0; padding: 0; } html, body { height: 100%; background-color: yellow; overflow: hidden; } #viewTable { width: 100%; height: 100%; background-color: red; } #header { height: 72px; background-color: blue; } #leftcol { vertical-align: top; width: 200px; height: 100%; background-color: green; } #menu { height: 100%; overflow: auto; } #rightcol { vertical-align: top; width: auto; height: 100%; background-color: purple; } #content { height: 100%; overflow: auto; } </style> </head> <body> </body> <table id="viewTable" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0"> <tr> <td colspan="2" id="header"> Header </td> </tr> <tr> <td id="leftcol"> <div id="menu"> 0<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 100<br/> </div> </td> <td id="rightcol"> <div id="content"> 0<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 1<br/> 100<br/> </div> </td> </tr> </table> hi </html> I would have preferred to use CSS, but could not find any way to do it. The hi should no show, it is simply there to verify it does not. Thank you!

    Read the article

  • Converting application to MVC architecture

    - by terence6
    I'm practicing writing MVC applications. I have a Mastermind game, that I would like to rewrite as MVC app. I have divided my code to parts, but instead of working game I'm getting empty Frame and an error in "public void paint( Graphics g )". Error comes from calling this method in my view with null argument. But how to overcome this ? MVC was quite simple with swing but awt and it's paint methods are much more complicated. Code of working app : http://paste.pocoo.org/show/224982/ App divided to MVC : Main : public class Main { public static void main(String[] args){ Model model = new Model(); View view = new View("Mastermind", 400, 590, model); Controller controller = new Controller(model, view); view.setVisible(true); } } Controller : import java.awt.*; import java.awt.event.*; public class Controller implements MouseListener, ActionListener { private Model model; private View view; public Controller(Model m, View v){ model = m; view = v; view.addWindowListener( new WindowAdapter(){ public void windowClosing(WindowEvent e){ System.exit(0); } }); view.addMouseListener(this); } public void actionPerformed( ActionEvent e ) { if(e.getSource() == view.checkAnswer){ if(model.isRowFull){ model.check(); } } } public void mousePressed(MouseEvent e) { Point mouse = new Point(); mouse = e.getPoint(); if (model.isPlaying){ if (mouse.x > 350) { int button = 1 + (int)((mouse.y - 32) / 50); if ((button >= 1) && (button <= 5)){ model.fillHole(button); } } } } public void mouseClicked(MouseEvent e) {} public void mouseReleased(MouseEvent e){} public void mouseEntered(MouseEvent e) {} public void mouseExited(MouseEvent e) {} } View : import java.awt.*; import javax.swing.*; import java.awt.event.*; public class View extends Frame implements ActionListener { Model model; JButton checkAnswer; private JPanel button; static final int HIT_X[] = {270,290,310,290,310}, HIT_Y[] = {506,496,496,516,516}; public View(String name, int w, int h, Model m){ model = m; setTitle( name ); setSize( w,h ); setResizable( false ); this.setLayout(new BorderLayout()); button = new JPanel(); button.setSize( new Dimension(400, 100)); button.setVisible(true); checkAnswer = new JButton("Check"); checkAnswer.addActionListener(this); checkAnswer.setSize( new Dimension(200, 30)); button.add( checkAnswer ); this.add( button, BorderLayout.SOUTH); button.setVisible(true); for ( int i=0; i < model.SCORE; i++ ){ for ( int j = 0; j < model.LINE; j++ ){ model.pins[i][j] = new Pin(20,0); model.pins[i][j].setPosition(j*50+30,510-i*50); model.pins[i+model.SCORE][j] = new Pin(8,0); model.pins[i+model.SCORE][j].setPosition(HIT_X[j],HIT_Y[j]-i*50); } } for ( int i=0; i < model.LINE; i++ ){ model.pins[model.OPTIONS][i] = new Pin( 20, i+2 ); model.pins[model.OPTIONS][i].setPosition( 370,i * 50 + 56); } model.combination(); model.paint(null); } public void actionPerformed( ActionEvent e ) { } } Model: import java.awt.*; public class Model extends Frame{ static final int LINE = 5, SCORE = 10, OPTIONS = 20; Pin pins[][] = new Pin[21][LINE]; int combination[] = new int[LINE]; int curPin = 0; int turn = 1; int repaintPin; boolean isUpdate = true, isPlaying = true, isRowFull = false; public Model(){ } void fillHole(int color) { pins[turn-1][curPin].setColor(color+1); repaintPins( turn ); curPin = (curPin+1) % LINE; if (curPin == 0){ isRowFull = true; } } public void paint( Graphics g ) { g.setColor( new Color(238, 238, 238)); g.fillRect( 0,0,400,590); for ( int i=0; i < pins.length; i++ ) { pins[i][0].paint(g); pins[i][1].paint(g); pins[i][2].paint(g); pins[i][3].paint(g); pins[i][4].paint(g); } } public void update( Graphics g ) { if ( isUpdate ) { paint(g); } else { isUpdate = true; pins[repaintPin-1][0].paint(g); pins[repaintPin-1][1].paint(g); pins[repaintPin-1][2].paint(g); pins[repaintPin-1][3].paint(g); pins[repaintPin-1][4].paint(g); } } void repaintPins( int pin ) { repaintPin = pin; isUpdate = false; repaint(); } void check() { int junkPegs[] = new int[LINE], junkCode[] = new int[LINE]; int pegCount = 0, pico = 0; for ( int i = 0; i < LINE; i++ ) { junkPegs[i] = pins[turn-1][i].getColor(); junkCode[i] = combination[i]; } for ( int i = 0; i < LINE; i++ ){ if (junkPegs[i]==junkCode[i]) { pins[turn+SCORE][pegCount].setColor(1); pegCount++; pico++; junkPegs[i] = 98; junkCode[i] = 99; } } for ( int i = 0; i < LINE; i++ ){ for ( int j = 0; j < LINE; j++ ) if (junkPegs[i]==junkCode[j]) { pins[turn+SCORE][pegCount].setColor(2); pegCount++; junkPegs[i] = 98; junkCode[j] = 99; j = LINE; } } repaintPins( turn+SCORE ); if ( pico == LINE ){ isPlaying = false; } else if ( turn >= 10 ){ isPlaying = false; } else{ curPin = 0; isRowFull = false; turn++; } } void combination() { for ( int i = 0; i < LINE; i++ ){ combination[i] = 1 + (int)(Math.random()*5); System.out.print(i+","); } } } class Pin{ private int color, X, Y, radius; private static final Color COLORS[] = { Color.black, Color.white, Color.red, Color.yellow, Color.green, Color.blue, new Color(7, 254, 250)}; public Pin(){ X = 0; Y = 0; radius = 0; color = 0; } public Pin( int r,int c ){ X = 0; Y = 0; radius = r; color = c; } public void paint( Graphics g ){ int x = X-radius; int y = Y-radius; if (color > 0){ g.setColor( COLORS[color]); g.fillOval( x,y,2*radius,2*radius ); } else{ g.setColor( new Color(238, 238, 238) ); g.drawOval( x,y,2*radius-1,2*radius-1 ); } g.setColor( Color.black ); g.drawOval( x,y,2*radius,2*radius ); } public void setPosition( int x,int y ){ this.X = x ; this.Y = y ; } public void setColor( int c ){ color = c; } public int getColor() { return color; } } Any clues on how to overcome this would be great. Have I divided my code improperly ?

    Read the article

  • What's New in ASP.NET 4

    - by Navaneeth
    The .NET Framework version 4 includes enhancements for ASP.NET 4 in targeted areas. Visual Studio 2010 and Microsoft Visual Web Developer Express also include enhancements and new features for improved Web development. This document provides an overview of many of the new features that are included in the upcoming release. This topic contains the following sections: ASP.NET Core Services ASP.NET Web Forms ASP.NET MVC Dynamic Data ASP.NET Chart Control Visual Web Developer Enhancements Web Application Deployment with Visual Studio 2010 Enhancements to ASP.NET Multi-Targeting ASP.NET Core Services ASP.NET 4 introduces many features that improve core ASP.NET services such as output caching and session state storage. Extensible Output Caching Since the time that ASP.NET 1.0 was released, output caching has enabled developers to store the generated output of pages, controls, and HTTP responses in memory. On subsequent Web requests, ASP.NET can serve content more quickly by retrieving the generated output from memory instead of regenerating the output from scratch. However, this approach has a limitation — generated content always has to be stored in memory. On servers that experience heavy traffic, the memory requirements for output caching can compete with memory requirements for other parts of a Web application. ASP.NET 4 adds extensibility to output caching that enables you to configure one or more custom output-cache providers. Output-cache providers can use any storage mechanism to persist HTML content. These storage options can include local or remote disks, cloud storage, and distributed cache engines. Output-cache provider extensibility in ASP.NET 4 lets you design more aggressive and more intelligent output-caching strategies for Web sites. For example, you can create an output-cache provider that caches the "Top 10" pages of a site in memory, while caching pages that get lower traffic on disk. Alternatively, you can cache every vary-by combination for a rendered page, but use a distributed cache so that the memory consumption is offloaded from front-end Web servers. You create a custom output-cache provider as a class that derives from the OutputCacheProvider type. You can then configure the provider in the Web.config file by using the new providers subsection of the outputCache element For more information and for examples that show how to configure the output cache, see outputCache Element for caching (ASP.NET Settings Schema). For more information about the classes that support caching, see the documentation for the OutputCache and OutputCacheProvider classes. By default, in ASP.NET 4, all HTTP responses, rendered pages, and controls use the in-memory output cache. The defaultProvider attribute for ASP.NET is AspNetInternalProvider. You can change the default output-cache provider used for a Web application by specifying a different provider name for defaultProvider attribute. In addition, you can select different output-cache providers for individual control and for individual requests and programmatically specify which provider to use. For more information, see the HttpApplication.GetOutputCacheProviderName(HttpContext) method. The easiest way to choose a different output-cache provider for different Web user controls is to do so declaratively by using the new providerName attribute in a page or control directive, as shown in the following example: <%@ OutputCache Duration="60" VaryByParam="None" providerName="DiskCache" %> Preloading Web Applications Some Web applications must load large amounts of data or must perform expensive initialization processing before serving the first request. In earlier versions of ASP.NET, for these situations you had to devise custom approaches to "wake up" an ASP.NET application and then run initialization code during the Application_Load method in the Global.asax file. To address this scenario, a new application preload manager (autostart feature) is available when ASP.NET 4 runs on IIS 7.5 on Windows Server 2008 R2. The preload feature provides a controlled approach for starting up an application pool, initializing an ASP.NET application, and then accepting HTTP requests. It lets you perform expensive application initialization prior to processing the first HTTP request. For example, you can use the application preload manager to initialize an application and then signal a load-balancer that the application was initialized and ready to accept HTTP traffic. To use the application preload manager, an IIS administrator sets an application pool in IIS 7.5 to be automatically started by using the following configuration in the applicationHost.config file: <applicationPools> <add name="MyApplicationPool" startMode="AlwaysRunning" /> </applicationPools> Because a single application pool can contain multiple applications, you specify individual applications to be automatically started by using the following configuration in the applicationHost.config file: <sites> <site name="MySite" id="1"> <application path="/" serviceAutoStartEnabled="true" serviceAutoStartProvider="PrewarmMyCache" > <!-- Additional content --> </application> </site> </sites> <!-- Additional content --> <serviceAutoStartProviders> <add name="PrewarmMyCache" type="MyNamespace.CustomInitialization, MyLibrary" /> </serviceAutoStartProviders> When an IIS 7.5 server is cold-started or when an individual application pool is recycled, IIS 7.5 uses the information in the applicationHost.config file to determine which Web applications have to be automatically started. For each application that is marked for preload, IIS7.5 sends a request to ASP.NET 4 to start the application in a state during which the application temporarily does not accept HTTP requests. When it is in this state, ASP.NET instantiates the type defined by the serviceAutoStartProvider attribute (as shown in the previous example) and calls into its public entry point. You create a managed preload type that has the required entry point by implementing the IProcessHostPreloadClient interface, as shown in the following example: public class CustomInitialization : System.Web.Hosting.IProcessHostPreloadClient { public void Preload(string[] parameters) { // Perform initialization. } } After your initialization code runs in the Preload method and after the method returns, the ASP.NET application is ready to process requests. Permanently Redirecting a Page Content in Web applications is often moved over the lifetime of the application. This can lead to links to be out of date, such as the links that are returned by search engines. In ASP.NET, developers have traditionally handled requests to old URLs by using the Redirect method to forward a request to the new URL. However, the Redirect method issues an HTTP 302 (Found) response (which is used for a temporary redirect). This results in an extra HTTP round trip. ASP.NET 4 adds a RedirectPermanent helper method that makes it easy to issue HTTP 301 (Moved Permanently) responses, as in the following example: RedirectPermanent("/newpath/foroldcontent.aspx"); Search engines and other user agents that recognize permanent redirects will store the new URL that is associated with the content, which eliminates the unnecessary round trip made by the browser for temporary redirects. Session State Compression By default, ASP.NET provides two options for storing session state across a Web farm. The first option is a session state provider that invokes an out-of-process session state server. The second option is a session state provider that stores data in a Microsoft SQL Server database. Because both options store state information outside a Web application's worker process, session state has to be serialized before it is sent to remote storage. If a large amount of data is saved in session state, the size of the serialized data can become very large. ASP.NET 4 introduces a new compression option for both kinds of out-of-process session state providers. By using this option, applications that have spare CPU cycles on Web servers can achieve substantial reductions in the size of serialized session state data. You can set this option using the new compressionEnabled attribute of the sessionState element in the configuration file. When the compressionEnabled configuration option is set to true, ASP.NET compresses (and decompresses) serialized session state by using the .NET Framework GZipStreamclass. The following example shows how to set this attribute. <sessionState mode="SqlServer" sqlConnectionString="data source=dbserver;Initial Catalog=aspnetstate" allowCustomSqlDatabase="true" compressionEnabled="true" /> ASP.NET Web Forms Web Forms has been a core feature in ASP.NET since the release of ASP.NET 1.0. Many enhancements have been in this area for ASP.NET 4, such as the following: The ability to set meta tags. More control over view state. Support for recently introduced browsers and devices. Easier ways to work with browser capabilities. Support for using ASP.NET routing with Web Forms. More control over generated IDs. The ability to persist selected rows in data controls. More control over rendered HTML in the FormView and ListView controls. Filtering support for data source controls. Enhanced support for Web standards and accessibility Setting Meta Tags with the Page.MetaKeywords and Page.MetaDescription Properties Two properties have been added to the Page class: MetaKeywords and MetaDescription. These two properties represent corresponding meta tags in the HTML rendered for a page, as shown in the following example: <head id="Head1" runat="server"> <title>Untitled Page</title> <meta name="keywords" content="keyword1, keyword2' /> <meta name="description" content="Description of my page" /> </head> These two properties work like the Title property does, and they can be set in the @ Page directive. For more information, see Page.MetaKeywords and Page.MetaDescription. Enabling View State for Individual Controls A new property has been added to the Control class: ViewStateMode. You can use this property to disable view state for all controls on a page except those for which you explicitly enable view state. View state data is included in a page's HTML and increases the amount of time it takes to send a page to the client and post it back. Storing more view state than is necessary can cause significant decrease in performance. In earlier versions of ASP.NET, you could reduce the impact of view state on a page's performance by disabling view state for specific controls. But sometimes it is easier to enable view state for a few controls that need it instead of disabling it for many that do not need it. For more information, see Control.ViewStateMode. Support for Recently Introduced Browsers and Devices ASP.NET includes a feature that is named browser capabilities that lets you determine the capabilities of the browser that a user is using. Browser capabilities are represented by the HttpBrowserCapabilities object which is stored in the HttpRequest.Browser property. Information about a particular browser's capabilities is defined by a browser definition file. In ASP.NET 4, these browser definition files have been updated to contain information about recently introduced browsers and devices such as Google Chrome, Research in Motion BlackBerry smart phones, and Apple iPhone. Existing browser definition files have also been updated. For more information, see How to: Upgrade an ASP.NET Web Application to ASP.NET 4 and ASP.NET Web Server Controls and Browser Capabilities. The browser definition files that are included with ASP.NET 4 are shown in the following list: •blackberry.browser •chrome.browser •Default.browser •firefox.browser •gateway.browser •generic.browser •ie.browser •iemobile.browser •iphone.browser •opera.browser •safari.browser A New Way to Define Browser Capabilities ASP.NET 4 includes a new feature referred to as browser capabilities providers. As the name suggests, this lets you build a provider that in turn lets you write custom code to determine browser capabilities. In ASP.NET version 3.5 Service Pack 1, you define browser capabilities in an XML file. This file resides in a machine-level folder or an application-level folder. Most developers do not need to customize these files, but for those who do, the provider approach can be easier than dealing with complex XML syntax. The provider approach makes it possible to simplify the process by implementing a common browser definition syntax, or a database that contains up-to-date browser definitions, or even a Web service for such a database. For more information about the new browser capabilities provider, see the What's New for ASP.NET 4 White Paper. Routing in ASP.NET 4 ASP.NET 4 adds built-in support for routing with Web Forms. Routing is a feature that was introduced with ASP.NET 3.5 SP1 and lets you configure an application to use URLs that are meaningful to users and to search engines because they do not have to specify physical file names. This can make your site more user-friendly and your site content more discoverable by search engines. For example, the URL for a page that displays product categories in your application might look like the following example: http://website/products.aspx?categoryid=12 By using routing, you can use the following URL to render the same information: http://website/products/software The second URL lets the user know what to expect and can result in significantly improved rankings in search engine results. the new features include the following: The PageRouteHandler class is a simple HTTP handler that you use when you define routes. You no longer have to write a custom route handler. The HttpRequest.RequestContext and Page.RouteData properties make it easier to access information that is passed in URL parameters. The RouteUrl expression provides a simple way to create a routed URL in markup. The RouteValue expression provides a simple way to extract URL parameter values in markup. The RouteParameter class makes it easier to pass URL parameter values to a query for a data source control (similar to FormParameter). You no longer have to change the Web.config file to enable routing. For more information about routing, see the following topics: ASP.NET Routing Walkthrough: Using ASP.NET Routing in a Web Forms Application How to: Define Routes for Web Forms Applications How to: Construct URLs from Routes How to: Access URL Parameters in a Routed Page Setting Client IDs The new ClientIDMode property makes it easier to write client script that references HTML elements rendered for server controls. Increasing use of Microsoft Ajax makes the need to do this more common. For example, you may have a data control that renders a long list of products with prices and you want to use client script to make a Web service call and update individual prices in the list as they change without refreshing the entire page. Typically you get a reference to an HTML element in client script by using the document.GetElementById method. You pass to this method the value of the id attribute of the HTML element you want to reference. In the case of elements that are rendered for ASP.NET server controls earlier versions of ASP.NET could make this difficult or impossible. You were not always able to predict what id values ASP.NET would generate, or ASP.NET could generate very long id values. The problem was especially difficult for data controls that would generate multiple rows for a single instance of the control in your markup. ASP.NET 4 adds two new algorithms for generating id attributes. These algorithms can generate id attributes that are easier to work with in client script because they are more predictable and that are easier to work with because they are simpler. For more information about how to use the new algorithms, see the following topics: ASP.NET Web Server Control Identification Walkthrough: Making Data-Bound Controls Easier to Access from JavaScript Walkthrough: Making Controls Located in Web User Controls Easier to Access from JavaScript How to: Access Controls from JavaScript by ID Persisting Row Selection in Data Controls The GridView and ListView controls enable users to select a row. In previous versions of ASP.NET, row selection was based on the row index on the page. For example, if you select the third item on page 1 and then move to page 2, the third item on page 2 is selected. In most cases, is more desirable not to select any rows on page 2. ASP.NET 4 supports Persisted Selection, a new feature that was initially supported only in Dynamic Data projects in the .NET Framework 3.5 SP1. When this feature is enabled, the selected item is based on the row data key. This means that if you select the third row on page 1 and move to page 2, nothing is selected on page 2. When you move back to page 1, the third row is still selected. This is a much more natural behavior than the behavior in earlier versions of ASP.NET. Persisted selection is now supported for the GridView and ListView controls in all projects. You can enable this feature in the GridView control, for example, by setting the EnablePersistedSelection property, as shown in the following example: <asp:GridView id="GridView2" runat="server" PersistedSelection="true"> </asp:GridView> FormView Control Enhancements The FormView control is enhanced to make it easier to style the content of the control with CSS. In previous versions of ASP.NET, the FormView control rendered it contents using an item template. This made styling more difficult in the markup because unexpected table row and table cell tags were rendered by the control. The FormView control supports RenderOuterTable, a property in ASP.NET 4. When this property is set to false, as show in the following example, the table tags are not rendered. This makes it easier to apply CSS style to the contents of the control. <asp:FormView ID="FormView1" runat="server" RenderTable="false"> For more information, see FormView Web Server Control Overview. ListView Control Enhancements The ListView control, which was introduced in ASP.NET 3.5, has all the functionality of the GridView control while giving you complete control over the output. This control has been made easier to use in ASP.NET 4. The earlier version of the control required that you specify a layout template that contained a server control with a known ID. The following markup shows a typical example of how to use the ListView control in ASP.NET 3.5. <asp:ListView ID="ListView1" runat="server"> <LayoutTemplate> <asp:PlaceHolder ID="ItemPlaceHolder" runat="server"></asp:PlaceHolder> </LayoutTemplate> <ItemTemplate> <% Eval("LastName")%> </ItemTemplate> </asp:ListView> In ASP.NET 4, the ListView control does not require a layout template. The markup shown in the previous example can be replaced with the following markup: <asp:ListView ID="ListView1" runat="server"> <ItemTemplate> <% Eval("LastName")%> </ItemTemplate> </asp:ListView> For more information, see ListView Web Server Control Overview. Filtering Data with the QueryExtender Control A very common task for developers who create data-driven Web pages is to filter data. This traditionally has been performed by building Where clauses in data source controls. This approach can be complicated, and in some cases the Where syntax does not let you take advantage of the full functionality of the underlying database. To make filtering easier, a new QueryExtender control has been added in ASP.NET 4. This control can be added to EntityDataSource or LinqDataSource controls in order to filter the data returned by these controls. Because the QueryExtender control relies on LINQ, but you do not to need to know how to write LINQ queries to use the query extender. The QueryExtender control supports a variety of filter options. The following lists QueryExtender filter options. Term Definition SearchExpression Searches a field or fields for string values and compares them to a specified string value. RangeExpression Searches a field or fields for values in a range specified by a pair of values. PropertyExpression Compares a specified value to a property value in a field. If the expression evaluates to true, the data that is being examined is returned. OrderByExpression Sorts data by a specified column and sort direction. CustomExpression Calls a function that defines custom filter in the page. For more information, see QueryExtenderQueryExtender Web Server Control Overview. Enhanced Support for Web Standards and Accessibility Earlier versions of ASP.NET controls sometimes render markup that does not conform to HTML, XHTML, or accessibility standards. ASP.NET 4 eliminates most of these exceptions. For details about how the HTML that is rendered by each control meets accessibility standards, see ASP.NET Controls and Accessibility. CSS for Controls that Can be Disabled In ASP.NET 3.5, when a control is disabled (see WebControl.Enabled), a disabled attribute is added to the rendered HTML element. For example, the following markup creates a Label control that is disabled: <asp:Label id="Label1" runat="server"   Text="Test" Enabled="false" /> In ASP.NET 3.5, the previous control settings generate the following HTML: <span id="Label1" disabled="disabled">Test</span> In HTML 4.01, the disabled attribute is not considered valid on span elements. It is valid only on input elements because it specifies that they cannot be accessed. On display-only elements such as span elements, browsers typically support rendering for a disabled appearance, but a Web page that relies on this non-standard behavior is not robust according to accessibility standards. For display-only elements, you should use CSS to indicate a disabled visual appearance. Therefore, by default ASP.NET 4 generates the following HTML for the control settings shown previously: <span id="Label1" class="aspNetDisabled">Test</span> You can change the value of the class attribute that is rendered by default when a control is disabled by setting the DisabledCssClass property. CSS for Validation Controls In ASP.NET 3.5, validation controls render a default color of red as an inline style. For example, the following markup creates a RequiredFieldValidator control: <asp:RequiredFieldValidator ID="RequiredFieldValidator1" runat="server"   ErrorMessage="Required Field" ControlToValidate="RadioButtonList1" /> ASP.NET 3.5 renders the following HTML for the validator control: <span id="RequiredFieldValidator1"   style="color:Red;visibility:hidden;">RequiredFieldValidator</span> By default, ASP.NET 4 does not render an inline style to set the color to red. An inline style is used only to hide or show the validator, as shown in the following example: <span id="RequiredFieldValidator1"   style"visibility:hidden;">RequiredFieldValidator</span> Therefore, ASP.NET 4 does not automatically show error messages in red. For information about how to use CSS to specify a visual style for a validation control, see Validating User Input in ASP.NET Web Pages. CSS for the Hidden Fields Div Element ASP.NET uses hidden fields to store state information such as view state and control state. These hidden fields are contained by a div element. In ASP.NET 3.5, this div element does not have a class attribute or an id attribute. Therefore, CSS rules that affect all div elements could unintentionally cause this div to be visible. To avoid this problem, ASP.NET 4 renders the div element for hidden fields with a CSS class that you can use to differentiate the hidden fields div from others. The new classvalue is shown in the following example: <div class="aspNetHidden"> CSS for the Table, Image, and ImageButton Controls By default, in ASP.NET 3.5, some controls set the border attribute of rendered HTML to zero (0). The following example shows HTML that is generated by the Table control in ASP.NET 3.5: <table id="Table2" border="0"> The Image control and the ImageButton control also do this. Because this is not necessary and provides visual formatting information that should be provided by using CSS, the attribute is not generated in ASP.NET 4. CSS for the UpdatePanel and UpdateProgress Controls In ASP.NET 3.5, the UpdatePanel and UpdateProgress controls do not support expando attributes. This makes it impossible to set a CSS class on the HTMLelements that they render. In ASP.NET 4 these controls have been changed to accept expando attributes, as shown in the following example: <asp:UpdatePanel runat="server" class="myStyle"> </asp:UpdatePanel> The following HTML is rendered for this markup: <div id="ctl00_MainContent_UpdatePanel1" class="expandoclass"> </div> Eliminating Unnecessary Outer Tables In ASP.NET 3.5, the HTML that is rendered for the following controls is wrapped in a table element whose purpose is to apply inline styles to the entire control: FormView Login PasswordRecovery ChangePassword If you use templates to customize the appearance of these controls, you can specify CSS styles in the markup that you provide in the templates. In that case, no extra outer table is required. In ASP.NET 4, you can prevent the table from being rendered by setting the new RenderOuterTable property to false. Layout Templates for Wizard Controls In ASP.NET 3.5, the Wizard and CreateUserWizard controls generate an HTML table element that is used for visual formatting. In ASP.NET 4 you can use a LayoutTemplate element to specify the layout. If you do this, the HTML table element is not generated. In the template, you create placeholder controls to indicate where items should be dynamically inserted into the control. (This is similar to how the template model for the ListView control works.) For more information, see the Wizard.LayoutTemplate property. New HTML Formatting Options for the CheckBoxList and RadioButtonList Controls ASP.NET 3.5 uses HTML table elements to format the output for the CheckBoxList and RadioButtonList controls. To provide an alternative that does not use tables for visual formatting, ASP.NET 4 adds two new options to the RepeatLayout enumeration: UnorderedList. This option causes the HTML output to be formatted by using ul and li elements instead of a table. OrderedList. This option causes the HTML output to be formatted by using ol and li elements instead of a table. For examples of HTML that is rendered for the new options, see the RepeatLayout enumeration. Header and Footer Elements for the Table Control In ASP.NET 3.5, the Table control can be configured to render thead and tfoot elements by setting the TableSection property of the TableHeaderRow class and the TableFooterRow class. In ASP.NET 4 these properties are set to the appropriate values by default. CSS and ARIA Support for the Menu Control In ASP.NET 3.5, the Menu control uses HTML table elements for visual formatting, and in some configurations it is not keyboard-accessible. ASP.NET 4 addresses these problems and improves accessibility in the following ways: The generated HTML is structured as an unordered list (ul and li elements). CSS is used for visual formatting. The menu behaves in accordance with ARIA standards for keyboard access. You can use arrow keys to navigate menu items. (For information about ARIA, see Accessibility in Visual Studio and ASP.NET.) ARIA role and property attributes are added to the generated HTML. (Attributes are added by using JavaScript instead of included in the HTML, to avoid generating HTML that would cause markup validation errors.) Styles for the Menu control are rendered in a style block at the top of the page, instead of inline with the rendered HTML elements. If you want to use a separate CSS file so that you can modify the menu styles, you can set the Menu control's new IncludeStyleBlock property to false, in which case the style block is not generated. Valid XHTML for the HtmlForm Control In ASP.NET 3.5, the HtmlForm control (which is created implicitly by the <form runat="server"> tag) renders an HTML form element that has both name and id attributes. The name attribute is deprecated in XHTML 1.1. Therefore, this control does not render the name attribute in ASP.NET 4. Maintaining Backward Compatibility in Control Rendering An existing ASP.NET Web site might have code in it that assumes that controls are rendering HTML the way they do in ASP.NET 3.5. To avoid causing backward compatibility problems when you upgrade the site to ASP.NET 4, you can have ASP.NET continue to generate HTML the way it does in ASP.NET 3.5 after you upgrade the site. To do so, you can set the controlRenderingCompatibilityVersion attribute of the pages element to "3.5" in the Web.config file of an ASP.NET 4 Web site, as shown in the following example: <system.web>   <pages controlRenderingCompatibilityVersion="3.5"/> </system.web> If this setting is omitted, the default value is the same as the version of ASP.NET that the Web site targets. (For information about multi-targeting in ASP.NET, see .NET Framework Multi-Targeting for ASP.NET Web Projects.) ASP.NET MVC ASP.NET MVC helps Web developers build compelling standards-based Web sites that are easy to maintain because it decreases the dependency among application layers by using the Model-View-Controller (MVC) pattern. MVC provides complete control over the page markup. It also improves testability by inherently supporting Test Driven Development (TDD). Web sites created using ASP.NET MVC have a modular architecture. This allows members of a team to work independently on the various modules and can be used to improve collaboration. For example, developers can work on the model and controller layers (data and logic), while the designer work on the view (presentation). For tutorials, walkthroughs, conceptual content, code samples, and a complete API reference, see ASP.NET MVC 2. Dynamic Data Dynamic Data was introduced in the .NET Framework 3.5 SP1 release in mid-2008. This feature provides many enhancements for creating data-driven applications, such as the following: A RAD experience for quickly building a data-driven Web site. Automatic validation that is based on constraints defined in the data model. The ability to easily change the markup that is generated for fields in the GridView and DetailsView controls by using field templates that are part of your Dynamic Data project. For ASP.NET 4, Dynamic Data has been enhanced to give developers even more power for quickly building data-driven Web sites. For more information, see ASP.NET Dynamic Data Content Map. Enabling Dynamic Data for Individual Data-Bound Controls in Existing Web Applications You can use Dynamic Data features in existing ASP.NET Web applications that do not use scaffolding by enabling Dynamic Data for individual data-bound controls. Dynamic Data provides the presentation and data layer support for rendering these controls. When you enable Dynamic Data for data-bound controls, you get the following benefits: Setting default values for data fields. Dynamic Data enables you to provide default values at run time for fields in a data control. Interacting with the database without creating and registering a data model. Automatically validating the data that is entered by the user without writing any code. For more information, see Walkthrough: Enabling Dynamic Data in ASP.NET Data-Bound Controls. New Field Templates for URLs and E-mail Addresses ASP.NET 4 introduces two new built-in field templates, EmailAddress.ascx and Url.ascx. These templates are used for fields that are marked as EmailAddress or Url using the DataTypeAttribute attribute. For EmailAddress objects, the field is displayed as a hyperlink that is created by using the mailto: protocol. When users click the link, it opens the user's e-mail client and creates a skeleton message. Objects typed as Url are displayed as ordinary hyperlinks. The following example shows how to mark fields. [DataType(DataType.EmailAddress)] public object HomeEmail { get; set; } [DataType(DataType.Url)] public object Website { get; set; } Creating Links with the DynamicHyperLink Control Dynamic Data uses the new routing feature that was added in the .NET Framework 3.5 SP1 to control the URLs that users see when they access the Web site. The new DynamicHyperLink control makes it easy to build links to pages in a Dynamic Data site. For information, see How to: Create Table Action Links in Dynamic Data Support for Inheritance in the Data Model Both the ADO.NET Entity Framework and LINQ to SQL support inheritance in their data models. An example of this might be a database that has an InsurancePolicy table. It might also contain CarPolicy and HousePolicy tables that have the same fields as InsurancePolicy and then add more fields. Dynamic Data has been modified to understand inherited objects in the data model and to support scaffolding for the inherited tables. For more information, see Walkthrough: Mapping Table-per-Hierarchy Inheritance in Dynamic Data. Support for Many-to-Many Relationships (Entity Framework Only) The Entity Framework has rich support for many-to-many relationships between tables, which is implemented by exposing the relationship as a collection on an Entity object. New field templates (ManyToMany.ascx and ManyToMany_Edit.ascx) have been added to provide support for displaying and editing data that is involved in many-to-many relationships. For more information, see Working with Many-to-Many Data Relationships in Dynamic Data. New Attributes to Control Display and Support Enumerations The DisplayAttribute has been added to give you additional control over how fields are displayed. The DisplayNameAttribute attribute in earlier versions of Dynamic Data enabled you to change the name that is used as a caption for a field. The new DisplayAttribute class lets you specify more options for displaying a field, such as the order in which a field is displayed and whether a field will be used as a filter. The attribute also provides independent control of the name that is used for the labels in a GridView control, the name that is used in a DetailsView control, the help text for the field, and the watermark used for the field (if the field accepts text input). The EnumDataTypeAttribute class has been added to let you map fields to enumerations. When you apply this attribute to a field, you specify an enumeration type. Dynamic Data uses the new Enumeration.ascx field template to create UI for displaying and editing enumeration values. The template maps the values from the database to the names in the enumeration. Enhanced Support for Filters Dynamic Data 1.0 had built-in filters for Boolean columns and foreign-key columns. The filters did not let you specify the order in which they were displayed. The new DisplayAttribute attribute addresses this by giving you control over whether a column appears as a filter and in what order it will be displayed. An additional enhancement is that filtering support has been rewritten to use the new QueryExtender feature of Web Forms. This lets you create filters without requiring knowledge of the data source control that the filters will be used with. Along with these extensions, filters have also been turned into template controls, which lets you add new ones. Finally, the DisplayAttribute class mentioned earlier allows the default filter to be overridden, in the same way that UIHint allows the default field template for a column to be overridden. For more information, see Walkthrough: Filtering Rows in Tables That Have a Parent-Child Relationship and QueryableFilterRepeater. ASP.NET Chart Control The ASP.NET chart server control enables you to create ASP.NET pages applications that have simple, intuitive charts for complex statistical or financial analysis. The chart control supports the following features: Data series, chart areas, axes, legends, labels, titles, and more. Data binding. Data manipulation, such as copying, splitting, merging, alignment, grouping, sorting, searching, and filtering. Statistical formulas and financial formulas. Advanced chart appearance, such as 3-D, anti-aliasing, lighting, and perspective. Events and customizations. Interactivity and Microsoft Ajax. Support for the Ajax Content Delivery Network (CDN), which provides an optimized way for you to add Microsoft Ajax Library and jQuery scripts to your Web applications. For more information, see Chart Web Server Control Overview. Visual Web Developer Enhancements The following sections provide information about enhancements and new features in Visual Studio 2010 and Visual Web Developer Express. The Web page designer in Visual Studio 2010 has been enhanced for better CSS compatibility, includes additional support for HTML and ASP.NET markup snippets, and features a redesigned version of IntelliSense for JScript. Improved CSS Compatibility The Visual Web Developer designer in Visual Studio 2010 has been updated to improve CSS 2.1 standards compliance. The designer better preserves HTML source code and is more robust than in previous versions of Visual Studio. HTML and JScript Snippets In the HTML editor, IntelliSense auto-completes tag names. The IntelliSense Snippets feature auto-completes whole tags and more. In Visual Studio 2010, IntelliSense snippets are supported for JScript, alongside C# and Visual Basic, which were supported in earlier versions of Visual Studio. Visual Studio 2010 includes over 200 snippets that help you auto-complete common ASP.NET and HTML tags, including required attributes (such as runat="server") and common attributes specific to a tag (such as ID, DataSourceID, ControlToValidate, and Text). You can download additional snippets, or you can write your own snippets that encapsulate the blocks of markup that you or your team use for common tasks. For more information on HTML snippets, see Walkthrough: Using HTML Snippets. JScript IntelliSense Enhancements In Visual 2010, JScript IntelliSense has been redesigned to provide an even richer editing experience. IntelliSense now recognizes objects that have been dynamically generated by methods such as registerNamespace and by similar techniques used by other JavaScript frameworks. Performance has been improved to analyze large libraries of script and to display IntelliSense with little or no processing delay. Compatibility has been significantly increased to support almost all third-party libraries and to support diverse coding styles. Documentation comments are now parsed as you type and are immediately leveraged by IntelliSense. Web Application Deployment with Visual Studio 2010 For Web application projects, Visual Studio now provides tools that work with the IIS Web Deployment Tool (Web Deploy) to automate many processes that had to be done manually in earlier versions of ASP.NET. For example, the following tasks can now be automated: Creating an IIS application on the destination computer and configuring IIS settings. Copying files to the destination computer. Changing Web.config settings that must be different in the destination environment. Propagating changes to data or data structures in SQL Server databases that are used by the Web application. For more information about Web application deployment, see ASP.NET Deployment Content Map. Enhancements to ASP.NET Multi-Targeting ASP.NET 4 adds new features to the multi-targeting feature to make it easier to work with projects that target earlier versions of the .NET Framework. Multi-targeting was introduced in ASP.NET 3.5 to enable you to use the latest version of Visual Studio without having to upgrade existing Web sites or Web services to the latest version of the .NET Framework. In Visual Studio 2008, when you work with a project targeted for an earlier version of the .NET Framework, most features of the development environment adapt to the targeted version. However, IntelliSense displays language features that are available in the current version, and property windows display properties available in the current version. In Visual Studio 2010, only language features and properties available in the targeted version of the .NET Framework are shown. For more information about multi-targeting, see the following topics: .NET Framework Multi-Targeting for ASP.NET Web Projects ASP.NET Side-by-Side Execution Overview How to: Host Web Applications That Use Different Versions of the .NET Framework on the Same Server How to: Deploy Web Site Projects Targeted for Earlier Versions of the .NET Framework

    Read the article

  • Zen and the Art of File and Folder Organization

    - by Mark Virtue
    Is your desk a paragon of neatness, or does it look like a paper-bomb has gone off? If you’ve been putting off getting organized because the task is too huge or daunting, or you don’t know where to start, we’ve got 40 tips to get you on the path to zen mastery of your filing system. For all those readers who would like to get their files and folders organized, or, if they’re already organized, better organized—we have compiled a complete guide to getting organized and staying organized, a comprehensive article that will hopefully cover every possible tip you could want. Signs that Your Computer is Poorly Organized If your computer is a mess, you’re probably already aware of it.  But just in case you’re not, here are some tell-tale signs: Your Desktop has over 40 icons on it “My Documents” contains over 300 files and 60 folders, including MP3s and digital photos You use the Windows’ built-in search facility whenever you need to find a file You can’t find programs in the out-of-control list of programs in your Start Menu You save all your Word documents in one folder, all your spreadsheets in a second folder, etc Any given file that you’re looking for may be in any one of four different sets of folders But before we start, here are some quick notes: We’re going to assume you know what files and folders are, and how to create, save, rename, copy and delete them The organization principles described in this article apply equally to all computer systems.  However, the screenshots here will reflect how things look on Windows (usually Windows 7).  We will also mention some useful features of Windows that can help you get organized. Everyone has their own favorite methodology of organizing and filing, and it’s all too easy to get into “My Way is Better than Your Way” arguments.  The reality is that there is no perfect way of getting things organized.  When I wrote this article, I tried to keep a generalist and objective viewpoint.  I consider myself to be unusually well organized (to the point of obsession, truth be told), and I’ve had 25 years experience in collecting and organizing files on computers.  So I’ve got a lot to say on the subject.  But the tips I have described here are only one way of doing it.  Hopefully some of these tips will work for you too, but please don’t read this as any sort of “right” way to do it. At the end of the article we’ll be asking you, the reader, for your own organization tips. Why Bother Organizing At All? For some, the answer to this question is self-evident. And yet, in this era of powerful desktop search software (the search capabilities built into the Windows Vista and Windows 7 Start Menus, and third-party programs like Google Desktop Search), the question does need to be asked, and answered. I have a friend who puts every file he ever creates, receives or downloads into his My Documents folder and doesn’t bother filing them into subfolders at all.  He relies on the search functionality built into his Windows operating system to help him find whatever he’s looking for.  And he always finds it.  He’s a Search Samurai.  For him, filing is a waste of valuable time that could be spent enjoying life! It’s tempting to follow suit.  On the face of it, why would anyone bother to take the time to organize their hard disk when such excellent search software is available?  Well, if all you ever want to do with the files you own is to locate and open them individually (for listening, editing, etc), then there’s no reason to ever bother doing one scrap of organization.  But consider these common tasks that are not achievable with desktop search software: Find files manually.  Often it’s not convenient, speedy or even possible to utilize your desktop search software to find what you want.  It doesn’t work 100% of the time, or you may not even have it installed.  Sometimes its just plain faster to go straight to the file you want, if you know it’s in a particular sub-folder, rather than trawling through hundreds of search results. Find groups of similar files (e.g. all your “work” files, all the photos of your Europe holiday in 2008, all your music videos, all the MP3s from Dark Side of the Moon, all your letters you wrote to your wife, all your tax returns).  Clever naming of the files will only get you so far.  Sometimes it’s the date the file was created that’s important, other times it’s the file format, and other times it’s the purpose of the file.  How do you name a collection of files so that they’re easy to isolate based on any of the above criteria?  Short answer, you can’t. Move files to a new computer.  It’s time to upgrade your computer.  How do you quickly grab all the files that are important to you?  Or you decide to have two computers now – one for home and one for work.  How do you quickly isolate only the work-related files to move them to the work computer? Synchronize files to other computers.  If you have more than one computer, and you need to mirror some of your files onto the other computer (e.g. your music collection), then you need a way to quickly determine which files are to be synced and which are not.  Surely you don’t want to synchronize everything? Choose which files to back up.  If your backup regime calls for multiple backups, or requires speedy backups, then you’ll need to be able to specify which files are to be backed up, and which are not.  This is not possible if they’re all in the same folder. Finally, if you’re simply someone who takes pleasure in being organized, tidy and ordered (me! me!), then you don’t even need a reason.  Being disorganized is simply unthinkable. Tips on Getting Organized Here we present our 40 best tips on how to get organized.  Or, if you’re already organized, to get better organized. Tip #1.  Choose Your Organization System Carefully The reason that most people are not organized is that it takes time.  And the first thing that takes time is deciding upon a system of organization.  This is always a matter of personal preference, and is not something that a geek on a website can tell you.  You should always choose your own system, based on how your own brain is organized (which makes the assumption that your brain is, in fact, organized). We can’t instruct you, but we can make suggestions: You may want to start off with a system based on the users of the computer.  i.e. “My Files”, “My Wife’s Files”, My Son’s Files”, etc.  Inside “My Files”, you might then break it down into “Personal” and “Business”.  You may then realize that there are overlaps.  For example, everyone may want to share access to the music library, or the photos from the school play.  So you may create another folder called “Family”, for the “common” files. You may decide that the highest-level breakdown of your files is based on the “source” of each file.  In other words, who created the files.  You could have “Files created by ME (business or personal)”, “Files created by people I know (family, friends, etc)”, and finally “Files created by the rest of the world (MP3 music files, downloaded or ripped movies or TV shows, software installation files, gorgeous desktop wallpaper images you’ve collected, etc).”  This system happens to be the one I use myself.  See below:  Mark is for files created by meVC is for files created by my company (Virtual Creations)Others is for files created by my friends and familyData is the rest of the worldAlso, Settings is where I store the configuration files and other program data files for my installed software (more on this in tip #34, below). Each folder will present its own particular set of requirements for further sub-organization.  For example, you may decide to organize your music collection into sub-folders based on the artist’s name, while your digital photos might get organized based on the date they were taken.  It can be different for every sub-folder! Another strategy would be based on “currentness”.  Files you have yet to open and look at live in one folder.  Ones that have been looked at but not yet filed live in another place.  Current, active projects live in yet another place.  All other files (your “archive”, if you like) would live in a fourth folder. (And of course, within that last folder you’d need to create a further sub-system based on one of the previous bullet points). Put some thought into this – changing it when it proves incomplete can be a big hassle!  Before you go to the trouble of implementing any system you come up with, examine a wide cross-section of the files you own and see if they will all be able to find a nice logical place to sit within your system. Tip #2.  When You Decide on Your System, Stick to It! There’s nothing more pointless than going to all the trouble of creating a system and filing all your files, and then whenever you create, receive or download a new file, you simply dump it onto your Desktop.  You need to be disciplined – forever!  Every new file you get, spend those extra few seconds to file it where it belongs!  Otherwise, in just a month or two, you’ll be worse off than before – half your files will be organized and half will be disorganized – and you won’t know which is which! Tip #3.  Choose the Root Folder of Your Structure Carefully Every data file (document, photo, music file, etc) that you create, own or is important to you, no matter where it came from, should be found within one single folder, and that one single folder should be located at the root of your C: drive (as a sub-folder of C:\).  In other words, do not base your folder structure in standard folders like “My Documents”.  If you do, then you’re leaving it up to the operating system engineers to decide what folder structure is best for you.  And every operating system has a different system!  In Windows 7 your files are found in C:\Users\YourName, whilst on Windows XP it was C:\Documents and Settings\YourName\My Documents.  In UNIX systems it’s often /home/YourName. These standard default folders tend to fill up with junk files and folders that are not at all important to you.  “My Documents” is the worst offender.  Every second piece of software you install, it seems, likes to create its own folder in the “My Documents” folder.  These folders usually don’t fit within your organizational structure, so don’t use them!  In fact, don’t even use the “My Documents” folder at all.  Allow it to fill up with junk, and then simply ignore it.  It sounds heretical, but: Don’t ever visit your “My Documents” folder!  Remove your icons/links to “My Documents” and replace them with links to the folders you created and you care about! Create your own file system from scratch!  Probably the best place to put it would be on your D: drive – if you have one.  This way, all your files live on one drive, while all the operating system and software component files live on the C: drive – simply and elegantly separated.  The benefits of that are profound.  Not only are there obvious organizational benefits (see tip #10, below), but when it comes to migrate your data to a new computer, you can (sometimes) simply unplug your D: drive and plug it in as the D: drive of your new computer (this implies that the D: drive is actually a separate physical disk, and not a partition on the same disk as C:).  You also get a slight speed improvement (again, only if your C: and D: drives are on separate physical disks). Warning:  From tip #12, below, you will see that it’s actually a good idea to have exactly the same file system structure – including the drive it’s filed on – on all of the computers you own.  So if you decide to use the D: drive as the storage system for your own files, make sure you are able to use the D: drive on all the computers you own.  If you can’t ensure that, then you can still use a clever geeky trick to store your files on the D: drive, but still access them all via the C: drive (see tip #17, below). If you only have one hard disk (C:), then create a dedicated folder that will contain all your files – something like C:\Files.  The name of the folder is not important, but make it a single, brief word. There are several reasons for this: When creating a backup regime, it’s easy to decide what files should be backed up – they’re all in the one folder! If you ever decide to trade in your computer for a new one, you know exactly which files to migrate You will always know where to begin a search for any file If you synchronize files with other computers, it makes your synchronization routines very simple.   It also causes all your shortcuts to continue to work on the other machines (more about this in tip #24, below). Once you’ve decided where your files should go, then put all your files in there – Everything!  Completely disregard the standard, default folders that are created for you by the operating system (“My Music”, “My Pictures”, etc).  In fact, you can actually relocate many of those folders into your own structure (more about that below, in tip #6). The more completely you get all your data files (documents, photos, music, etc) and all your configuration settings into that one folder, then the easier it will be to perform all of the above tasks. Once this has been done, and all your files live in one folder, all the other folders in C:\ can be thought of as “operating system” folders, and therefore of little day-to-day interest for us. Here’s a screenshot of a nicely organized C: drive, where all user files are located within the \Files folder:   Tip #4.  Use Sub-Folders This would be our simplest and most obvious tip.  It almost goes without saying.  Any organizational system you decide upon (see tip #1) will require that you create sub-folders for your files.  Get used to creating folders on a regular basis. Tip #5.  Don’t be Shy About Depth Create as many levels of sub-folders as you need.  Don’t be scared to do so.  Every time you notice an opportunity to group a set of related files into a sub-folder, do so.  Examples might include:  All the MP3s from one music CD, all the photos from one holiday, or all the documents from one client. It’s perfectly okay to put files into a folder called C:\Files\Me\From Others\Services\WestCo Bank\Statements\2009.  That’s only seven levels deep.  Ten levels is not uncommon.  Of course, it’s possible to take this too far.  If you notice yourself creating a sub-folder to hold only one file, then you’ve probably become a little over-zealous.  On the other hand, if you simply create a structure with only two levels (for example C:\Files\Work) then you really haven’t achieved any level of organization at all (unless you own only six files!).  Your “Work” folder will have become a dumping ground, just like your Desktop was, with most likely hundreds of files in it. Tip #6.  Move the Standard User Folders into Your Own Folder Structure Most operating systems, including Windows, create a set of standard folders for each of its users.  These folders then become the default location for files such as documents, music files, digital photos and downloaded Internet files.  In Windows 7, the full list is shown below: Some of these folders you may never use nor care about (for example, the Favorites folder, if you’re not using Internet Explorer as your browser).  Those ones you can leave where they are.  But you may be using some of the other folders to store files that are important to you.  Even if you’re not using them, Windows will still often treat them as the default storage location for many types of files.  When you go to save a standard file type, it can become annoying to be automatically prompted to save it in a folder that’s not part of your own file structure. But there’s a simple solution:  Move the folders you care about into your own folder structure!  If you do, then the next time you go to save a file of the corresponding type, Windows will prompt you to save it in the new, moved location. Moving the folders is easy.  Simply drag-and-drop them to the new location.  Here’s a screenshot of the default My Music folder being moved to my custom personal folder (Mark): Tip #7.  Name Files and Folders Intelligently This is another one that almost goes without saying, but we’ll say it anyway:  Do not allow files to be created that have meaningless names like Document1.doc, or folders called New Folder (2).  Take that extra 20 seconds and come up with a meaningful name for the file/folder – one that accurately divulges its contents without repeating the entire contents in the name. Tip #8.  Watch Out for Long Filenames Another way to tell if you have not yet created enough depth to your folder hierarchy is that your files often require really long names.  If you need to call a file Johnson Sales Figures March 2009.xls (which might happen to live in the same folder as Abercrombie Budget Report 2008.xls), then you might want to create some sub-folders so that the first file could be simply called March.xls, and living in the Clients\Johnson\Sales Figures\2009 folder. A well-placed file needs only a brief filename! Tip #9.  Use Shortcuts!  Everywhere! This is probably the single most useful and important tip we can offer.  A shortcut allows a file to be in two places at once. Why would you want that?  Well, the file and folder structure of every popular operating system on the market today is hierarchical.  This means that all objects (files and folders) always live within exactly one parent folder.  It’s a bit like a tree.  A tree has branches (folders) and leaves (files).  Each leaf, and each branch, is supported by exactly one parent branch, all the way back to the root of the tree (which, incidentally, is exactly why C:\ is called the “root folder” of the C: drive). That hard disks are structured this way may seem obvious and even necessary, but it’s only one way of organizing data.  There are others:  Relational databases, for example, organize structured data entirely differently.  The main limitation of hierarchical filing structures is that a file can only ever be in one branch of the tree – in only one folder – at a time.  Why is this a problem?  Well, there are two main reasons why this limitation is a problem for computer users: The “correct” place for a file, according to our organizational rationale, is very often a very inconvenient place for that file to be located.  Just because it’s correctly filed doesn’t mean it’s easy to get to.  Your file may be “correctly” buried six levels deep in your sub-folder structure, but you may need regular and speedy access to this file every day.  You could always move it to a more convenient location, but that would mean that you would need to re-file back to its “correct” location it every time you’d finished working on it.  Most unsatisfactory. A file may simply “belong” in two or more different locations within your file structure.  For example, say you’re an accountant and you have just completed the 2009 tax return for John Smith.  It might make sense to you to call this file 2009 Tax Return.doc and file it under Clients\John Smith.  But it may also be important to you to have the 2009 tax returns from all your clients together in the one place.  So you might also want to call the file John Smith.doc and file it under Tax Returns\2009.  The problem is, in a purely hierarchical filing system, you can’t put it in both places.  Grrrrr! Fortunately, Windows (and most other operating systems) offers a way for you to do exactly that:  It’s called a “shortcut” (also known as an “alias” on Macs and a “symbolic link” on UNIX systems).  Shortcuts allow a file to exist in one place, and an icon that represents the file to be created and put anywhere else you please.  In fact, you can create a dozen such icons and scatter them all over your hard disk.  Double-clicking on one of these icons/shortcuts opens up the original file, just as if you had double-clicked on the original file itself. Consider the following two icons: The one on the left is the actual Word document, while the one on the right is a shortcut that represents the Word document.  Double-clicking on either icon will open the same file.  There are two main visual differences between the icons: The shortcut will have a small arrow in the lower-left-hand corner (on Windows, anyway) The shortcut is allowed to have a name that does not include the file extension (the “.docx” part, in this case) You can delete the shortcut at any time without losing any actual data.  The original is still intact.  All you lose is the ability to get to that data from wherever the shortcut was. So why are shortcuts so great?  Because they allow us to easily overcome the main limitation of hierarchical file systems, and put a file in two (or more) places at the same time.  You will always have files that don’t play nice with your organizational rationale, and can’t be filed in only one place.  They demand to exist in two places.  Shortcuts allow this!  Furthermore, they allow you to collect your most often-opened files and folders together in one spot for convenient access.  The cool part is that the original files stay where they are, safe forever in their perfectly organized location. So your collection of most often-opened files can – and should – become a collection of shortcuts! If you’re still not convinced of the utility of shortcuts, consider the following well-known areas of a typical Windows computer: The Start Menu (and all the programs that live within it) The Quick Launch bar (or the Superbar in Windows 7) The “Favorite folders” area in the top-left corner of the Windows Explorer window (in Windows Vista or Windows 7) Your Internet Explorer Favorites or Firefox Bookmarks Each item in each of these areas is a shortcut!  Each of those areas exist for one purpose only:  For convenience – to provide you with a collection of the files and folders you access most often. It should be easy to see by now that shortcuts are designed for one single purpose:  To make accessing your files more convenient.  Each time you double-click on a shortcut, you are saved the hassle of locating the file (or folder, or program, or drive, or control panel icon) that it represents. Shortcuts allow us to invent a golden rule of file and folder organization: “Only ever have one copy of a file – never have two copies of the same file.  Use a shortcut instead” (this rule doesn’t apply to copies created for backup purposes, of course!) There are also lesser rules, like “don’t move a file into your work area – create a shortcut there instead”, and “any time you find yourself frustrated with how long it takes to locate a file, create a shortcut to it and place that shortcut in a convenient location.” So how to we create these massively useful shortcuts?  There are two main ways: “Copy” the original file or folder (click on it and type Ctrl-C, or right-click on it and select Copy):  Then right-click in an empty area of the destination folder (the place where you want the shortcut to go) and select Paste shortcut: Right-drag (drag with the right mouse button) the file from the source folder to the destination folder.  When you let go of the mouse button at the destination folder, a menu pops up: Select Create shortcuts here. Note that when shortcuts are created, they are often named something like Shortcut to Budget Detail.doc (windows XP) or Budget Detail – Shortcut.doc (Windows 7).   If you don’t like those extra words, you can easily rename the shortcuts after they’re created, or you can configure Windows to never insert the extra words in the first place (see our article on how to do this). And of course, you can create shortcuts to folders too, not just to files! Bottom line: Whenever you have a file that you’d like to access from somewhere else (whether it’s convenience you’re after, or because the file simply belongs in two places), create a shortcut to the original file in the new location. Tip #10.  Separate Application Files from Data Files Any digital organization guru will drum this rule into you.  Application files are the components of the software you’ve installed (e.g. Microsoft Word, Adobe Photoshop or Internet Explorer).  Data files are the files that you’ve created for yourself using that software (e.g. Word Documents, digital photos, emails or playlists). Software gets installed, uninstalled and upgraded all the time.  Hopefully you always have the original installation media (or downloaded set-up file) kept somewhere safe, and can thus reinstall your software at any time.  This means that the software component files are of little importance.  Whereas the files you have created with that software is, by definition, important.  It’s a good rule to always separate unimportant files from important files. So when your software prompts you to save a file you’ve just created, take a moment and check out where it’s suggesting that you save the file.  If it’s suggesting that you save the file into the same folder as the software itself, then definitely don’t follow that suggestion.  File it in your own folder!  In fact, see if you can find the program’s configuration option that determines where files are saved by default (if it has one), and change it. Tip #11.  Organize Files Based on Purpose, Not on File Type If you have, for example a folder called Work\Clients\Johnson, and within that folder you have two sub-folders, Word Documents and Spreadsheets (in other words, you’re separating “.doc” files from “.xls” files), then chances are that you’re not optimally organized.  It makes little sense to organize your files based on the program that created them.  Instead, create your sub-folders based on the purpose of the file.  For example, it would make more sense to create sub-folders called Correspondence and Financials.  It may well be that all the files in a given sub-folder are of the same file-type, but this should be more of a coincidence and less of a design feature of your organization system. Tip #12.  Maintain the Same Folder Structure on All Your Computers In other words, whatever organizational system you create, apply it to every computer that you can.  There are several benefits to this: There’s less to remember.  No matter where you are, you always know where to look for your files If you copy or synchronize files from one computer to another, then setting up the synchronization job becomes very simple Shortcuts can be copied or moved from one computer to another with ease (assuming the original files are also copied/moved).  There’s no need to find the target of the shortcut all over again on the second computer Ditto for linked files (e.g Word documents that link to data in a separate Excel file), playlists, and any files that reference the exact file locations of other files. This applies even to the drive that your files are stored on.  If your files are stored on C: on one computer, make sure they’re stored on C: on all your computers.  Otherwise all your shortcuts, playlists and linked files will stop working! Tip #13.  Create an “Inbox” Folder Create yourself a folder where you store all files that you’re currently working on, or that you haven’t gotten around to filing yet.  You can think of this folder as your “to-do” list.  You can call it “Inbox” (making it the same metaphor as your email system), or “Work”, or “To-Do”, or “Scratch”, or whatever name makes sense to you.  It doesn’t matter what you call it – just make sure you have one! Once you have finished working on a file, you then move it from the “Inbox” to its correct location within your organizational structure. You may want to use your Desktop as this “Inbox” folder.  Rightly or wrongly, most people do.  It’s not a bad place to put such files, but be careful:  If you do decide that your Desktop represents your “to-do” list, then make sure that no other files find their way there.  In other words, make sure that your “Inbox”, wherever it is, Desktop or otherwise, is kept free of junk – stray files that don’t belong there. So where should you put this folder, which, almost by definition, lives outside the structure of the rest of your filing system?  Well, first and foremost, it has to be somewhere handy.  This will be one of your most-visited folders, so convenience is key.  Putting it on the Desktop is a great option – especially if you don’t have any other folders on your Desktop:  the folder then becomes supremely easy to find in Windows Explorer: You would then create shortcuts to this folder in convenient spots all over your computer (“Favorite Links”, “Quick Launch”, etc). Tip #14.  Ensure You have Only One “Inbox” Folder Once you’ve created your “Inbox” folder, don’t use any other folder location as your “to-do list”.  Throw every incoming or created file into the Inbox folder as you create/receive it.  This keeps the rest of your computer pristine and free of randomly created or downloaded junk.  The last thing you want to be doing is checking multiple folders to see all your current tasks and projects.  Gather them all together into one folder. Here are some tips to help ensure you only have one Inbox: Set the default “save” location of all your programs to this folder. Set the default “download” location for your browser to this folder. If this folder is not your desktop (recommended) then also see if you can make a point of not putting “to-do” files on your desktop.  This keeps your desktop uncluttered and Zen-like: (the Inbox folder is in the bottom-right corner) Tip #15.  Be Vigilant about Clearing Your “Inbox” Folder This is one of the keys to staying organized.  If you let your “Inbox” overflow (i.e. allow there to be more than, say, 30 files or folders in there), then you’re probably going to start feeling like you’re overwhelmed:  You’re not keeping up with your to-do list.  Once your Inbox gets beyond a certain point (around 30 files, studies have shown), then you’ll simply start to avoid it.  You may continue to put files in there, but you’ll be scared to look at it, fearing the “out of control” feeling that all overworked, chaotic or just plain disorganized people regularly feel. So, here’s what you can do: Visit your Inbox/to-do folder regularly (at least five times per day). Scan the folder regularly for files that you have completed working on and are ready for filing.  File them immediately. Make it a source of pride to keep the number of files in this folder as small as possible.  If you value peace of mind, then make the emptiness of this folder one of your highest (computer) priorities If you know that a particular file has been in the folder for more than, say, six weeks, then admit that you’re not actually going to get around to processing it, and move it to its final resting place. Tip #16.  File Everything Immediately, and Use Shortcuts for Your Active Projects As soon as you create, receive or download a new file, store it away in its “correct” folder immediately.  Then, whenever you need to work on it (possibly straight away), create a shortcut to it in your “Inbox” (“to-do”) folder or your desktop.  That way, all your files are always in their “correct” locations, yet you still have immediate, convenient access to your current, active files.  When you finish working on a file, simply delete the shortcut. Ideally, your “Inbox” folder – and your Desktop – should contain no actual files or folders.  They should simply contain shortcuts. Tip #17.  Use Directory Symbolic Links (or Junctions) to Maintain One Unified Folder Structure Using this tip, we can get around a potential hiccup that we can run into when creating our organizational structure – the issue of having more than one drive on our computer (C:, D:, etc).  We might have files we need to store on the D: drive for space reasons, and yet want to base our organized folder structure on the C: drive (or vice-versa). Your chosen organizational structure may dictate that all your files must be accessed from the C: drive (for example, the root folder of all your files may be something like C:\Files).  And yet you may still have a D: drive and wish to take advantage of the hundreds of spare Gigabytes that it offers.  Did you know that it’s actually possible to store your files on the D: drive and yet access them as if they were on the C: drive?  And no, we’re not talking about shortcuts here (although the concept is very similar). By using the shell command mklink, you can essentially take a folder that lives on one drive and create an alias for it on a different drive (you can do lots more than that with mklink – for a full rundown on this programs capabilities, see our dedicated article).  These aliases are called directory symbolic links (and used to be known as junctions).  You can think of them as “virtual” folders.  They function exactly like regular folders, except they’re physically located somewhere else. For example, you may decide that your entire D: drive contains your complete organizational file structure, but that you need to reference all those files as if they were on the C: drive, under C:\Files.  If that was the case you could create C:\Files as a directory symbolic link – a link to D:, as follows: mklink /d c:\files d:\ Or it may be that the only files you wish to store on the D: drive are your movie collection.  You could locate all your movie files in the root of your D: drive, and then link it to C:\Files\Media\Movies, as follows: mklink /d c:\files\media\movies d:\ (Needless to say, you must run these commands from a command prompt – click the Start button, type cmd and press Enter) Tip #18. Customize Your Folder Icons This is not strictly speaking an organizational tip, but having unique icons for each folder does allow you to more quickly visually identify which folder is which, and thus saves you time when you’re finding files.  An example is below (from my folder that contains all files downloaded from the Internet): To learn how to change your folder icons, please refer to our dedicated article on the subject. Tip #19.  Tidy Your Start Menu The Windows Start Menu is usually one of the messiest parts of any Windows computer.  Every program you install seems to adopt a completely different approach to placing icons in this menu.  Some simply put a single program icon.  Others create a folder based on the name of the software.  And others create a folder based on the name of the software manufacturer.  It’s chaos, and can make it hard to find the software you want to run. Thankfully we can avoid this chaos with useful operating system features like Quick Launch, the Superbar or pinned start menu items. Even so, it would make a lot of sense to get into the guts of the Start Menu itself and give it a good once-over.  All you really need to decide is how you’re going to organize your applications.  A structure based on the purpose of the application is an obvious candidate.  Below is an example of one such structure: In this structure, Utilities means software whose job it is to keep the computer itself running smoothly (configuration tools, backup software, Zip programs, etc).  Applications refers to any productivity software that doesn’t fit under the headings Multimedia, Graphics, Internet, etc. In case you’re not aware, every icon in your Start Menu is a shortcut and can be manipulated like any other shortcut (copied, moved, deleted, etc). With the Windows Start Menu (all version of Windows), Microsoft has decided that there be two parallel folder structures to store your Start Menu shortcuts.  One for you (the logged-in user of the computer) and one for all users of the computer.  Having two parallel structures can often be redundant:  If you are the only user of the computer, then having two parallel structures is totally redundant.  Even if you have several users that regularly log into the computer, most of your installed software will need to be made available to all users, and should thus be moved out of the “just you” version of the Start Menu and into the “all users” area. To take control of your Start Menu, so you can start organizing it, you’ll need to know how to access the actual folders and shortcut files that make up the Start Menu (both versions of it).  To find these folders and files, click the Start button and then right-click on the All Programs text (Windows XP users should right-click on the Start button itself): The Open option refers to the “just you” version of the Start Menu, while the Open All Users option refers to the “all users” version.  Click on the one you want to organize. A Windows Explorer window then opens with your chosen version of the Start Menu selected.  From there it’s easy.  Double-click on the Programs folder and you’ll see all your folders and shortcuts.  Now you can delete/rename/move until it’s just the way you want it. Note:  When you’re reorganizing your Start Menu, you may want to have two Explorer windows open at the same time – one showing the “just you” version and one showing the “all users” version.  You can drag-and-drop between the windows. Tip #20.  Keep Your Start Menu Tidy Once you have a perfectly organized Start Menu, try to be a little vigilant about keeping it that way.  Every time you install a new piece of software, the icons that get created will almost certainly violate your organizational structure. So to keep your Start Menu pristine and organized, make sure you do the following whenever you install a new piece of software: Check whether the software was installed into the “just you” area of the Start Menu, or the “all users” area, and then move it to the correct area. Remove all the unnecessary icons (like the “Read me” icon, the “Help” icon (you can always open the help from within the software itself when it’s running), the “Uninstall” icon, the link(s)to the manufacturer’s website, etc) Rename the main icon(s) of the software to something brief that makes sense to you.  For example, you might like to rename Microsoft Office Word 2010 to simply Word Move the icon(s) into the correct folder based on your Start Menu organizational structure And don’t forget:  when you uninstall a piece of software, the software’s uninstall routine is no longer going to be able to remove the software’s icon from the Start Menu (because you moved and/or renamed it), so you’ll need to remove that icon manually. Tip #21.  Tidy C:\ The root of your C: drive (C:\) is a common dumping ground for files and folders – both by the users of your computer and by the software that you install on your computer.  It can become a mess. There’s almost no software these days that requires itself to be installed in C:\.  99% of the time it can and should be installed into C:\Program Files.  And as for your own files, well, it’s clear that they can (and almost always should) be stored somewhere else. In an ideal world, your C:\ folder should look like this (on Windows 7): Note that there are some system files and folders in C:\ that are usually and deliberately “hidden” (such as the Windows virtual memory file pagefile.sys, the boot loader file bootmgr, and the System Volume Information folder).  Hiding these files and folders is a good idea, as they need to stay where they are and are almost never needed to be opened or even seen by you, the user.  Hiding them prevents you from accidentally messing with them, and enhances your sense of order and well-being when you look at your C: drive folder. Tip #22.  Tidy Your Desktop The Desktop is probably the most abused part of a Windows computer (from an organization point of view).  It usually serves as a dumping ground for all incoming files, as well as holding icons to oft-used applications, plus some regularly opened files and folders.  It often ends up becoming an uncontrolled mess.  See if you can avoid this.  Here’s why… Application icons (Word, Internet Explorer, etc) are often found on the Desktop, but it’s unlikely that this is the optimum place for them.  The “Quick Launch” bar (or the Superbar in Windows 7) is always visible and so represents a perfect location to put your icons.  You’ll only be able to see the icons on your Desktop when all your programs are minimized.  It might be time to get your application icons off your desktop… You may have decided that the Inbox/To-do folder on your computer (see tip #13, above) should be your Desktop.  If so, then enough said.  Simply be vigilant about clearing it and preventing it from being polluted by junk files (see tip #15, above).  On the other hand, if your Desktop is not acting as your “Inbox” folder, then there’s no reason for it to have any data files or folders on it at all, except perhaps a couple of shortcuts to often-opened files and folders (either ongoing or current projects).  Everything else should be moved to your “Inbox” folder. In an ideal world, it might look like this: Tip #23.  Move Permanent Items on Your Desktop Away from the Top-Left Corner When files/folders are dragged onto your desktop in a Windows Explorer window, or when shortcuts are created on your Desktop from Internet Explorer, those icons are always placed in the top-left corner – or as close as they can get.  If you have other files, folders or shortcuts that you keep on the Desktop permanently, then it’s a good idea to separate these permanent icons from the transient ones, so that you can quickly identify which ones the transients are.  An easy way to do this is to move all your permanent icons to the right-hand side of your Desktop.  That should keep them separated from incoming items. Tip #24.  Synchronize If you have more than one computer, you’ll almost certainly want to share files between them.  If the computers are permanently attached to the same local network, then there’s no need to store multiple copies of any one file or folder – shortcuts will suffice.  However, if the computers are not always on the same network, then you will at some point need to copy files between them.  For files that need to permanently live on both computers, the ideal way to do this is to synchronize the files, as opposed to simply copying them. We only have room here to write a brief summary of synchronization, not a full article.  In short, there are several different types of synchronization: Where the contents of one folder are accessible anywhere, such as with Dropbox Where the contents of any number of folders are accessible anywhere, such as with Windows Live Mesh Where any files or folders from anywhere on your computer are synchronized with exactly one other computer, such as with the Windows “Briefcase”, Microsoft SyncToy, or (much more powerful, yet still free) SyncBack from 2BrightSparks.  This only works when both computers are on the same local network, at least temporarily. A great advantage of synchronization solutions is that once you’ve got it configured the way you want it, then the sync process happens automatically, every time.  Click a button (or schedule it to happen automatically) and all your files are automagically put where they’re supposed to be. If you maintain the same file and folder structure on both computers, then you can also sync files depend upon the correct location of other files, like shortcuts, playlists and office documents that link to other office documents, and the synchronized files still work on the other computer! Tip #25.  Hide Files You Never Need to See If you have your files well organized, you will often be able to tell if a file is out of place just by glancing at the contents of a folder (for example, it should be pretty obvious if you look in a folder that contains all the MP3s from one music CD and see a Word document in there).  This is a good thing – it allows you to determine if there are files out of place with a quick glance.  Yet sometimes there are files in a folder that seem out of place but actually need to be there, such as the “folder art” JPEGs in music folders, and various files in the root of the C: drive.  If such files never need to be opened by you, then a good idea is to simply hide them.  Then, the next time you glance at the folder, you won’t have to remember whether that file was supposed to be there or not, because you won’t see it at all! To hide a file, simply right-click on it and choose Properties: Then simply tick the Hidden tick-box:   Tip #26.  Keep Every Setup File These days most software is downloaded from the Internet.  Whenever you download a piece of software, keep it.  You’ll never know when you need to reinstall the software. Further, keep with it an Internet shortcut that links back to the website where you originally downloaded it, in case you ever need to check for updates. See tip #33 below for a full description of the excellence of organizing your setup files. Tip #27.  Try to Minimize the Number of Folders that Contain Both Files and Sub-folders Some of the folders in your organizational structure will contain only files.  Others will contain only sub-folders.  And you will also have some folders that contain both files and sub-folders.  You will notice slight improvements in how long it takes you to locate a file if you try to avoid this third type of folder.  It’s not always possible, of course – you’ll always have some of these folders, but see if you can avoid it. One way of doing this is to take all the leftover files that didn’t end up getting stored in a sub-folder and create a special “Miscellaneous” or “Other” folder for them. Tip #28.  Starting a Filename with an Underscore Brings it to the Top of a List Further to the previous tip, if you name that “Miscellaneous” or “Other” folder in such a way that its name begins with an underscore “_”, then it will appear at the top of the list of files/folders. The screenshot below is an example of this.  Each folder in the list contains a set of digital photos.  The folder at the top of the list, _Misc, contains random photos that didn’t deserve their own dedicated folder: Tip #29.  Clean Up those CD-ROMs and (shudder!) Floppy Disks Have you got a pile of CD-ROMs stacked on a shelf of your office?  Old photos, or files you archived off onto CD-ROM (or even worse, floppy disks!) because you didn’t have enough disk space at the time?  In the meantime have you upgraded your computer and now have 500 Gigabytes of space you don’t know what to do with?  If so, isn’t it time you tidied up that stack of disks and filed them into your gorgeous new folder structure? So what are you waiting for?  Bite the bullet, copy them all back onto your computer, file them in their appropriate folders, and then back the whole lot up onto a shiny new 1000Gig external hard drive! Useful Folders to Create This next section suggests some useful folders that you might want to create within your folder structure.  I’ve personally found them to be indispensable. The first three are all about convenience – handy folders to create and then put somewhere that you can always access instantly.  For each one, it’s not so important where the actual folder is located, but it’s very important where you put the shortcut(s) to the folder.  You might want to locate the shortcuts: On your Desktop In your “Quick Launch” area (or pinned to your Windows 7 Superbar) In your Windows Explorer “Favorite Links” area Tip #30.  Create an “Inbox” (“To-Do”) Folder This has already been mentioned in depth (see tip #13), but we wanted to reiterate its importance here.  This folder contains all the recently created, received or downloaded files that you have not yet had a chance to file away properly, and it also may contain files that you have yet to process.  In effect, it becomes a sort of “to-do list”.  It doesn’t have to be called “Inbox” – you can call it whatever you want. Tip #31.  Create a Folder where Your Current Projects are Collected Rather than going hunting for them all the time, or dumping them all on your desktop, create a special folder where you put links (or work folders) for each of the projects you’re currently working on. You can locate this folder in your “Inbox” folder, on your desktop, or anywhere at all – just so long as there’s a way of getting to it quickly, such as putting a link to it in Windows Explorer’s “Favorite Links” area: Tip #32.  Create a Folder for Files and Folders that You Regularly Open You will always have a few files that you open regularly, whether it be a spreadsheet of your current accounts, or a favorite playlist.  These are not necessarily “current projects”, rather they’re simply files that you always find yourself opening.  Typically such files would be located on your desktop (or even better, shortcuts to those files).  Why not collect all such shortcuts together and put them in their own special folder? As with the “Current Projects” folder (above), you would want to locate that folder somewhere convenient.  Below is an example of a folder called “Quick links”, with about seven files (shortcuts) in it, that is accessible through the Windows Quick Launch bar: See tip #37 below for a full explanation of the power of the Quick Launch bar. Tip #33.  Create a “Set-ups” Folder A typical computer has dozens of applications installed on it.  For each piece of software, there are often many different pieces of information you need to keep track of, including: The original installation setup file(s).  This can be anything from a simple 100Kb setup.exe file you downloaded from a website, all the way up to a 4Gig ISO file that you copied from a DVD-ROM that you purchased. The home page of the software manufacturer (in case you need to look up something on their support pages, their forum or their online help) The page containing the download link for your actual file (in case you need to re-download it, or download an upgraded version) The serial number Your proof-of-purchase documentation Any other template files, plug-ins, themes, etc that also need to get installed For each piece of software, it’s a great idea to gather all of these files together and put them in a single folder.  The folder can be the name of the software (plus possibly a very brief description of what it’s for – in case you can’t remember what the software does based in its name).  Then you would gather all of these folders together into one place, and call it something like “Software” or “Setups”. If you have enough of these folders (I have several hundred, being a geek, collected over 20 years), then you may want to further categorize them.  My own categorization structure is based on “platform” (operating system): The last seven folders each represents one platform/operating system, while _Operating Systems contains set-up files for installing the operating systems themselves.  _Hardware contains ROMs for hardware I own, such as routers. Within the Windows folder (above), you can see the beginnings of the vast library of software I’ve compiled over the years: An example of a typical application folder looks like this: Tip #34.  Have a “Settings” Folder We all know that our documents are important.  So are our photos and music files.  We save all of these files into folders, and then locate them afterwards and double-click on them to open them.  But there are many files that are important to us that can’t be saved into folders, and then searched for and double-clicked later on.  These files certainly contain important information that we need, but are often created internally by an application, and saved wherever that application feels is appropriate. A good example of this is the “PST” file that Outlook creates for us and uses to store all our emails, contacts, appointments and so forth.  Another example would be the collection of Bookmarks that Firefox stores on your behalf. And yet another example would be the customized settings and configuration files of our all our software.  Granted, most Windows programs store their configuration in the Registry, but there are still many programs that use configuration files to store their settings. Imagine if you lost all of the above files!  And yet, when people are backing up their computers, they typically only back up the files they know about – those that are stored in the “My Documents” folder, etc.  If they had a hard disk failure or their computer was lost or stolen, their backup files would not include some of the most vital files they owned.  Also, when migrating to a new computer, it’s vital to ensure that these files make the journey. It can be a very useful idea to create yourself a folder to store all your “settings” – files that are important to you but which you never actually search for by name and double-click on to open them.  Otherwise, next time you go to set up a new computer just the way you want it, you’ll need to spend hours recreating the configuration of your previous computer! So how to we get our important files into this folder?  Well, we have a few options: Some programs (such as Outlook and its PST files) allow you to place these files wherever you want.  If you delve into the program’s options, you will find a setting somewhere that controls the location of the important settings files (or “personal storage” – PST – when it comes to Outlook) Some programs do not allow you to change such locations in any easy way, but if you get into the Registry, you can sometimes find a registry key that refers to the location of the file(s).  Simply move the file into your Settings folder and adjust the registry key to refer to the new location. Some programs stubbornly refuse to allow their settings files to be placed anywhere other then where they stipulate.  When faced with programs like these, you have three choices:  (1) You can ignore those files, (2) You can copy the files into your Settings folder (let’s face it – settings don’t change very often), or (3) you can use synchronization software, such as the Windows Briefcase, to make synchronized copies of all your files in your Settings folder.  All you then have to do is to remember to run your sync software periodically (perhaps just before you run your backup software!). There are some other things you may decide to locate inside this new “Settings” folder: Exports of registry keys (from the many applications that store their configurations in the Registry).  This is useful for backup purposes or for migrating to a new computer Notes you’ve made about all the specific customizations you have made to a particular piece of software (so that you’ll know how to do it all again on your next computer) Shortcuts to webpages that detail how to tweak certain aspects of your operating system or applications so they are just the way you like them (such as how to remove the words “Shortcut to” from the beginning of newly created shortcuts).  In other words, you’d want to create shortcuts to half the pages on the How-To Geek website! Here’s an example of a “Settings” folder: Windows Features that Help with Organization This section details some of the features of Microsoft Windows that are a boon to anyone hoping to stay optimally organized. Tip #35.  Use the “Favorite Links” Area to Access Oft-Used Folders Once you’ve created your great new filing system, work out which folders you access most regularly, or which serve as great starting points for locating the rest of the files in your folder structure, and then put links to those folders in your “Favorite Links” area of the left-hand side of the Windows Explorer window (simply called “Favorites” in Windows 7):   Some ideas for folders you might want to add there include: Your “Inbox” folder (or whatever you’ve called it) – most important! The base of your filing structure (e.g. C:\Files) A folder containing shortcuts to often-accessed folders on other computers around the network (shown above as Network Folders) A folder containing shortcuts to your current projects (unless that folder is in your “Inbox” folder) Getting folders into this area is very simple – just locate the folder you’re interested in and drag it there! Tip #36.  Customize the Places Bar in the File/Open and File/Save Boxes Consider the screenshot below: The highlighted icons (collectively known as the “Places Bar”) can be customized to refer to any folder location you want, allowing instant access to any part of your organizational structure. Note:  These File/Open and File/Save boxes have been superseded by new versions that use the Windows Vista/Windows 7 “Favorite Links”, but the older versions (shown above) are still used by a surprisingly large number of applications. The easiest way to customize these icons is to use the Group Policy Editor, but not everyone has access to this program.  If you do, open it up and navigate to: User Configuration > Administrative Templates > Windows Components > Windows Explorer > Common Open File Dialog If you don’t have access to the Group Policy Editor, then you’ll need to get into the Registry.  Navigate to: HKEY_CURRENT_USER \ Software \ Microsoft  \ Windows \ CurrentVersion \ Policies \ comdlg32 \ Placesbar It should then be easy to make the desired changes.  Log off and log on again to allow the changes to take effect. Tip #37.  Use the Quick Launch Bar as a Application and File Launcher That Quick Launch bar (to the right of the Start button) is a lot more useful than people give it credit for.  Most people simply have half a dozen icons in it, and use it to start just those programs.  But it can actually be used to instantly access just about anything in your filing system: For complete instructions on how to set this up, visit our dedicated article on this topic. Tip #38.  Put a Shortcut to Windows Explorer into Your Quick Launch Bar This is only necessary in Windows Vista and Windows XP.  The Microsoft boffins finally got wise and added it to the Windows 7 Superbar by default. Windows Explorer – the program used for managing your files and folders – is one of the most useful programs in Windows.  Anyone who considers themselves serious about being organized needs instant access to this program at any time.  A great place to create a shortcut to this program is in the Windows XP and Windows Vista “Quick Launch” bar: To get it there, locate it in your Start Menu (usually under “Accessories”) and then right-drag it down into your Quick Launch bar (and create a copy). Tip #39.  Customize the Starting Folder for Your Windows 7 Explorer Superbar Icon If you’re on Windows 7, your Superbar will include a Windows Explorer icon.  Clicking on the icon will launch Windows Explorer (of course), and will start you off in your “Libraries” folder.  Libraries may be fine as a starting point, but if you have created yourself an “Inbox” folder, then it would probably make more sense to start off in this folder every time you launch Windows Explorer. To change this default/starting folder location, then first right-click the Explorer icon in the Superbar, and then right-click Properties:Then, in Target field of the Windows Explorer Properties box that appears, type %windir%\explorer.exe followed by the path of the folder you wish to start in.  For example: %windir%\explorer.exe C:\Files If that folder happened to be on the Desktop (and called, say, “Inbox”), then you would use the following cleverness: %windir%\explorer.exe shell:desktop\Inbox Then click OK and test it out. Tip #40.  Ummmmm…. No, that’s it.  I can’t think of another one.  That’s all of the tips I can come up with.  I only created this one because 40 is such a nice round number… Case Study – An Organized PC To finish off the article, I have included a few screenshots of my (main) computer (running Vista).  The aim here is twofold: To give you a sense of what it looks like when the above, sometimes abstract, tips are applied to a real-life computer, and To offer some ideas about folders and structure that you may want to steal to use on your own PC. Let’s start with the C: drive itself.  Very minimal.  All my files are contained within C:\Files.  I’ll confine the rest of the case study to this folder: That folder contains the following: Mark: My personal files VC: My business (Virtual Creations, Australia) Others contains files created by friends and family Data contains files from the rest of the world (can be thought of as “public” files, usually downloaded from the Net) Settings is described above in tip #34 The Data folder contains the following sub-folders: Audio:  Radio plays, audio books, podcasts, etc Development:  Programmer and developer resources, sample source code, etc (see below) Humour:  Jokes, funnies (those emails that we all receive) Movies:  Downloaded and ripped movies (all legal, of course!), their scripts, DVD covers, etc. Music:  (see below) Setups:  Installation files for software (explained in full in tip #33) System:  (see below) TV:  Downloaded TV shows Writings:  Books, instruction manuals, etc (see below) The Music folder contains the following sub-folders: Album covers:  JPEG scans Guitar tabs:  Text files of guitar sheet music Lists:  e.g. “Top 1000 songs of all time” Lyrics:  Text files MIDI:  Electronic music files MP3 (representing 99% of the Music folder):  MP3s, either ripped from CDs or downloaded, sorted by artist/album name Music Video:  Video clips Sheet Music:  usually PDFs The Data\Writings folder contains the following sub-folders: (all pretty self-explanatory) The Data\Development folder contains the following sub-folders: Again, all pretty self-explanatory (if you’re a geek) The Data\System folder contains the following sub-folders: These are usually themes, plug-ins and other downloadable program-specific resources. The Mark folder contains the following sub-folders: From Others:  Usually letters that other people (friends, family, etc) have written to me For Others:  Letters and other things I have created for other people Green Book:  None of your business Playlists:  M3U files that I have compiled of my favorite songs (plus one M3U playlist file for every album I own) Writing:  Fiction, philosophy and other musings of mine Mark Docs:  Shortcut to C:\Users\Mark Settings:  Shortcut to C:\Files\Settings\Mark The Others folder contains the following sub-folders: The VC (Virtual Creations, my business – I develop websites) folder contains the following sub-folders: And again, all of those are pretty self-explanatory. Conclusion These tips have saved my sanity and helped keep me a productive geek, but what about you? What tips and tricks do you have to keep your files organized?  Please share them with us in the comments.  Come on, don’t be shy… Similar Articles Productive Geek Tips Fix For When Windows Explorer in Vista Stops Showing File NamesWhy Did Windows Vista’s Music Folder Icon Turn Yellow?Print or Create a Text File List of the Contents in a Directory the Easy WayCustomize the Windows 7 or Vista Send To MenuAdd Copy To / Move To on Windows 7 or Vista Right-Click Menu TouchFreeze Alternative in AutoHotkey The Icy Undertow Desktop Windows Home Server – Backup to LAN The Clear & Clean Desktop Use This Bookmarklet to Easily Get Albums Use AutoHotkey to Assign a Hotkey to a Specific Window Latest Software Reviews Tinyhacker Random Tips Acronis Online Backup DVDFab 6 Revo Uninstaller Pro Registry Mechanic 9 for Windows Track Daily Goals With 42Goals Video Toolbox is a Superb Online Video Editor Fun with 47 charts and graphs Tomorrow is Mother’s Day Check the Average Speed of YouTube Videos You’ve Watched OutlookStatView Scans and Displays General Usage Statistics

    Read the article

  • Agile Development

    - by James Oloo Onyango
    Alot of literature has and is being written about agile developement and its surrounding philosophies. In my quest to find the best way to express the importance of agile methodologies, i have found Robert C. Martin's "A Satire Of Two Companies" to be both the most concise and thorough! Enjoy the read! Rufus Inc Project Kick Off Your name is Bob. The date is January 3, 2001, and your head still aches from the recent millennial revelry. You are sitting in a conference room with several managers and a group of your peers. You are a project team leader. Your boss is there, and he has brought along all of his team leaders. His boss called the meeting. "We have a new project to develop," says your boss's boss. Call him BB. The points in his hair are so long that they scrape the ceiling. Your boss's points are just starting to grow, but he eagerly awaits the day when he can leave Brylcream stains on the acoustic tiles. BB describes the essence of the new market they have identified and the product they want to develop to exploit this market. "We must have this new project up and working by fourth quarter October 1," BB demands. "Nothing is of higher priority, so we are cancelling your current project." The reaction in the room is stunned silence. Months of work are simply going to be thrown away. Slowly, a murmur of objection begins to circulate around the conference table.   His points give off an evil green glow as BB meets the eyes of everyone in the room. One by one, that insidious stare reduces each attendee to quivering lumps of protoplasm. It is clear that he will brook no discussion on this matter. Once silence has been restored, BB says, "We need to begin immediately. How long will it take you to do the analysis?" You raise your hand. Your boss tries to stop you, but his spitwad misses you and you are unaware of his efforts.   "Sir, we can't tell you how long the analysis will take until we have some requirements." "The requirements document won't be ready for 3 or 4 weeks," BB says, his points vibrating with frustration. "So, pretend that you have the requirements in front of you now. How long will you require for analysis?" No one breathes. Everyone looks around to see whether anyone has some idea. "If analysis goes beyond April 1, we have a problem. Can you finish the analysis by then?" Your boss visibly gathers his courage: "We'll find a way, sir!" His points grow 3 mm, and your headache increases by two Tylenol. "Good." BB smiles. "Now, how long will it take to do the design?" "Sir," you say. Your boss visibly pales. He is clearly worried that his 3 mms are at risk. "Without an analysis, it will not be possible to tell you how long design will take." BB's expression shifts beyond austere.   "PRETEND you have the analysis already!" he says, while fixing you with his vacant, beady little eyes. "How long will it take you to do the design?" Two Tylenol are not going to cut it. Your boss, in a desperate attempt to save his new growth, babbles: "Well, sir, with only six months left to complete the project, design had better take no longer than 3 months."   "I'm glad you agree, Smithers!" BB says, beaming. Your boss relaxes. He knows his points are secure. After a while, he starts lightly humming the Brylcream jingle. BB continues, "So, analysis will be complete by April 1, design will be complete by July 1, and that gives you 3 months to implement the project. This meeting is an example of how well our new consensus and empowerment policies are working. Now, get out there and start working. I'll expect to see TQM plans and QIT assignments on my desk by next week. Oh, and don't forget that your crossfunctional team meetings and reports will be needed for next month's quality audit." "Forget the Tylenol," you think to yourself as you return to your cubicle. "I need bourbon."   Visibly excited, your boss comes over to you and says, "Gosh, what a great meeting. I think we're really going to do some world shaking with this project." You nod in agreement, too disgusted to do anything else. "Oh," your boss continues, "I almost forgot." He hands you a 30-page document. "Remember that the SEI is coming to do an evaluation next week. This is the evaluation guide. You need to read through it, memorize it, and then shred it. It tells you how to answer any questions that the SEI auditors ask you. It also tells you what parts of the building you are allowed to take them to and what parts to avoid. We are determined to be a CMM level 3 organization by June!"   You and your peers start working on the analysis of the new project. This is difficult because you have no requirements. But from the 10-minute introduction given by BB on that fateful morning, you have some idea of what the product is supposed to do.   Corporate process demands that you begin by creating a use case document. You and your team begin enumerating use cases and drawing oval and stick diagrams. Philosophical debates break out among the team members. There is disagreement as to whether certain use cases should be connected with <<extends>> or <<includes>> relationships. Competing models are created, but nobody knows how to evaluate them. The debate continues, effectively paralyzing progress.   After a week, somebody finds the iceberg.com Web site, which recommends disposing entirely of <<extends>> and <<includes>> and replacing them with <<precedes>> and <<uses>>. The documents on this Web site, authored by Don Sengroiux, describes a method known as stalwart-analysis, which claims to be a step-by-step method for translating use cases into design diagrams. More competing use case models are created using this new scheme, but again, people can't agree on how to evaluate them. The thrashing continues. More and more, the use case meetings are driven by emotion rather than by reason. If it weren't for the fact that you don't have requirements, you'd be pretty upset by the lack of progress you are making. The requirements document arrives on February 15. And then again on February 20, 25, and every week thereafter. Each new version contradicts the previous one. Clearly, the marketing folks who are writing the requirements, empowered though they might be, are not finding consensus.   At the same time, several new competing use case templates have been proposed by the various team members. Each template presents its own particularly creative way of delaying progress. The debates rage on. On March 1, Prudence Putrigence, the process proctor, succeeds in integrating all the competing use case forms and templates into a single, all-encompassing form. Just the blank form is 15 pages long. She has managed to include every field that appeared on all the competing templates. She also presents a 159- page document describing how to fill out the use case form. All current use cases must be rewritten according to the new standard.   You marvel to yourself that it now requires 15 pages of fill-in-the-blank and essay questions to answer the question: What should the system do when the user presses Return? The corporate process (authored by L. E. Ott, famed author of "Holistic Analysis: A Progressive Dialectic for Software Engineers") insists that you discover all primary use cases, 87 percent of all secondary use cases, and 36.274 percent of all tertiary use cases before you can complete analysis and enter the design phase. You have no idea what a tertiary use case is. So in an attempt to meet this requirement, you try to get your use case document reviewed by the marketing department, which you hope will know what a tertiary use case is.   Unfortunately, the marketing folks are too busy with sales support to talk to you. Indeed, since the project started, you have not been able to get a single meeting with marketing, which has provided a never-ending stream of changing and contradictory requirements documents.   While one team has been spinning endlessly on the use case document, another team has been working out the domain model. Endless variations of UML documents are pouring out of this team. Every week, the model is reworked.   The team members can't decide whether to use <<interfaces>> or <<types>> in the model. A huge disagreement has been raging on the proper syntax and application of OCL. Others on the team just got back from a 5-day class on catabolism, and have been producing incredibly detailed and arcane diagrams that nobody else can fathom.   On March 27, with one week to go before analysis is to be complete, you have produced a sea of documents and diagrams but are no closer to a cogent analysis of the problem than you were on January 3. **** And then, a miracle happens.   **** On Saturday, April 1, you check your e-mail from home. You see a memo from your boss to BB. It states unequivocally that you are done with the analysis! You phone your boss and complain. "How could you have told BB that we were done with the analysis?" "Have you looked at a calendar lately?" he responds. "It's April 1!" The irony of that date does not escape you. "But we have so much more to think about. So much more to analyze! We haven't even decided whether to use <<extends>> or <<precedes>>!" "Where is your evidence that you are not done?" inquires your boss, impatiently. "Whaaa . . . ." But he cuts you off. "Analysis can go on forever; it has to be stopped at some point. And since this is the date it was scheduled to stop, it has been stopped. Now, on Monday, I want you to gather up all existing analysis materials and put them into a public folder. Release that folder to Prudence so that she can log it in the CM system by Monday afternoon. Then get busy and start designing."   As you hang up the phone, you begin to consider the benefits of keeping a bottle of bourbon in your bottom desk drawer. They threw a party to celebrate the on-time completion of the analysis phase. BB gave a colon-stirring speech on empowerment. And your boss, another 3 mm taller, congratulated his team on the incredible show of unity and teamwork. Finally, the CIO takes the stage to tell everyone that the SEI audit went very well and to thank everyone for studying and shredding the evaluation guides that were passed out. Level 3 now seems assured and will be awarded by June. (Scuttlebutt has it that managers at the level of BB and above are to receive significant bonuses once the SEI awards level 3.)   As the weeks flow by, you and your team work on the design of the system. Of course, you find that the analysis that the design is supposedly based on is flawedno, useless; no, worse than useless. But when you tell your boss that you need to go back and work some more on the analysis to shore up its weaker sections, he simply states, "The analysis phase is over. The only allowable activity is design. Now get back to it."   So, you and your team hack the design as best you can, unsure of whether the requirements have been properly analyzed. Of course, it really doesn't matter much, since the requirements document is still thrashing with weekly revisions, and the marketing department still refuses to meet with you.     The design is a nightmare. Your boss recently misread a book named The Finish Line in which the author, Mark DeThomaso, blithely suggested that design documents should be taken down to code-level detail. "If we are going to be working at that level of detail," you ask, "why don't we simply write the code instead?" "Because then you wouldn't be designing, of course. And the only allowable activity in the design phase is design!" "Besides," he continues, "we have just purchased a companywide license for Dandelion! This tool enables 'Round the Horn Engineering!' You are to transfer all design diagrams into this tool. It will automatically generate our code for us! It will also keep the design diagrams in sync with the code!" Your boss hands you a brightly colored shrinkwrapped box containing the Dandelion distribution. You accept it numbly and shuffle off to your cubicle. Twelve hours, eight crashes, one disk reformatting, and eight shots of 151 later, you finally have the tool installed on your server. You consider the week your team will lose while attending Dandelion training. Then you smile and think, "Any week I'm not here is a good week." Design diagram after design diagram is created by your team. Dandelion makes it very difficult to draw these diagrams. There are dozens and dozens of deeply nested dialog boxes with funny text fields and check boxes that must all be filled in correctly. And then there's the problem of moving classes between packages. At first, these diagram are driven from the use cases. But the requirements are changing so often that the use cases rapidly become meaningless. Debates rage about whether VISITOR or DECORATOR design patterns should be used. One developer refuses to use VISITOR in any form, claiming that it's not a properly object-oriented construct. Someone refuses to use multiple inheritance, since it is the spawn of the devil. Review meetings rapidly degenerate into debates about the meaning of object orientation, the definition of analysis versus design, or when to use aggregation versus association. Midway through the design cycle, the marketing folks announce that they have rethought the focus of the system. Their new requirements document is completely restructured. They have eliminated several major feature areas and replaced them with feature areas that they anticipate customer surveys will show to be more appropriate. You tell your boss that these changes mean that you need to reanalyze and redesign much of the system. But he says, "The analysis phase is system. But he says, "The analysis phase is over. The only allowable activity is design. Now get back to it."   You suggest that it might be better to create a simple prototype to show to the marketing folks and even some potential customers. But your boss says, "The analysis phase is over. The only allowable activity is design. Now get back to it." Hack, hack, hack, hack. You try to create some kind of a design document that might reflect the new requirements documents. However, the revolution of the requirements has not caused them to stop thrashing. Indeed, if anything, the wild oscillations of the requirements document have only increased in frequency and amplitude.   You slog your way through them.   On June 15, the Dandelion database gets corrupted. Apparently, the corruption has been progressive. Small errors in the DB accumulated over the months into bigger and bigger errors. Eventually, the CASE tool just stopped working. Of course, the slowly encroaching corruption is present on all the backups. Calls to the Dandelion technical support line go unanswered for several days. Finally, you receive a brief e-mail from Dandelion, informing you that this is a known problem and that the solution is to purchase the new version, which they promise will be ready some time next quarter, and then reenter all the diagrams by hand.   ****   Then, on July 1 another miracle happens! You are done with the design!   Rather than go to your boss and complain, you stock your middle desk drawer with some vodka.   **** They threw a party to celebrate the on-time completion of the design phase and their graduation to CMM level 3. This time, you find BB's speech so stirring that you have to use the restroom before it begins. New banners and plaques are all over your workplace. They show pictures of eagles and mountain climbers, and they talk about teamwork and empowerment. They read better after a few scotches. That reminds you that you need to clear out your file cabinet to make room for the brandy. You and your team begin to code. But you rapidly discover that the design is lacking in some significant areas. Actually, it's lacking any significance at all. You convene a design session in one of the conference rooms to try to work through some of the nastier problems. But your boss catches you at it and disbands the meeting, saying, "The design phase is over. The only allowable activity is coding. Now get back to it."   ****   The code generated by Dandelion is really hideous. It turns out that you and your team were using association and aggregation the wrong way, after all. All the generated code has to be edited to correct these flaws. Editing this code is extremely difficult because it has been instrumented with ugly comment blocks that have special syntax that Dandelion needs in order to keep the diagrams in sync with the code. If you accidentally alter one of these comments, the diagrams will be regenerated incorrectly. It turns out that "Round the Horn Engineering" requires an awful lot of effort. The more you try to keep the code compatible with Dandelion, the more errors Dandelion generates. In the end, you give up and decide to keep the diagrams up to date manually. A second later, you decide that there's no point in keeping the diagrams up to date at all. Besides, who has time?   Your boss hires a consultant to build tools to count the number of lines of code that are being produced. He puts a big thermometer graph on the wall with the number 1,000,000 on the top. Every day, he extends the red line to show how many lines have been added. Three days after the thermometer appears on the wall, your boss stops you in the hall. "That graph isn't growing quickly enough. We need to have a million lines done by October 1." "We aren't even sh-sh-sure that the proshect will require a m-million linezh," you blather. "We have to have a million lines done by October 1," your boss reiterates. His points have grown again, and the Grecian formula he uses on them creates an aura of authority and competence. "Are you sure your comment blocks are big enough?" Then, in a flash of managerial insight, he says, "I have it! I want you to institute a new policy among the engineers. No line of code is to be longer than 20 characters. Any such line must be split into two or more preferably more. All existing code needs to be reworked to this standard. That'll get our line count up!"   You decide not to tell him that this will require two unscheduled work months. You decide not to tell him anything at all. You decide that intravenous injections of pure ethanol are the only solution. You make the appropriate arrangements. Hack, hack, hack, and hack. You and your team madly code away. By August 1, your boss, frowning at the thermometer on the wall, institutes a mandatory 50-hour workweek.   Hack, hack, hack, and hack. By September 1st, the thermometer is at 1.2 million lines and your boss asks you to write a report describing why you exceeded the coding budget by 20 percent. He institutes mandatory Saturdays and demands that the project be brought back down to a million lines. You start a campaign of remerging lines. Hack, hack, hack, and hack. Tempers are flaring; people are quitting; QA is raining trouble reports down on you. Customers are demanding installation and user manuals; salespeople are demanding advance demonstrations for special customers; the requirements document is still thrashing, the marketing folks are complaining that the product isn't anything like they specified, and the liquor store won't accept your credit card anymore. Something has to give.    On September 15, BB calls a meeting. As he enters the room, his points are emitting clouds of steam. When he speaks, the bass overtones of his carefully manicured voice cause the pit of your stomach to roll over. "The QA manager has told me that this project has less than 50 percent of the required features implemented. He has also informed me that the system crashes all the time, yields wrong results, and is hideously slow. He has also complained that he cannot keep up with the continuous train of daily releases, each more buggy than the last!" He stops for a few seconds, visibly trying to compose himself. "The QA manager estimates that, at this rate of development, we won't be able to ship the product until December!" Actually, you think it's more like March, but you don't say anything. "December!" BB roars with such derision that people duck their heads as though he were pointing an assault rifle at them. "December is absolutely out of the question. Team leaders, I want new estimates on my desk in the morning. I am hereby mandating 65-hour work weeks until this project is complete. And it better be complete by November 1."   As he leaves the conference room, he is heard to mutter: "Empowermentbah!" * * * Your boss is bald; his points are mounted on BB's wall. The fluorescent lights reflecting off his pate momentarily dazzle you. "Do you have anything to drink?" he asks. Having just finished your last bottle of Boone's Farm, you pull a bottle of Thunderbird from your bookshelf and pour it into his coffee mug. "What's it going to take to get this project done? " he asks. "We need to freeze the requirements, analyze them, design them, and then implement them," you say callously. "By November 1?" your boss exclaims incredulously. "No way! Just get back to coding the damned thing." He storms out, scratching his vacant head.   A few days later, you find that your boss has been transferred to the corporate research division. Turnover has skyrocketed. Customers, informed at the last minute that their orders cannot be fulfilled on time, have begun to cancel their orders. Marketing is re-evaluating whether this product aligns with the overall goals of the company. Memos fly, heads roll, policies change, and things are, overall, pretty grim. Finally, by March, after far too many sixty-five hour weeks, a very shaky version of the software is ready. In the field, bug-discovery rates are high, and the technical support staff are at their wits' end, trying to cope with the complaints and demands of the irate customers. Nobody is happy.   In April, BB decides to buy his way out of the problem by licensing a product produced by Rupert Industries and redistributing it. The customers are mollified, the marketing folks are smug, and you are laid off.     Rupert Industries: Project Alpha   Your name is Robert. The date is January 3, 2001. The quiet hours spent with your family this holiday have left you refreshed and ready for work. You are sitting in a conference room with your team of professionals. The manager of the division called the meeting. "We have some ideas for a new project," says the division manager. Call him Russ. He is a high-strung British chap with more energy than a fusion reactor. He is ambitious and driven but understands the value of a team. Russ describes the essence of the new market opportunity the company has identified and introduces you to Jane, the marketing manager, who is responsible for defining the products that will address it. Addressing you, Jane says, "We'd like to start defining our first product offering as soon as possible. When can you and your team meet with me?" You reply, "We'll be done with the current iteration of our project this Friday. We can spare a few hours for you between now and then. After that, we'll take a few people from the team and dedicate them to you. We'll begin hiring their replacements and the new people for your team immediately." "Great," says Russ, "but I want you to understand that it is critical that we have something to exhibit at the trade show coming up this July. If we can't be there with something significant, we'll lose the opportunity."   "I understand," you reply. "I don't yet know what it is that you have in mind, but I'm sure we can have something by July. I just can't tell you what that something will be right now. In any case, you and Jane are going to have complete control over what we developers do, so you can rest assured that by July, you'll have the most important things that can be accomplished in that time ready to exhibit."   Russ nods in satisfaction. He knows how this works. Your team has always kept him advised and allowed him to steer their development. He has the utmost confidence that your team will work on the most important things first and will produce a high-quality product.   * * *   "So, Robert," says Jane at their first meeting, "How does your team feel about being split up?" "We'll miss working with each other," you answer, "but some of us were getting pretty tired of that last project and are looking forward to a change. So, what are you people cooking up?" Jane beams. "You know how much trouble our customers currently have . . ." And she spends a half hour or so describing the problem and possible solution. "OK, wait a second" you respond. "I need to be clear about this." And so you and Jane talk about how this system might work. Some of her ideas aren't fully formed. You suggest possible solutions. She likes some of them. You continue discussing.   During the discussion, as each new topic is addressed, Jane writes user story cards. Each card represents something that the new system has to do. The cards accumulate on the table and are spread out in front of you. Both you and Jane point at them, pick them up, and make notes on them as you discuss the stories. The cards are powerful mnemonic devices that you can use to represent complex ideas that are barely formed.   At the end of the meeting, you say, "OK, I've got a general idea of what you want. I'm going to talk to the team about it. I imagine they'll want to run some experiments with various database structures and presentation formats. Next time we meet, it'll be as a group, and we'll start identifying the most important features of the system."   A week later, your nascent team meets with Jane. They spread the existing user story cards out on the table and begin to get into some of the details of the system. The meeting is very dynamic. Jane presents the stories in the order of their importance. There is much discussion about each one. The developers are concerned about keeping the stories small enough to estimate and test. So they continually ask Jane to split one story into several smaller stories. Jane is concerned that each story have a clear business value and priority, so as she splits them, she makes sure that this stays true.   The stories accumulate on the table. Jane writes them, but the developers make notes on them as needed. Nobody tries to capture everything that is said; the cards are not meant to capture everything but are simply reminders of the conversation.   As the developers become more comfortable with the stories, they begin writing estimates on them. These estimates are crude and budgetary, but they give Jane an idea of what the story will cost.   At the end of the meeting, it is clear that many more stories could be discussed. It is also clear that the most important stories have been addressed and that they represent several months worth of work. Jane closes the meeting by taking the cards with her and promising to have a proposal for the first release in the morning.   * * *   The next morning, you reconvene the meeting. Jane chooses five cards and places them on the table. "According to your estimates, these cards represent about one perfect team-week's worth of work. The last iteration of the previous project managed to get one perfect team-week done in 3 real weeks. If we can get these five stories done in 3 weeks, we'll be able to demonstrate them to Russ. That will make him feel very comfortable about our progress." Jane is pushing it. The sheepish look on her face lets you know that she knows it too. You reply, "Jane, this is a new team, working on a new project. It's a bit presumptuous to expect that our velocity will be the same as the previous team's. However, I met with the team yesterday afternoon, and we all agreed that our initial velocity should, in fact, be set to one perfectweek for every 3 real-weeks. So you've lucked out on this one." "Just remember," you continue, "that the story estimates and the story velocity are very tentative at this point. We'll learn more when we plan the iteration and even more when we implement it."   Jane looks over her glasses at you as if to say "Who's the boss around here, anyway?" and then smiles and says, "Yeah, don't worry. I know the drill by now."Jane then puts 15 more cards on the table. She says, "If we can get all these cards done by the end of March, we can turn the system over to our beta test customers. And we'll get good feedback from them."   You reply, "OK, so we've got our first iteration defined, and we have the stories for the next three iterations after that. These four iterations will make our first release."   "So," says Jane, can you really do these five stories in the next 3 weeks?" "I don't know for sure, Jane," you reply. "Let's break them down into tasks and see what we get."   So Jane, you, and your team spend the next several hours taking each of the five stories that Jane chose for the first iteration and breaking them down into small tasks. The developers quickly realize that some of the tasks can be shared between stories and that other tasks have commonalities that can probably be taken advantage of. It is clear that potential designs are popping into the developers' heads. From time to time, they form little discussion knots and scribble UML diagrams on some cards.   Soon, the whiteboard is filled with the tasks that, once completed, will implement the five stories for this iteration. You start the sign-up process by saying, "OK, let's sign up for these tasks." "I'll take the initial database generation." Says Pete. "That's what I did on the last project, and this doesn't look very different. I estimate it at two of my perfect workdays." "OK, well, then, I'll take the login screen," says Joe. "Aw, darn," says Elaine, the junior member of the team, "I've never done a GUI, and kinda wanted to try that one."   "Ah, the impatience of youth," Joe says sagely, with a wink in your direction. "You can assist me with it, young Jedi." To Jane: "I think it'll take me about three of my perfect workdays."   One by one, the developers sign up for tasks and estimate them in terms of their own perfect workdays. Both you and Jane know that it is best to let the developers volunteer for tasks than to assign the tasks to them. You also know full well that you daren't challenge any of the developers' estimates. You know these people, and you trust them. You know that they are going to do the very best they can.   The developers know that they can't sign up for more perfect workdays than they finished in the last iteration they worked on. Once each developer has filled his or her schedule for the iteration, they stop signing up for tasks.   Eventually, all the developers have stopped signing up for tasks. But, of course, tasks are still left on the board.   "I was worried that that might happen," you say, "OK, there's only one thing to do, Jane. We've got too much to do in this iteration. What stories or tasks can we remove?" Jane sighs. She knows that this is the only option. Working overtime at the beginning of a project is insane, and projects where she's tried it have not fared well.   So Jane starts to remove the least-important functionality. "Well, we really don't need the login screen just yet. We can simply start the system in the logged-in state." "Rats!" cries Elaine. "I really wanted to do that." "Patience, grasshopper." says Joe. "Those who wait for the bees to leave the hive will not have lips too swollen to relish the honey." Elaine looks confused. Everyone looks confused. "So . . .," Jane continues, "I think we can also do away with . . ." And so, bit by bit, the list of tasks shrinks. Developers who lose a task sign up for one of the remaining ones.   The negotiation is not painless. Several times, Jane exhibits obvious frustration and impatience. Once, when tensions are especially high, Elaine volunteers, "I'll work extra hard to make up some of the missing time." You are about to correct her when, fortunately, Joe looks her in the eye and says, "When once you proceed down the dark path, forever will it dominate your destiny."   In the end, an iteration acceptable to Jane is reached. It's not what Jane wanted. Indeed, it is significantly less. But it's something the team feels that can be achieved in the next 3 weeks.   And, after all, it still addresses the most important things that Jane wanted in the iteration. "So, Jane," you say when things had quieted down a bit, "when can we expect acceptance tests from you?" Jane sighs. This is the other side of the coin. For every story the development team implements,   Jane must supply a suite of acceptance tests that prove that it works. And the team needs these long before the end of the iteration, since they will certainly point out differences in the way Jane and the developers imagine the system's behaviour.   "I'll get you some example test scripts today," Jane promises. "I'll add to them every day after that. You'll have the entire suite by the middle of the iteration."   * * *   The iteration begins on Monday morning with a flurry of Class, Responsibilities, Collaborators sessions. By midmorning, all the developers have assembled into pairs and are rapidly coding away. "And now, my young apprentice," Joe says to Elaine, "you shall learn the mysteries of test-first design!"   "Wow, that sounds pretty rad," Elaine replies. "How do you do it?" Joe beams. It's clear that he has been anticipating this moment. "OK, what does the code do right now?" "Huh?" replied Elaine, "It doesn't do anything at all; there is no code."   "So, consider our task; can you think of something the code should do?" "Sure," Elaine said with youthful assurance, "First, it should connect to the database." "And thereupon, what must needs be required to connecteth the database?" "You sure talk weird," laughed Elaine. "I think we'd have to get the database object from some registry and call the Connect() method. "Ah, astute young wizard. Thou perceives correctly that we requireth an object within which we can cacheth the database object." "Is 'cacheth' really a word?" "It is when I say it! So, what test can we write that we know the database registry should pass?" Elaine sighs. She knows she'll just have to play along. "We should be able to create a database object and pass it to the registry in a Store() method. And then we should be able to pull it out of the registry with a Get() method and make sure it's the same object." "Oh, well said, my prepubescent sprite!" "Hay!" "So, now, let's write a test function that proves your case." "But shouldn't we write the database object and registry object first?" "Ah, you've much to learn, my young impatient one. Just write the test first." "But it won't even compile!" "Are you sure? What if it did?" "Uh . . ." "Just write the test, Elaine. Trust me." And so Joe, Elaine, and all the other developers began to code their tasks, one test case at a time. The room in which they worked was abuzz with the conversations between the pairs. The murmur was punctuated by an occasional high five when a pair managed to finish a task or a difficult test case.   As development proceeded, the developers changed partners once or twice a day. Each developer got to see what all the others were doing, and so knowledge of the code spread generally throughout the team.   Whenever a pair finished something significant whether a whole task or simply an important part of a task they integrated what they had with the rest of the system. Thus, the code base grew daily, and integration difficulties were minimized.   The developers communicated with Jane on a daily basis. They'd go to her whenever they had a question about the functionality of the system or the interpretation of an acceptance test case.   Jane, good as her word, supplied the team with a steady stream of acceptance test scripts. The team read these carefully and thereby gained a much better understanding of what Jane expected the system to do. By the beginning of the second week, there was enough functionality to demonstrate to Jane. She watched eagerly as the demonstration passed test case after test case. "This is really cool," Jane said as the demonstration finally ended. "But this doesn't seem like one-third of the tasks. Is your velocity slower than anticipated?"   You grimace. You'd been waiting for a good time to mention this to Jane but now she was forcing the issue. "Yes, unfortunately, we are going more slowly than we had expected. The new application server we are using is turning out to be a pain to configure. Also, it takes forever to reboot, and we have to reboot it whenever we make even the slightest change to its configuration."   Jane eyes you with suspicion. The stress of last Monday's negotiations had still not entirely dissipated. She says, "And what does this mean to our schedule? We can't slip it again, we just can't. Russ will have a fit! He'll haul us all into the woodshed and ream us some new ones."   You look Jane right in the eyes. There's no pleasant way to give someone news like this. So you just blurt out, "Look, if things keep going like they're going, we're not going to be done with everything by next Friday. Now it's possible that we'll figure out a way to go faster. But, frankly, I wouldn't depend on that. You should start thinking about one or two tasks that could be removed from the iteration without ruining the demonstration for Russ. Come hell or high water, we are going to give that demonstration on Friday, and I don't think you want us to choose which tasks to omit."   "Aw forchrisakes!" Jane barely manages to stifle yelling that last word as she stalks away, shaking her head. Not for the first time, you say to yourself, "Nobody ever promised me project management would be easy." You are pretty sure it won't be the last time, either.   Actually, things went a bit better than you had hoped. The team did, in fact, have to drop one task from the iteration, but Jane had chosen wisely, and the demonstration for Russ went without a hitch. Russ was not impressed with the progress, but neither was he dismayed. He simply said, "This is pretty good. But remember, we have to be able to demonstrate this system at the trade show in July, and at this rate, it doesn't look like you'll have all that much to show." Jane, whose attitude had improved dramatically with the completion of the iteration, responded to Russ by saying, "Russ, this team is working hard, and well. When July comes around, I am confident that we'll have something significant to demonstrate. It won't be everything, and some of it may be smoke and mirrors, but we'll have something."   Painful though the last iteration was, it had calibrated your velocity numbers. The next iteration went much better. Not because your team got more done than in the last iteration but simply because the team didn't have to remove any tasks or stories in the middle of the iteration.   By the start of the fourth iteration, a natural rhythm has been established. Jane, you, and the team know exactly what to expect from one another. The team is running hard, but the pace is sustainable. You are confident that the team can keep up this pace for a year or more.   The number of surprises in the schedule diminishes to near zero; however, the number of surprises in the requirements does not. Jane and Russ frequently look over the growing system and make recommendations or changes to the existing functionality. But all parties realize that these changes take time and must be scheduled. So the changes do not cause anyone's expectations to be violated. In March, there is a major demonstration of the system to the board of directors. The system is very limited and is not yet in a form good enough to take to the trade show, but progress is steady, and the board is reasonably impressed.   The second release goes even more smoothly than the first. By now, the team has figured out a way to automate Jane's acceptance test scripts. The team has also refactored the design of the system to the point that it is really easy to add new features and change old ones. The second release was done by the end of June and was taken to the trade show. It had less in it than Jane and Russ would have liked, but it did demonstrate the most important features of the system. Although customers at the trade show noticed that certain features were missing, they were very impressed overall. You, Russ, and Jane all returned from the trade show with smiles on your faces. You all felt as though this project was a winner.   Indeed, many months later, you are contacted by Rufus Inc. That company had been working on a system like this for its internal operations. Rufus has canceled the development of that system after a death-march project and is negotiating to license your technology for its environment.   Indeed, things are looking up!

    Read the article

  • Slow NFS and GFS2 performance

    - by Tiago
    Recently I've designed and configured a 4 node cluster for a webapp that does lots of file handling. The cluster have been broken down into 2 main roles, webserver and storage. Each role is replicated to a second server using drbd in active/passive mode. The webserver does a NFS mount of the data directory of the storage server and the latter also has a webserver running to serve files to browser clients. In the storage servers I've created a GFS2 FS to hold the data which is wired to drbd. I've chose GFS2 mainly because the announced performance and also because the volume size which has to be pretty high. Since we entered production I've been facing two problems that I think are deeply connected. First of all, the NFS mount on the webservers keeps hanging for a minute or so and then resumes normal operations. By analyzing the logs I've found out that NFS stops answering for a while and outputs the following log lines: Oct 15 18:15:42 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan not responding, still trying Oct 15 18:15:44 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan not responding, still trying Oct 15 18:15:46 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan not responding, still trying Oct 15 18:15:47 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan not responding, still trying Oct 15 18:15:47 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan not responding, still trying Oct 15 18:15:47 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan not responding, still trying Oct 15 18:15:48 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan not responding, still trying Oct 15 18:15:48 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan not responding, still trying Oct 15 18:15:51 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan not responding, still trying Oct 15 18:15:52 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan not responding, still trying Oct 15 18:15:52 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan not responding, still trying Oct 15 18:15:55 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan not responding, still trying Oct 15 18:15:55 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan not responding, still trying Oct 15 18:15:58 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan OK Oct 15 18:15:59 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan OK Oct 15 18:15:59 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan OK Oct 15 18:15:59 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan OK Oct 15 18:15:59 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan OK Oct 15 18:15:59 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan OK Oct 15 18:15:59 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan OK Oct 15 18:15:59 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan OK Oct 15 18:15:59 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan OK Oct 15 18:15:59 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan OK Oct 15 18:15:59 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan OK Oct 15 18:15:59 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan OK Oct 15 18:15:59 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan OK In this case, the hang lasted for 16 seconds but sometimes it takes 1 or 2 minutes to resume normal operations. My first guess was this was happening due to heavy load of the NFS mount and that by increasing RPCNFSDCOUNT to a higher value, this would become stable. I've increased it several times and apparently, after a while, the logs started appearing less times. The value is now on 32. After further investigating the issue, I've came across a different hang, despite the NFS messages still appear in the logs. Sometimes, the GFS2 FS simply hangs which causes both the NFS and the storage webserver to serve files. Both stay hang for a while and then they resume normal operations. This hangs leaves no trace on client side (also leaves no NFS ... not responding messages) and, on the storage side, the log system appears to be empty, even though the rsyslogd is running. The nodes connect themselves through a 10Gbps non-dedicated connection but I don't think this is an issue because the GFS2 hang is confirmed but connecting directly to the active storage server. I've been trying to solve this for a while now and I've tried different NFS configuration options, before I've found out the GFS2 FS is also hanging. The NFS mount is exported as such: /srv/data/ <ip_address>(rw,async,no_root_squash,no_all_squash,fsid=25) And the NFS client mounts with: mount -o "async,hard,intr,wsize=8192,rsize=8192" active.storage.vlan:/srv/data /srv/data After some tests, these were the configurations that yielded more performance to the cluster. I am desperate to find a solution for this as the cluster is already in production mode and I need to fix this so that this hangs won't happen in the future and I don't really know for sure what and how I should be benchmarking. What I can tell is that this is happening due to heavy loads as I have tested the cluster earlier and this problems weren't happening at all. Please tell me if you need me to provide configuration details of the cluster, and which do you want me to post. As last resort I can migrate the files to a different FS but I need some solid pointers on whether this will solve this problems as the volume size is extremely large at this point. The servers are being hosted by a third-party enterprise and I don't have physical access to them. Best regards. EDIT 1: The servers are physical servers and their specs are: Webservers: Intel Bi Xeon E5606 2x4 2.13GHz 24GB DDR3 Intel SSD 320 2 x 120GB Raid 1 Storage: Intel i5 3550 3.3GHz 16GB DDR3 12 x 2TB SATA Initially there was a VRack setup between the servers but we've upgraded one of the storage servers to have more RAM and it wasn't inside the VRack. They connect through a shared 10Gbps connection between them. Please note that it is the same connection that is used for public access. They use a single IP (using IP Failover) to connect between them and to allow for a graceful failover. NFS is therefore over a public connection and not under any private network (it was before the upgrade, were the problem still existed). The firewall was configured and tested thoroughly but I disabled it for a while to see if the problem still occurred, and it did. From my knowledge the hosting provider isn't blocking or limiting the connection between either the servers and the public domain (at least under a given bandwidth consumption threshold that hasn't been reached yet). Hope this helps figuring out the problem. EDIT 2: Relevant software versions: CentOS 2.6.32-279.9.1.el6.x86_64 nfs-utils-1.2.3-26.el6.x86_64 nfs-utils-lib-1.1.5-4.el6.x86_64 gfs2-utils-3.0.12.1-32.el6_3.1.x86_64 kmod-drbd84-8.4.2-1.el6_3.elrepo.x86_64 drbd84-utils-8.4.2-1.el6.elrepo.x86_64 DRBD configuration on storage servers: #/etc/drbd.d/storage.res resource storage { protocol C; on <server1 fqdn> { device /dev/drbd0; disk /dev/vg_storage/LV_replicated; address <server1 ip>:7788; meta-disk internal; } on <server2 fqdn> { device /dev/drbd0; disk /dev/vg_storage/LV_replicated; address <server2 ip>:7788; meta-disk internal; } } NFS Configuration in storage servers: #/etc/sysconfig/nfs RPCNFSDCOUNT=32 STATD_PORT=10002 STATD_OUTGOING_PORT=10003 MOUNTD_PORT=10004 RQUOTAD_PORT=10005 LOCKD_UDPPORT=30001 LOCKD_TCPPORT=30001 (can there be any conflict in using the same port for both LOCKD_UDPPORT and LOCKD_TCPPORT?) GFS2 configuration: # gfs2_tool gettune <mountpoint> incore_log_blocks = 1024 log_flush_secs = 60 quota_warn_period = 10 quota_quantum = 60 max_readahead = 262144 complain_secs = 10 statfs_slow = 0 quota_simul_sync = 64 statfs_quantum = 30 quota_scale = 1.0000 (1, 1) new_files_jdata = 0 Storage network environment: eth0 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr <mac address> inet addr:<ip address> Bcast:<bcast address> Mask:<ip mask> inet6 addr: <ip address> Scope:Link UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU:1500 Metric:1 RX packets:957025127 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 frame:0 TX packets:1473338731 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 carrier:0 collisions:0 txqueuelen:1000 RX bytes:2630984979622 (2.3 TiB) TX bytes:1648430431523 (1.4 TiB) eth0:0 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr <mac address> inet addr:<ip failover address> Bcast:<bcast address> Mask:<ip mask> UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU:1500 Metric:1 The IP addresses are statically assigned with the given network configurations: DEVICE="eth0" BOOTPROTO="static" HWADDR=<mac address> ONBOOT="yes" TYPE="Ethernet" IPADDR=<ip address> NETMASK=<net mask> and DEVICE="eth0:0" BOOTPROTO="static" HWADDR=<mac address> IPADDR=<ip failover> NETMASK=<net mask> ONBOOT="yes" BROADCAST=<bcast address> Hosts file to allow for a graceful NFS failover in conjunction with NFS option fsid=25 set on both storage servers: #/etc/hosts <storage ip failover address> active.storage.vlan <webserver ip failover address> active.service.vlan As you can see, packet errors are down to 0. I've also ran ping for a long time without any packet loss. MTU size is the normal 1500. As there is no VLan by now, this is the MTU used to communicate between servers. The webservers' network environment is similar. One thing I forgot to mention is that the storage servers handle ~200GB of new files each day through the NFS connection, which is a key point for me to think this is some kind of heavy load problem with either NFS or GFS2. If you need further configuration details please tell me. EDIT 3: Earlier today we had a major filesystem crash on the storage server. I couldn't get the details of the crash right away because the server stop responding. After the reboot, I noticed the filesystem was extremely slow, and I was not being able to serve a single file through either NFS or httpd, perhaps due to cache warming or so. Nevertheless, I've been monitoring the server closely and the following error came up in dmesg. The source of the problem is clearly GFS, which is waiting for a lock and ends up starving after a while. INFO: task nfsd:3029 blocked for more than 120 seconds. "echo 0 > /proc/sys/kernel/hung_task_timeout_secs" disables this message. nfsd D 0000000000000000 0 3029 2 0x00000080 ffff8803814f79e0 0000000000000046 0000000000000000 ffffffff8109213f ffff880434c5e148 ffff880624508d88 ffff8803814f7960 ffffffffa037253f ffff8803815c1098 ffff8803814f7fd8 000000000000fb88 ffff8803815c1098 Call Trace: [<ffffffff8109213f>] ? wake_up_bit+0x2f/0x40 [<ffffffffa037253f>] ? gfs2_holder_wake+0x1f/0x30 [gfs2] [<ffffffff814ff42e>] __mutex_lock_slowpath+0x13e/0x180 [<ffffffff814ff2cb>] mutex_lock+0x2b/0x50 [<ffffffffa0379f21>] gfs2_log_reserve+0x51/0x190 [gfs2] [<ffffffffa0390da2>] gfs2_trans_begin+0x112/0x1d0 [gfs2] [<ffffffffa0369b05>] ? gfs2_dir_check+0x35/0xe0 [gfs2] [<ffffffffa0377943>] gfs2_createi+0x1a3/0xaa0 [gfs2] [<ffffffff8121aab1>] ? avc_has_perm+0x71/0x90 [<ffffffffa0383d1e>] gfs2_create+0x7e/0x1a0 [gfs2] [<ffffffffa037783f>] ? gfs2_createi+0x9f/0xaa0 [gfs2] [<ffffffff81188cf4>] vfs_create+0xb4/0xe0 [<ffffffffa04217d6>] nfsd_create_v3+0x366/0x4c0 [nfsd] [<ffffffffa0429703>] nfsd3_proc_create+0x123/0x1b0 [nfsd] [<ffffffffa041a43e>] nfsd_dispatch+0xfe/0x240 [nfsd] [<ffffffffa025a5d4>] svc_process_common+0x344/0x640 [sunrpc] [<ffffffff810602a0>] ? default_wake_function+0x0/0x20 [<ffffffffa025ac10>] svc_process+0x110/0x160 [sunrpc] [<ffffffffa041ab62>] nfsd+0xc2/0x160 [nfsd] [<ffffffffa041aaa0>] ? nfsd+0x0/0x160 [nfsd] [<ffffffff81091de6>] kthread+0x96/0xa0 [<ffffffff8100c14a>] child_rip+0xa/0x20 [<ffffffff81091d50>] ? kthread+0x0/0xa0 [<ffffffff8100c140>] ? child_rip+0x0/0x20

    Read the article

  • Windows Azure: Import/Export Hard Drives, VM ACLs, Web Sockets, Remote Debugging, Continuous Delivery, New Relic, Billing Alerts and More

    - by ScottGu
    Two weeks ago we released a giant set of improvements to Windows Azure, as well as a significant update of the Windows Azure SDK. This morning we released another massive set of enhancements to Windows Azure.  Today’s new capabilities include: Storage: Import/Export Hard Disk Drives to your Storage Accounts HDInsight: General Availability of our Hadoop Service in the cloud Virtual Machines: New VM Gallery, ACL support for VIPs Web Sites: WebSocket and Remote Debugging Support Notification Hubs: Segmented customer push notification support with tag expressions TFS & GIT: Continuous Delivery Support for Web Sites + Cloud Services Developer Analytics: New Relic support for Web Sites + Mobile Services Service Bus: Support for partitioned queues and topics Billing: New Billing Alert Service that sends emails notifications when your bill hits a threshold you define All of these improvements are now available to use immediately (note that some features are still in preview).  Below are more details about them. Storage: Import/Export Hard Disk Drives to Windows Azure I am excited to announce the preview of our new Windows Azure Import/Export Service! The Windows Azure Import/Export Service enables you to move large amounts of on-premises data into and out of your Windows Azure Storage accounts. It does this by enabling you to securely ship hard disk drives directly to our Windows Azure data centers. Once we receive the drives we’ll automatically transfer the data to or from your Windows Azure Storage account.  This enables you to import or export massive amounts of data more quickly and cost effectively (and not be constrained by available network bandwidth). Encrypted Transport Our Import/Export service provides built-in support for BitLocker disk encryption – which enables you to securely encrypt data on the hard drives before you send it, and not have to worry about it being compromised even if the disk is lost/stolen in transit (since the content on the transported hard drives is completely encrypted and you are the only one who has the key to it).  The drive preparation tool we are shipping today makes setting up bitlocker encryption on these hard drives easy. How to Import/Export your first Hard Drive of Data You can read our Getting Started Guide to learn more about how to begin using the import/export service.  You can create import and export jobs via the Windows Azure Management Portal as well as programmatically using our Server Management APIs. It is really easy to create a new import or export job using the Windows Azure Management Portal.  Simply navigate to a Windows Azure storage account, and then click the new Import/Export tab now available within it (note: if you don’t have this tab make sure to sign-up for the Import/Export preview): Then click the “Create Import Job” or “Create Export Job” commands at the bottom of it.  This will launch a wizard that easily walks you through the steps required: For more comprehensive information about Import/Export, refer to Windows Azure Storage team blog.  You can also send questions and comments to the [email protected] email address. We think you’ll find this new service makes it much easier to move data into and out of Windows Azure, and it will dramatically cut down the network bandwidth required when working on large data migration projects.  We hope you like it. HDInsight: 100% Compatible Hadoop Service in the Cloud Last week we announced the general availability release of Windows Azure HDInsight. HDInsight is a 100% compatible Hadoop service that allows you to easily provision and manage Hadoop clusters for big data processing in Windows Azure.  This release is now live in production, backed by an enterprise SLA, supported 24x7 by Microsoft Support, and is ready to use for production scenarios. HDInsight allows you to use Apache Hadoop tools, such as Pig and Hive, to process large amounts of data in Windows Azure Blob Storage. Because data is stored in Windows Azure Blob Storage, you can choose to dynamically create Hadoop clusters only when you need them, and then shut them down when they are no longer required (since you pay only for the time the Hadoop cluster instances are running this provides a super cost effective way to use them).  You can create Hadoop clusters using either the Windows Azure Management Portal (see below) or using our PowerShell and Cross Platform Command line tools: The import/export hard drive support that came out today is a perfect companion service to use with HDInsight – the combination allows you to easily ingest, process and optionally export a limitless amount of data.  We’ve also integrated HDInsight with our Business Intelligence tools, so users can leverage familiar tools like Excel in order to analyze the output of jobs.  You can find out more about how to get started with HDInsight here. Virtual Machines: VM Gallery Enhancements Today’s update of Windows Azure brings with it a new Virtual Machine gallery that you can use to create new VMs in the cloud.  You can launch the gallery by doing New->Compute->Virtual Machine->From Gallery within the Windows Azure Management Portal: The new Virtual Machine Gallery includes some nice enhancements that make it even easier to use: Search: You can now easily search and filter images using the search box in the top-right of the dialog.  For example, simply type “SQL” and we’ll filter to show those images in the gallery that contain that substring. Category Tree-view: Each month we add more built-in VM images to the gallery.  You can continue to browse these using the “All” view within the VM Gallery – or now quickly filter them using the category tree-view on the left-hand side of the dialog.  For example, by selecting “Oracle” in the tree-view you can now quickly filter to see the official Oracle supplied images. MSDN and Supported checkboxes: With today’s update we are also introducing filters that makes it easy to filter out types of images that you may not be interested in. The first checkbox is MSDN: using this filter you can exclude any image that is not part of the Windows Azure benefits for MSDN subscribers (which have highly discounted pricing - you can learn more about the MSDN pricing here). The second checkbox is Supported: this filter will exclude any image that contains prerelease software, so you can feel confident that the software you choose to deploy is fully supported by Windows Azure and our partners. Sort options: We sort gallery images by what we think customers are most interested in, but sometimes you might want to sort using different views. So we’re providing some additional sort options, like “Newest,” to customize the image list for what suits you best. Pricing information: We now provide additional pricing information about images and options on how to cost effectively run them directly within the VM Gallery. The above improvements make it even easier to use the VM Gallery and quickly create launch and run Virtual Machines in the cloud. Virtual Machines: ACL Support for VIPs A few months ago we exposed the ability to configure Access Control Lists (ACLs) for Virtual Machines using Windows PowerShell cmdlets and our Service Management API. With today’s release, you can now configure VM ACLs using the Windows Azure Management Portal as well. You can now do this by clicking the new Manage ACL command in the Endpoints tab of a virtual machine instance: This will enable you to configure an ordered list of permit and deny rules to scope the traffic that can access your VM’s network endpoints. For example, if you were on a virtual network, you could limit RDP access to a Windows Azure virtual machine to only a few computers attached to your enterprise. Or if you weren’t on a virtual network you could alternatively limit traffic from public IPs that can access your workloads: Here is the default behaviors for ACLs in Windows Azure: By default (i.e. no rules specified), all traffic is permitted. When using only Permit rules, all other traffic is denied. When using only Deny rules, all other traffic is permitted. When there is a combination of Permit and Deny rules, all other traffic is denied. Lastly, remember that configuring endpoints does not automatically configure them within the VM if it also has firewall rules enabled at the OS level.  So if you create an endpoint using the Windows Azure Management Portal, Windows PowerShell, or REST API, be sure to also configure your guest VM firewall appropriately as well. Web Sites: Web Sockets Support With today’s release you can now use Web Sockets with Windows Azure Web Sites.  This feature enables you to easily integrate real-time communication scenarios within your web based applications, and is available at no extra charge (it even works with the free tier).  Higher level programming libraries like SignalR and socket.io are also now supported with it. You can enable Web Sockets support on a web site by navigating to the Configure tab of a Web Site, and by toggling Web Sockets support to “on”: Once Web Sockets is enabled you can start to integrate some really cool scenarios into your web applications.  Check out the new SignalR documentation hub on www.asp.net to learn more about some of the awesome scenarios you can do with it. Web Sites: Remote Debugging Support The Windows Azure SDK 2.2 we released two weeks ago introduced remote debugging support for Windows Azure Cloud Services. With today’s Windows Azure release we are extending this remote debugging support to also work with Windows Azure Web Sites. With live, remote debugging support inside of Visual Studio, you are able to have more visibility than ever before into how your code is operating live in Windows Azure. It is now super easy to attach the debugger and quickly see what is going on with your application in the cloud. Remote Debugging of a Windows Azure Web Site using VS 2013 Enabling the remote debugging of a Windows Azure Web Site using VS 2013 is really easy.  Start by opening up your web application’s project within Visual Studio. Then navigate to the “Server Explorer” tab within Visual Studio, and click on the deployed web-site you want to debug that is running within Windows Azure using the Windows Azure->Web Sites node in the Server Explorer.  Then right-click and choose the “Attach Debugger” option on it: When you do this Visual Studio will remotely attach the debugger to the Web Site running within Windows Azure.  The debugger will then stop the web site’s execution when it hits any break points that you have set within your web application’s project inside Visual Studio.  For example, below I set a breakpoint on the “ViewBag.Message” assignment statement within the HomeController of the standard ASP.NET MVC project template.  When I hit refresh on the “About” page of the web site within the browser, the breakpoint was triggered and I am now able to debug the app remotely using Visual Studio: Note above how we can debug variables (including autos/watchlist/etc), as well as use the Immediate and Command Windows. In the debug session above I used the Immediate Window to explore some of the request object state, as well as to dynamically change the ViewBag.Message property.  When we click the the “Continue” button (or press F5) the app will continue execution and the Web Site will render the content back to the browser.  This makes it super easy to debug web apps remotely. Tips for Better Debugging To get the best experience while debugging, we recommend publishing your site using the Debug configuration within Visual Studio’s Web Publish dialog. This will ensure that debug symbol information is uploaded to the Web Site which will enable a richer debug experience within Visual Studio.  You can find this option on the Web Publish dialog on the Settings tab: When you ultimately deploy/run the application in production we recommend using the “Release” configuration setting – the release configuration is memory optimized and will provide the best production performance.  To learn more about diagnosing and debugging Windows Azure Web Sites read our new Troubleshooting Windows Azure Web Sites in Visual Studio guide. Notification Hubs: Segmented Push Notification support with tag expressions In August we announced the General Availability of Windows Azure Notification Hubs - a powerful Mobile Push Notifications service that makes it easy to send high volume push notifications with low latency from any mobile app back-end.  Notification hubs can be used with any mobile app back-end (including ones built using our Mobile Services capability) and can also be used with back-ends that run in the cloud as well as on-premises. Beginning with the initial release, Notification Hubs allowed developers to send personalized push notifications to both individual users as well as groups of users by interest, by associating their devices with tags representing the logical target of the notification. For example, by registering all devices of customers interested in a favorite MLB team with a corresponding tag, it is possible to broadcast one message to millions of Boston Red Sox fans and another message to millions of St. Louis Cardinals fans with a single API call respectively. New support for using tag expressions to enable advanced customer segmentation With today’s release we are adding support for even more advanced customer targeting.  You can now identify customers that you want to send push notifications to by defining rich tag expressions. With tag expressions, you can now not only broadcast notifications to Boston Red Sox fans, but take that segmenting a step farther and reach more granular segments. This opens up a variety of scenarios, for example: Offers based on multiple preferences—e.g. send a game day vegetarian special to users tagged as both a Boston Red Sox fan AND a vegetarian Push content to multiple segments in a single message—e.g. rain delay information only to users who are tagged as either a Boston Red Sox fan OR a St. Louis Cardinal fan Avoid presenting subsets of a segment with irrelevant content—e.g. season ticket availability reminder to users who are tagged as a Boston Red Sox fan but NOT also a season ticket holder To illustrate with code, consider a restaurant chain app that sends an offer related to a Red Sox vs Cardinals game for users in Boston. Devices can be tagged by your app with location tags (e.g. “Loc:Boston”) and interest tags (e.g. “Follows:RedSox”, “Follows:Cardinals”), and then a notification can be sent by your back-end to “(Follows:RedSox || Follows:Cardinals) && Loc:Boston” in order to deliver an offer to all devices in Boston that follow either the RedSox or the Cardinals. This can be done directly in your server backend send logic using the code below: var notification = new WindowsNotification(messagePayload); hub.SendNotificationAsync(notification, "(Follows:RedSox || Follows:Cardinals) && Loc:Boston"); In your expressions you can use all Boolean operators: AND (&&), OR (||), and NOT (!).  Some other cool use cases for tag expressions that are now supported include: Social: To “all my group except me” - group:id && !user:id Events: Touchdown event is sent to everybody following either team or any of the players involved in the action: Followteam:A || Followteam:B || followplayer:1 || followplayer:2 … Hours: Send notifications at specific times. E.g. Tag devices with time zone and when it is 12pm in Seattle send to: GMT8 && follows:thaifood Versions and platforms: Send a reminder to people still using your first version for Android - version:1.0 && platform:Android For help on getting started with Notification Hubs, visit the Notification Hub documentation center.  Then download the latest NuGet package (or use the Notification Hubs REST APIs directly) to start sending push notifications using tag expressions.  They are really powerful and enable a bunch of great new scenarios. TFS & GIT: Continuous Delivery Support for Web Sites + Cloud Services With today’s Windows Azure release we are making it really easy to enable continuous delivery support with Windows Azure and Team Foundation Services.  Team Foundation Services is a cloud based offering from Microsoft that provides integrated source control (with both TFS and Git support), build server, test execution, collaboration tools, and agile planning support.  It makes it really easy to setup a team project (complete with automated builds and test runners) in the cloud, and it has really rich integration with Visual Studio. With today’s Windows Azure release it is now really easy to enable continuous delivery support with both TFS and Git based repositories hosted using Team Foundation Services.  This enables a workflow where when code is checked in, built successfully on an automated build server, and all tests pass on it – I can automatically have the app deployed on Windows Azure with zero manual intervention or work required. The below screen-shots demonstrate how to quickly setup a continuous delivery workflow to Windows Azure with a Git-based ASP.NET MVC project hosted using Team Foundation Services. Enabling Continuous Delivery to Windows Azure with Team Foundation Services The project I’m going to enable continuous delivery with is a simple ASP.NET MVC project whose source code I’m hosting using Team Foundation Services.  I did this by creating a “SimpleContinuousDeploymentTest” repository there using Git – and then used the new built-in Git tooling support within Visual Studio 2013 to push the source code to it.  Below is a screen-shot of the Git repository hosted within Team Foundation Services: I can access the repository within Visual Studio 2013 and easily make commits with it (as well as branch, merge and do other tasks).  Using VS 2013 I can also setup automated builds to take place in the cloud using Team Foundation Services every time someone checks in code to the repository: The cool thing about this is that I don’t have to buy or rent my own build server – Team Foundation Services automatically maintains its own build server farm and can automatically queue up a build for me (for free) every time someone checks in code using the above settings.  This build server (and automated testing) support now works with both TFS and Git based source control repositories. Connecting a Team Foundation Services project to Windows Azure Once I have a source repository hosted in Team Foundation Services with Automated Builds and Testing set up, I can then go even further and set it up so that it will be automatically deployed to Windows Azure when a source code commit is made to the repository (assuming the Build + Tests pass).  Enabling this is now really easy.  To set this up with a Windows Azure Web Site simply use the New->Compute->Web Site->Custom Create command inside the Windows Azure Management Portal.  This will create a dialog like below.  I gave the web site a name and then made sure the “Publish from source control” checkbox was selected: When we click next we’ll be prompted for the location of the source repository.  We’ll select “Team Foundation Services”: Once we do this we’ll be prompted for our Team Foundation Services account that our source repository is hosted under (in this case my TFS account is “scottguthrie”): When we click the “Authorize Now” button we’ll be prompted to give Windows Azure permissions to connect to the Team Foundation Services account.  Once we do this we’ll be prompted to pick the source repository we want to connect to.  Starting with today’s Windows Azure release you can now connect to both TFS and Git based source repositories.  This new support allows me to connect to the “SimpleContinuousDeploymentTest” respository we created earlier: Clicking the finish button will then create the Web Site with the continuous delivery hooks setup with Team Foundation Services.  Now every time someone pushes source control to the repository in Team Foundation Services, it will kick off an automated build, run all of the unit tests in the solution , and if they pass the app will be automatically deployed to our Web Site in Windows Azure.  You can monitor the history and status of these automated deployments using the Deployments tab within the Web Site: This enables a really slick continuous delivery workflow, and enables you to build and deploy apps in a really nice way. Developer Analytics: New Relic support for Web Sites + Mobile Services With today’s Windows Azure release we are making it really easy to enable Developer Analytics and Monitoring support with both Windows Azure Web Site and Windows Azure Mobile Services.  We are partnering with New Relic, who provide a great dev analytics and app performance monitoring offering, to enable this - and we have updated the Windows Azure Management Portal to make it really easy to configure. Enabling New Relic with a Windows Azure Web Site Enabling New Relic support with a Windows Azure Web Site is now really easy.  Simply navigate to the Configure tab of a Web Site and scroll down to the “developer analytics” section that is now within it: Clicking the “add-on” button will display some additional UI.  If you don’t already have a New Relic subscription, you can click the “view windows azure store” button to obtain a subscription (note: New Relic has a perpetually free tier so you can enable it even without paying anything): Clicking the “view windows azure store” button will launch the integrated Windows Azure Store experience we have within the Windows Azure Management Portal.  You can use this to browse from a variety of great add-on services – including New Relic: Select “New Relic” within the dialog above, then click the next button, and you’ll be able to choose which type of New Relic subscription you wish to purchase.  For this demo we’ll simply select the “Free Standard Version” – which does not cost anything and can be used forever:  Once we’ve signed-up for our New Relic subscription and added it to our Windows Azure account, we can go back to the Web Site’s configuration tab and choose to use the New Relic add-on with our Windows Azure Web Site.  We can do this by simply selecting it from the “add-on” dropdown (it is automatically populated within it once we have a New Relic subscription in our account): Clicking the “Save” button will then cause the Windows Azure Management Portal to automatically populate all of the needed New Relic configuration settings to our Web Site: Deploying the New Relic Agent as part of a Web Site The final step to enable developer analytics using New Relic is to add the New Relic runtime agent to our web app.  We can do this within Visual Studio by right-clicking on our web project and selecting the “Manage NuGet Packages” context menu: This will bring up the NuGet package manager.  You can search for “New Relic” within it to find the New Relic agent.  Note that there is both a 32-bit and 64-bit edition of it – make sure to install the version that matches how your Web Site is running within Windows Azure (note: you can configure your Web Site to run in either 32-bit or 64-bit mode using the Web Site’s “Configuration” tab within the Windows Azure Management Portal): Once we install the NuGet package we are all set to go.  We’ll simply re-publish the web site again to Windows Azure and New Relic will now automatically start monitoring the application Monitoring a Web Site using New Relic Now that the application has developer analytics support with New Relic enabled, we can launch the New Relic monitoring portal to start monitoring the health of it.  We can do this by clicking on the “Add Ons” tab in the left-hand side of the Windows Azure Management Portal.  Then select the New Relic add-on we signed-up for within it.  The Windows Azure Management Portal will provide some default information about the add-on when we do this.  Clicking the “Manage” button in the tray at the bottom will launch a new browser tab and single-sign us into the New Relic monitoring portal associated with our account: When we do this a new browser tab will launch with the New Relic admin tool loaded within it: We can now see insights into how our app is performing – without having to have written a single line of monitoring code.  The New Relic service provides a ton of great built-in monitoring features allowing us to quickly see: Performance times (including browser rendering speed) for the overall site and individual pages.  You can optionally set alert thresholds to trigger if the speed does not meet a threshold you specify. Information about where in the world your customers are hitting the site from (and how performance varies by region) Details on the latency performance of external services your web apps are using (for example: SQL, Storage, Twitter, etc) Error information including call stack details for exceptions that have occurred at runtime SQL Server profiling information – including which queries executed against your database and what their performance was And a whole bunch more… The cool thing about New Relic is that you don’t need to write monitoring code within your application to get all of the above reports (plus a lot more).  The New Relic agent automatically enables the CLR profiler within applications and automatically captures the information necessary to identify these.  This makes it super easy to get started and immediately have a rich developer analytics view for your solutions with very little effort. If you haven’t tried New Relic out yet with Windows Azure I recommend you do so – I think you’ll find it helps you build even better cloud applications.  Following the above steps will help you get started and deliver you a really good application monitoring solution in only minutes. Service Bus: Support for partitioned queues and topics With today’s release, we are enabling support within Service Bus for partitioned queues and topics. Enabling partitioning enables you to achieve a higher message throughput and better availability from your queues and topics. Higher message throughput is achieved by implementing multiple message brokers for each partitioned queue and topic.  The  multiple messaging stores will also provide higher availability. You can create a partitioned queue or topic by simply checking the Enable Partitioning option in the custom create wizard for a Queue or Topic: Read this article to learn more about partitioned queues and topics and how to take advantage of them today. Billing: New Billing Alert Service Today’s Windows Azure update enables a new Billing Alert Service Preview that enables you to get proactive email notifications when your Windows Azure bill goes above a certain monetary threshold that you configure.  This makes it easier to manage your bill and avoid potential surprises at the end of the month. With the Billing Alert Service Preview, you can now create email alerts to monitor and manage your monetary credits or your current bill total.  To set up an alert first sign-up for the free Billing Alert Service Preview.  Then visit the account management page, click on a subscription you have setup, and then navigate to the new Alerts tab that is available: The alerts tab allows you to setup email alerts that will be sent automatically once a certain threshold is hit.  For example, by clicking the “add alert” button above I can setup a rule to send myself email anytime my Windows Azure bill goes above $100 for the month: The Billing Alert Service will evolve to support additional aspects of your bill as well as support multiple forms of alerts such as SMS.  Try out the new Billing Alert Service Preview today and give us feedback. Summary Today’s Windows Azure release enables a ton of great new scenarios, and makes building applications hosted in the cloud even easier. If you don’t already have a Windows Azure account, you can sign-up for a free trial and start using all of the above features today.  Then visit the Windows Azure Developer Center to learn more about how to build apps with it. Hope this helps, Scott P.S. In addition to blogging, I am also now using Twitter for quick updates and to share links. Follow me at: twitter.com/scottgu

    Read the article

  • Setting up Mono/ASP.NET 4.0 on Apache2/Ubuntu: Virtual hosts?

    - by Dave
    I'm attempting to setup Mono/ASP.NET 4.0 on my Apache server (which is running on Ubuntu). Thus far, I've been following a few tutorials/scripts supplied here, and here. As of now: Apache 2.2 is installed (accessible via 'localhost') Mono 2.10.5 is installed However, I'm struggling to configure Apache correctly... apparently the Virtual Host setting isn't doing its job and invoking the mod_mono plugin, nor is it even pulling source from the proper directory. While the Virtual Host setting points to '\srv\www\localhost', it clearly is pulling content instead from 'var/www/', which I've found is the default DocumentRoot for virtual hosts. I can confirm: "/opt/mono-2.10/bin/mod-mono-server4" exists. Virtual hosts file is being read, since undoing the comment in the main httpd.conf changed the root directory from 'htdocs' to 'var/www/' The Mono installation is at least semi-capable of running ASP 4.0, as evidenced by running XSP, navigating to 0.0.0.0:8080/ and getting an ASP.NET style error page with "Mono ASP 4.0.x" at the bottom. Can anyone point out how to fix these configurations and get Mono linked up with Apache? Here are my configs and relevant information: /usr/local/apache2/conf/httpd.conf: # # This is the main Apache HTTP server configuration file. It contains the # configuration directives that give the server its instructions. # See <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2> for detailed information. # In particular, see # <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/directives.html> # for a discussion of each configuration directive. # # Do NOT simply read the instructions in here without understanding # what they do. They're here only as hints or reminders. If you are unsure # consult the online docs. You have been warned. # # Configuration and logfile names: If the filenames you specify for many # of the server's control files begin with "/" (or "drive:/" for Win32), the # server will use that explicit path. If the filenames do *not* begin # with "/", the value of ServerRoot is prepended -- so "logs/foo_log" # with ServerRoot set to "/usr/local/apache2" will be interpreted by the # server as "/usr/local/apache2/logs/foo_log". # # ServerRoot: The top of the directory tree under which the server's # configuration, error, and log files are kept. # # Do not add a slash at the end of the directory path. If you point # ServerRoot at a non-local disk, be sure to point the LockFile directive # at a local disk. If you wish to share the same ServerRoot for multiple # httpd daemons, you will need to change at least LockFile and PidFile. # ServerRoot "/usr/local/apache2" # # Listen: Allows you to bind Apache to specific IP addresses and/or # ports, instead of the default. See also the <VirtualHost> # directive. # # Change this to Listen on specific IP addresses as shown below to # prevent Apache from glomming onto all bound IP addresses. # #Listen 12.34.56.78:80 Listen 80 # # Dynamic Shared Object (DSO) Support # # To be able to use the functionality of a module which was built as a DSO you # have to place corresponding `LoadModule' lines at this location so the # directives contained in it are actually available _before_ they are used. # Statically compiled modules (those listed by `httpd -l') do not need # to be loaded here. # # Example: # LoadModule foo_module modules/mod_foo.so # <IfModule !mpm_netware_module> <IfModule !mpm_winnt_module> # # If you wish httpd to run as a different user or group, you must run # httpd as root initially and it will switch. # # User/Group: The name (or #number) of the user/group to run httpd as. # It is usually good practice to create a dedicated user and group for # running httpd, as with most system services. # User daemon Group daemon </IfModule> </IfModule> # 'Main' server configuration # # The directives in this section set up the values used by the 'main' # server, which responds to any requests that aren't handled by a # <VirtualHost> definition. These values also provide defaults for # any <VirtualHost> containers you may define later in the file. # # All of these directives may appear inside <VirtualHost> containers, # in which case these default settings will be overridden for the # virtual host being defined. # # # ServerAdmin: Your address, where problems with the server should be # e-mailed. This address appears on some server-generated pages, such # as error documents. e.g. [email protected] # ServerAdmin david@localhost # # ServerName gives the name and port that the server uses to identify itself. # This can often be determined automatically, but we recommend you specify # it explicitly to prevent problems during startup. # # If your host doesn't have a registered DNS name, enter its IP address here. # ServerName localhost:80 # # DocumentRoot: The directory out of which you will serve your # documents. By default, all requests are taken from this directory, but # symbolic links and aliases may be used to point to other locations. # DocumentRoot "/usr/local/apache2/htdocs" # # Each directory to which Apache has access can be configured with respect # to which services and features are allowed and/or disabled in that # directory (and its subdirectories). # # First, we configure the "default" to be a very restrictive set of # features. # <Directory /> Options FollowSymLinks AllowOverride None Order deny,allow Deny from all </Directory> # # Note that from this point forward you must specifically allow # particular features to be enabled - so if something's not working as # you might expect, make sure that you have specifically enabled it # below. # # # This should be changed to whatever you set DocumentRoot to. # <Directory "/usr/local/apache2/htdocs"> # # Possible values for the Options directive are "None", "All", # or any combination of: # Indexes Includes FollowSymLinks SymLinksifOwnerMatch ExecCGI MultiViews # # Note that "MultiViews" must be named *explicitly* --- "Options All" # doesn't give it to you. # # The Options directive is both complicated and important. Please see # http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/core.html#options # for more information. # Options Indexes FollowSymLinks # # AllowOverride controls what directives may be placed in .htaccess files. # It can be "All", "None", or any combination of the keywords: # Options FileInfo AuthConfig Limit # AllowOverride None # # Controls who can get stuff from this server. # Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> # # DirectoryIndex: sets the file that Apache will serve if a directory # is requested. # <IfModule dir_module> DirectoryIndex index.html </IfModule> # # The following lines prevent .htaccess and .htpasswd files from being # viewed by Web clients. # <FilesMatch "^\.ht"> Order allow,deny Deny from all Satisfy All </FilesMatch> # # ErrorLog: The location of the error log file. # If you do not specify an ErrorLog directive within a <VirtualHost> # container, error messages relating to that virtual host will be # logged here. If you *do* define an error logfile for a <VirtualHost> # container, that host's errors will be logged there and not here. # ErrorLog "logs/error_log" # # LogLevel: Control the number of messages logged to the error_log. # Possible values include: debug, info, notice, warn, error, crit, # alert, emerg. # LogLevel warn <IfModule log_config_module> # # The following directives define some format nicknames for use with # a CustomLog directive (see below). # LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\"" combined LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b" common <IfModule logio_module> # You need to enable mod_logio.c to use %I and %O LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\" %I %O" combinedio </IfModule> # # The location and format of the access logfile (Common Logfile Format). # If you do not define any access logfiles within a <VirtualHost> # container, they will be logged here. Contrariwise, if you *do* # define per-<VirtualHost> access logfiles, transactions will be # logged therein and *not* in this file. # CustomLog "logs/access_log" common # # If you prefer a logfile with access, agent, and referer information # (Combined Logfile Format) you can use the following directive. # #CustomLog "logs/access_log" combined </IfModule> <IfModule alias_module> # # Redirect: Allows you to tell clients about documents that used to # exist in your server's namespace, but do not anymore. The client # will make a new request for the document at its new location. # Example: # Redirect permanent /foo http://www.example.com/bar # # Alias: Maps web paths into filesystem paths and is used to # access content that does not live under the DocumentRoot. # Example: # Alias /webpath /full/filesystem/path # # If you include a trailing / on /webpath then the server will # require it to be present in the URL. You will also likely # need to provide a <Directory> section to allow access to # the filesystem path. # # ScriptAlias: This controls which directories contain server scripts. # ScriptAliases are essentially the same as Aliases, except that # documents in the target directory are treated as applications and # run by the server when requested rather than as documents sent to the # client. The same rules about trailing "/" apply to ScriptAlias # directives as to Alias. # ScriptAlias /cgi-bin/ "/usr/local/apache2/cgi-bin/" </IfModule> <IfModule cgid_module> # # ScriptSock: On threaded servers, designate the path to the UNIX # socket used to communicate with the CGI daemon of mod_cgid. # #Scriptsock logs/cgisock </IfModule> # # "/usr/local/apache2/cgi-bin" should be changed to whatever your ScriptAliased # CGI directory exists, if you have that configured. # <Directory "/usr/local/apache2/cgi-bin"> AllowOverride None Options None Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> # # DefaultType: the default MIME type the server will use for a document # if it cannot otherwise determine one, such as from filename extensions. # If your server contains mostly text or HTML documents, "text/plain" is # a good value. If most of your content is binary, such as applications # or images, you may want to use "application/octet-stream" instead to # keep browsers from trying to display binary files as though they are # text. # DefaultType text/plain <IfModule mime_module> # # TypesConfig points to the file containing the list of mappings from # filename extension to MIME-type. # TypesConfig conf/mime.types # # AddType allows you to add to or override the MIME configuration # file specified in TypesConfig for specific file types. # #AddType application/x-gzip .tgz # # AddEncoding allows you to have certain browsers uncompress # information on the fly. Note: Not all browsers support this. # #AddEncoding x-compress .Z #AddEncoding x-gzip .gz .tgz # # If the AddEncoding directives above are commented-out, then you # probably should define those extensions to indicate media types: # AddType application/x-compress .Z AddType application/x-gzip .gz .tgz # # AddHandler allows you to map certain file extensions to "handlers": # actions unrelated to filetype. These can be either built into the server # or added with the Action directive (see below) # # To use CGI scripts outside of ScriptAliased directories: # (You will also need to add "ExecCGI" to the "Options" directive.) # #AddHandler cgi-script .cgi # For type maps (negotiated resources): #AddHandler type-map var # # Filters allow you to process content before it is sent to the client. # # To parse .shtml files for server-side includes (SSI): # (You will also need to add "Includes" to the "Options" directive.) # #AddType text/html .shtml #AddOutputFilter INCLUDES .shtml </IfModule> # # The mod_mime_magic module allows the server to use various hints from the # contents of the file itself to determine its type. The MIMEMagicFile # directive tells the module where the hint definitions are located. # #MIMEMagicFile conf/magic # # Customizable error responses come in three flavors: # 1) plain text 2) local redirects 3) external redirects # # Some examples: #ErrorDocument 500 "The server made a boo boo." #ErrorDocument 404 /missing.html #ErrorDocument 404 "/cgi-bin/missing_handler.pl" #ErrorDocument 402 http://www.example.com/subscription_info.html # # # MaxRanges: Maximum number of Ranges in a request before # returning the entire resource, or 0 for unlimited # Default setting is to accept 200 Ranges #MaxRanges 0 # # EnableMMAP and EnableSendfile: On systems that support it, # memory-mapping or the sendfile syscall is used to deliver # files. This usually improves server performance, but must # be turned off when serving from networked-mounted # filesystems or if support for these functions is otherwise # broken on your system. # #EnableMMAP off #EnableSendfile off # Supplemental configuration # # The configuration files in the conf/extra/ directory can be # included to add extra features or to modify the default configuration of # the server, or you may simply copy their contents here and change as # necessary. # Server-pool management (MPM specific) #Include conf/extra/httpd-mpm.conf # Multi-language error messages #Include conf/extra/httpd-multilang-errordoc.conf # Fancy directory listings #Include conf/extra/httpd-autoindex.conf # Language settings #Include conf/extra/httpd-languages.conf # User home directories #Include conf/extra/httpd-userdir.conf # Real-time info on requests and configuration #Include conf/extra/httpd-info.conf # Virtual hosts Include conf/extra/httpd-vhosts.conf # Local access to the Apache HTTP Server Manual #Include conf/extra/httpd-manual.conf # Distributed authoring and versioning (WebDAV) #Include conf/extra/httpd-dav.conf # Various default settings #Include conf/extra/httpd-default.conf # Secure (SSL/TLS) connections #Include conf/extra/httpd-ssl.conf # # Note: The following must must be present to support # starting without SSL on platforms with no /dev/random equivalent # but a statically compiled-in mod_ssl. # <IfModule ssl_module> SSLRandomSeed startup builtin SSLRandomSeed connect builtin </IfModule> * /usr/local/apache2/conf/extra/httpd-vhosts.conf * # # Virtual Hosts # # If you want to maintain multiple domains/hostnames on your # machine you can setup VirtualHost containers for them. Most configurations # use only name-based virtual hosts so the server doesn't need to worry about # IP addresses. This is indicated by the asterisks in the directives below. # # Please see the documentation at # <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/vhosts/> # for further details before you try to setup virtual hosts. # # You may use the command line option '-S' to verify your virtual host # configuration. # # Use name-based virtual hosting. # NameVirtualHost *:80 # # VirtualHost example: # Almost any Apache directive may go into a VirtualHost container. # The first VirtualHost section is used for all requests that do not # match a ServerName or ServerAlias in any <VirtualHost> block. # <VirtualHost *:80> ServerName localhost ServerAdmin david@localhost DocumentRoot "/srv/www/localhost" # MonoServerPath can be changed to specify which version of ASP.NET is hosted # mod-mono-server1 = ASP.NET 1.1 / mod-mono-server2 = ASP.NET 2.0 # For SUSE Linux Enterprise Mono Extension, uncomment the line below: # MonoServerPath localhost "/opt/novell/mono/bin/mod-mono-server2" # For Mono on openSUSE, uncomment the line below instead: MonoServerPath localhost "/opt/mono-2.10/bin/mod-mono-server4" # To obtain line numbers in stack traces you need to do two things: # 1) Enable Debug code generation in your page by using the Debug="true" # page directive, or by setting <compilation debug="true" /> in the # application's Web.config # 2) Uncomment the MonoDebug true directive below to enable mod_mono debugging MonoDebug localhost true # The MONO_IOMAP environment variable can be configured to provide platform abstraction # for file access in Linux. Valid values for MONO_IOMAP are: # case # drive # all # Uncomment the line below to alter file access behavior for the configured application MonoSetEnv localhost PATH=/opt/mono-2.10/bin:$PATH;LD_LIBRARY_PATH=/opt/mono-2.10/lib:$LD_LIBRARY_PATH; # # Additional environtment variables can be set for this server instance using # the MonoSetEnv directive. MonoSetEnv takes a string of 'name=value' pairs # separated by semicolons. For instance, to enable platform abstraction *and* # use Mono's old regular expression interpreter (which is slower, but has a # shorter setup time), uncomment the line below instead: # MonoSetEnv localhost MONO_IOMAP=all;MONO_OLD_RX=1 MonoApplications localhost "/:/srv/www/localhost" <Location "/"> Allow from all Order allow,deny MonoSetServerAlias localhost SetHandler mono SetOutputFilter DEFLATE SetEnvIfNoCase Request_URI "\.(?:gif|jpe?g|png)$" no-gzip dont-vary </Location> <IfModule mod_deflate.c> AddOutputFilterByType DEFLATE text/html text/plain text/xml text/javascript </IfModule> </VirtualHost> <VirtualHost *:80> ServerAdmin [email protected] DocumentRoot "/usr/local/apache2/docs/dummy-host.example.com" ServerName dummy-host.example.com ServerAlias www.dummy-host.example.com ErrorLog "logs/dummy-host.example.com-error_log" CustomLog "logs/dummy-host.example.com-access_log" common </VirtualHost> <VirtualHost *:80> ServerAdmin [email protected] DocumentRoot "/usr/local/apache2/docs/dummy-host2.example.com" ServerName dummy-host2.example.com ErrorLog "logs/dummy-host2.example.com-error_log" CustomLog "logs/dummy-host2.example.com-access_log" common </VirtualHost> mono -V output: root@david-ubuntu:~# mono -V Mono JIT compiler version 2.6.7 (Debian 2.6.7-5ubuntu3) Copyright (C) 2002-2010 Novell, Inc and Contributors. www.mono-project.com TLS: __thread GC: Included Boehm (with typed GC and Parallel Mark) SIGSEGV: altstack Notifications: epoll Architecture: amd64 Disabled: none

    Read the article

  • 256 Windows Azure Worker Roles, Windows Kinect and a 90's Text-Based Ray-Tracer

    - by Alan Smith
    For a couple of years I have been demoing a simple render farm hosted in Windows Azure using worker roles and the Azure Storage service. At the start of the presentation I deploy an Azure application that uses 16 worker roles to render a 1,500 frame 3D ray-traced animation. At the end of the presentation, when the animation was complete, I would play the animation delete the Azure deployment. The standing joke with the audience was that it was that it was a “$2 demo”, as the compute charges for running the 16 instances for an hour was $1.92, factor in the bandwidth charges and it’s a couple of dollars. The point of the demo is that it highlights one of the great benefits of cloud computing, you pay for what you use, and if you need massive compute power for a short period of time using Windows Azure can work out very cost effective. The “$2 demo” was great for presenting at user groups and conferences in that it could be deployed to Azure, used to render an animation, and then removed in a one hour session. I have always had the idea of doing something a bit more impressive with the demo, and scaling it from a “$2 demo” to a “$30 demo”. The challenge was to create a visually appealing animation in high definition format and keep the demo time down to one hour.  This article will take a run through how I achieved this. Ray Tracing Ray tracing, a technique for generating high quality photorealistic images, gained popularity in the 90’s with companies like Pixar creating feature length computer animations, and also the emergence of shareware text-based ray tracers that could run on a home PC. In order to render a ray traced image, the ray of light that would pass from the view point must be tracked until it intersects with an object. At the intersection, the color, reflectiveness, transparency, and refractive index of the object are used to calculate if the ray will be reflected or refracted. Each pixel may require thousands of calculations to determine what color it will be in the rendered image. Pin-Board Toys Having very little artistic talent and a basic understanding of maths I decided to focus on an animation that could be modeled fairly easily and would look visually impressive. I’ve always liked the pin-board desktop toys that become popular in the 80’s and when I was working as a 3D animator back in the 90’s I always had the idea of creating a 3D ray-traced animation of a pin-board, but never found the energy to do it. Even if I had a go at it, the render time to produce an animation that would look respectable on a 486 would have been measured in months. PolyRay Back in 1995 I landed my first real job, after spending three years being a beach-ski-climbing-paragliding-bum, and was employed to create 3D ray-traced animations for a CD-ROM that school kids would use to learn physics. I had got into the strange and wonderful world of text-based ray tracing, and was using a shareware ray-tracer called PolyRay. PolyRay takes a text file describing a scene as input and, after a few hours processing on a 486, produced a high quality ray-traced image. The following is an example of a basic PolyRay scene file. background Midnight_Blue   static define matte surface { ambient 0.1 diffuse 0.7 } define matte_white texture { matte { color white } } define matte_black texture { matte { color dark_slate_gray } } define position_cylindrical 3 define lookup_sawtooth 1 define light_wood <0.6, 0.24, 0.1> define median_wood <0.3, 0.12, 0.03> define dark_wood <0.05, 0.01, 0.005>     define wooden texture { noise surface { ambient 0.2  diffuse 0.7  specular white, 0.5 microfacet Reitz 10 position_fn position_cylindrical position_scale 1  lookup_fn lookup_sawtooth octaves 1 turbulence 1 color_map( [0.0, 0.2, light_wood, light_wood] [0.2, 0.3, light_wood, median_wood] [0.3, 0.4, median_wood, light_wood] [0.4, 0.7, light_wood, light_wood] [0.7, 0.8, light_wood, median_wood] [0.8, 0.9, median_wood, light_wood] [0.9, 1.0, light_wood, dark_wood]) } } define glass texture { surface { ambient 0 diffuse 0 specular 0.2 reflection white, 0.1 transmission white, 1, 1.5 }} define shiny surface { ambient 0.1 diffuse 0.6 specular white, 0.6 microfacet Phong 7  } define steely_blue texture { shiny { color black } } define chrome texture { surface { color white ambient 0.0 diffuse 0.2 specular 0.4 microfacet Phong 10 reflection 0.8 } }   viewpoint {     from <4.000, -1.000, 1.000> at <0.000, 0.000, 0.000> up <0, 1, 0> angle 60     resolution 640, 480 aspect 1.6 image_format 0 }       light <-10, 30, 20> light <-10, 30, -20>   object { disc <0, -2, 0>, <0, 1, 0>, 30 wooden }   object { sphere <0.000, 0.000, 0.000>, 1.00 chrome } object { cylinder <0.000, 0.000, 0.000>, <0.000, 0.000, -4.000>, 0.50 chrome }   After setting up the background and defining colors and textures, the viewpoint is specified. The “camera” is located at a point in 3D space, and it looks towards another point. The angle, image resolution, and aspect ratio are specified. Two lights are present in the image at defined coordinates. The three objects in the image are a wooden disc to represent a table top, and a sphere and cylinder that intersect to form a pin that will be used for the pin board toy in the final animation. When the image is rendered, the following image is produced. The pins are modeled with a chrome surface, so they reflect the environment around them. Note that the scale of the pin shaft is not correct, this will be fixed later. Modeling the Pin Board The frame of the pin-board is made up of three boxes, and six cylinders, the front box is modeled using a clear, slightly reflective solid, with the same refractive index of glass. The other shapes are modeled as metal. object { box <-5.5, -1.5, 1>, <5.5, 5.5, 1.2> glass } object { box <-5.5, -1.5, -0.04>, <5.5, 5.5, -0.09> steely_blue } object { box <-5.5, -1.5, -0.52>, <5.5, 5.5, -0.59> steely_blue } object { cylinder <-5.2, -1.2, 1.4>, <-5.2, -1.2, -0.74>, 0.2 steely_blue } object { cylinder <5.2, -1.2, 1.4>, <5.2, -1.2, -0.74>, 0.2 steely_blue } object { cylinder <-5.2, 5.2, 1.4>, <-5.2, 5.2, -0.74>, 0.2 steely_blue } object { cylinder <5.2, 5.2, 1.4>, <5.2, 5.2, -0.74>, 0.2 steely_blue } object { cylinder <0, -1.2, 1.4>, <0, -1.2, -0.74>, 0.2 steely_blue } object { cylinder <0, 5.2, 1.4>, <0, 5.2, -0.74>, 0.2 steely_blue }   In order to create the matrix of pins that make up the pin board I used a basic console application with a few nested loops to create two intersecting matrixes of pins, which models the layout used in the pin boards. The resulting image is shown below. The pin board contains 11,481 pins, with the scene file containing 23,709 lines of code. For the complete animation 2,000 scene files will be created, which is over 47 million lines of code. Each pin in the pin-board will slide out a specific distance when an object is pressed into the back of the board. This is easily modeled by setting the Z coordinate of the pin to a specific value. In order to set all of the pins in the pin-board to the correct position, a bitmap image can be used. The position of the pin can be set based on the color of the pixel at the appropriate position in the image. When the Windows Azure logo is used to set the Z coordinate of the pins, the following image is generated. The challenge now was to make a cool animation. The Azure Logo is fine, but it is static. Using a normal video to animate the pins would not work; the colors in the video would not be the same as the depth of the objects from the camera. In order to simulate the pin board accurately a series of frames from a depth camera could be used. Windows Kinect The Kenect controllers for the X-Box 360 and Windows feature a depth camera. The Kinect SDK for Windows provides a programming interface for Kenect, providing easy access for .NET developers to the Kinect sensors. The Kinect Explorer provided with the Kinect SDK is a great starting point for exploring Kinect from a developers perspective. Both the X-Box 360 Kinect and the Windows Kinect will work with the Kinect SDK, the Windows Kinect is required for commercial applications, but the X-Box Kinect can be used for hobby projects. The Windows Kinect has the advantage of providing a mode to allow depth capture with objects closer to the camera, which makes for a more accurate depth image for setting the pin positions. Creating a Depth Field Animation The depth field animation used to set the positions of the pin in the pin board was created using a modified version of the Kinect Explorer sample application. In order to simulate the pin board accurately, a small section of the depth range from the depth sensor will be used. Any part of the object in front of the depth range will result in a white pixel; anything behind the depth range will be black. Within the depth range the pixels in the image will be set to RGB values from 0,0,0 to 255,255,255. A screen shot of the modified Kinect Explorer application is shown below. The Kinect Explorer sample application was modified to include slider controls that are used to set the depth range that forms the image from the depth stream. This allows the fine tuning of the depth image that is required for simulating the position of the pins in the pin board. The Kinect Explorer was also modified to record a series of images from the depth camera and save them as a sequence JPEG files that will be used to animate the pins in the animation the Start and Stop buttons are used to start and stop the image recording. En example of one of the depth images is shown below. Once a series of 2,000 depth images has been captured, the task of creating the animation can begin. Rendering a Test Frame In order to test the creation of frames and get an approximation of the time required to render each frame a test frame was rendered on-premise using PolyRay. The output of the rendering process is shown below. The test frame contained 23,629 primitive shapes, most of which are the spheres and cylinders that are used for the 11,800 or so pins in the pin board. The 1280x720 image contains 921,600 pixels, but as anti-aliasing was used the number of rays that were calculated was 4,235,777, with 3,478,754,073 object boundaries checked. The test frame of the pin board with the depth field image applied is shown below. The tracing time for the test frame was 4 minutes 27 seconds, which means rendering the2,000 frames in the animation would take over 148 hours, or a little over 6 days. Although this is much faster that an old 486, waiting almost a week to see the results of an animation would make it challenging for animators to create, view, and refine their animations. It would be much better if the animation could be rendered in less than one hour. Windows Azure Worker Roles The cost of creating an on-premise render farm to render animations increases in proportion to the number of servers. The table below shows the cost of servers for creating a render farm, assuming a cost of $500 per server. Number of Servers Cost 1 $500 16 $8,000 256 $128,000   As well as the cost of the servers, there would be additional costs for networking, racks etc. Hosting an environment of 256 servers on-premise would require a server room with cooling, and some pretty hefty power cabling. The Windows Azure compute services provide worker roles, which are ideal for performing processor intensive compute tasks. With the scalability available in Windows Azure a job that takes 256 hours to complete could be perfumed using different numbers of worker roles. The time and cost of using 1, 16 or 256 worker roles is shown below. Number of Worker Roles Render Time Cost 1 256 hours $30.72 16 16 hours $30.72 256 1 hour $30.72   Using worker roles in Windows Azure provides the same cost for the 256 hour job, irrespective of the number of worker roles used. Provided the compute task can be broken down into many small units, and the worker role compute power can be used effectively, it makes sense to scale the application so that the task is completed quickly, making the results available in a timely fashion. The task of rendering 2,000 frames in an animation is one that can easily be broken down into 2,000 individual pieces, which can be performed by a number of worker roles. Creating a Render Farm in Windows Azure The architecture of the render farm is shown in the following diagram. The render farm is a hybrid application with the following components: ·         On-Premise o   Windows Kinect – Used combined with the Kinect Explorer to create a stream of depth images. o   Animation Creator – This application uses the depth images from the Kinect sensor to create scene description files for PolyRay. These files are then uploaded to the jobs blob container, and job messages added to the jobs queue. o   Process Monitor – This application queries the role instance lifecycle table and displays statistics about the render farm environment and render process. o   Image Downloader – This application polls the image queue and downloads the rendered animation files once they are complete. ·         Windows Azure o   Azure Storage – Queues and blobs are used for the scene description files and completed frames. A table is used to store the statistics about the rendering environment.   The architecture of each worker role is shown below.   The worker role is configured to use local storage, which provides file storage on the worker role instance that can be use by the applications to render the image and transform the format of the image. The service definition for the worker role with the local storage configuration highlighted is shown below. <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> <ServiceDefinition name="CloudRay" >   <WorkerRole name="CloudRayWorkerRole" vmsize="Small">     <Imports>     </Imports>     <ConfigurationSettings>       <Setting name="DataConnectionString" />     </ConfigurationSettings>     <LocalResources>       <LocalStorage name="RayFolder" cleanOnRoleRecycle="true" />     </LocalResources>   </WorkerRole> </ServiceDefinition>     The two executable programs, PolyRay.exe and DTA.exe are included in the Azure project, with Copy Always set as the property. PolyRay will take the scene description file and render it to a Truevision TGA file. As the TGA format has not seen much use since the mid 90’s it is converted to a JPG image using Dave's Targa Animator, another shareware application from the 90’s. Each worker roll will use the following process to render the animation frames. 1.       The worker process polls the job queue, if a job is available the scene description file is downloaded from blob storage to local storage. 2.       PolyRay.exe is started in a process with the appropriate command line arguments to render the image as a TGA file. 3.       DTA.exe is started in a process with the appropriate command line arguments convert the TGA file to a JPG file. 4.       The JPG file is uploaded from local storage to the images blob container. 5.       A message is placed on the images queue to indicate a new image is available for download. 6.       The job message is deleted from the job queue. 7.       The role instance lifecycle table is updated with statistics on the number of frames rendered by the worker role instance, and the CPU time used. The code for this is shown below. public override void Run() {     // Set environment variables     string polyRayPath = Path.Combine(Environment.GetEnvironmentVariable("RoleRoot"), PolyRayLocation);     string dtaPath = Path.Combine(Environment.GetEnvironmentVariable("RoleRoot"), DTALocation);       LocalResource rayStorage = RoleEnvironment.GetLocalResource("RayFolder");     string localStorageRootPath = rayStorage.RootPath;       JobQueue jobQueue = new JobQueue("renderjobs");     JobQueue downloadQueue = new JobQueue("renderimagedownloadjobs");     CloudRayBlob sceneBlob = new CloudRayBlob("scenes");     CloudRayBlob imageBlob = new CloudRayBlob("images");     RoleLifecycleDataSource roleLifecycleDataSource = new RoleLifecycleDataSource();       Frames = 0;       while (true)     {         // Get the render job from the queue         CloudQueueMessage jobMsg = jobQueue.Get();           if (jobMsg != null)         {             // Get the file details             string sceneFile = jobMsg.AsString;             string tgaFile = sceneFile.Replace(".pi", ".tga");             string jpgFile = sceneFile.Replace(".pi", ".jpg");               string sceneFilePath = Path.Combine(localStorageRootPath, sceneFile);             string tgaFilePath = Path.Combine(localStorageRootPath, tgaFile);             string jpgFilePath = Path.Combine(localStorageRootPath, jpgFile);               // Copy the scene file to local storage             sceneBlob.DownloadFile(sceneFilePath);               // Run the ray tracer.             string polyrayArguments =                 string.Format("\"{0}\" -o \"{1}\" -a 2", sceneFilePath, tgaFilePath);             Process polyRayProcess = new Process();             polyRayProcess.StartInfo.FileName =                 Path.Combine(Environment.GetEnvironmentVariable("RoleRoot"), polyRayPath);             polyRayProcess.StartInfo.Arguments = polyrayArguments;             polyRayProcess.Start();             polyRayProcess.WaitForExit();               // Convert the image             string dtaArguments =                 string.Format(" {0} /FJ /P{1}", tgaFilePath, Path.GetDirectoryName (jpgFilePath));             Process dtaProcess = new Process();             dtaProcess.StartInfo.FileName =                 Path.Combine(Environment.GetEnvironmentVariable("RoleRoot"), dtaPath);             dtaProcess.StartInfo.Arguments = dtaArguments;             dtaProcess.Start();             dtaProcess.WaitForExit();               // Upload the image to blob storage             imageBlob.UploadFile(jpgFilePath);               // Add a download job.             downloadQueue.Add(jpgFile);               // Delete the render job message             jobQueue.Delete(jobMsg);               Frames++;         }         else         {             Thread.Sleep(1000);         }           // Log the worker role activity.         roleLifecycleDataSource.Alive             ("CloudRayWorker", RoleLifecycleDataSource.RoleLifecycleId, Frames);     } }     Monitoring Worker Role Instance Lifecycle In order to get more accurate statistics about the lifecycle of the worker role instances used to render the animation data was tracked in an Azure storage table. The following class was used to track the worker role lifecycles in Azure storage.   public class RoleLifecycle : TableServiceEntity {     public string ServerName { get; set; }     public string Status { get; set; }     public DateTime StartTime { get; set; }     public DateTime EndTime { get; set; }     public long SecondsRunning { get; set; }     public DateTime LastActiveTime { get; set; }     public int Frames { get; set; }     public string Comment { get; set; }       public RoleLifecycle()     {     }       public RoleLifecycle(string roleName)     {         PartitionKey = roleName;         RowKey = Utils.GetAscendingRowKey();         Status = "Started";         StartTime = DateTime.UtcNow;         LastActiveTime = StartTime;         EndTime = StartTime;         SecondsRunning = 0;         Frames = 0;     } }     A new instance of this class is created and added to the storage table when the role starts. It is then updated each time the worker renders a frame to record the total number of frames rendered and the total processing time. These statistics are used be the monitoring application to determine the effectiveness of use of resources in the render farm. Rendering the Animation The Azure solution was deployed to Windows Azure with the service configuration set to 16 worker role instances. This allows for the application to be tested in the cloud environment, and the performance of the application determined. When I demo the application at conferences and user groups I often start with 16 instances, and then scale up the application to the full 256 instances. The configuration to run 16 instances is shown below. <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> <ServiceConfiguration serviceName="CloudRay" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/ServiceHosting/2008/10/ServiceConfiguration" osFamily="1" osVersion="*">   <Role name="CloudRayWorkerRole">     <Instances count="16" />     <ConfigurationSettings>       <Setting name="DataConnectionString"         value="DefaultEndpointsProtocol=https;AccountName=cloudraydata;AccountKey=..." />     </ConfigurationSettings>   </Role> </ServiceConfiguration>     About six minutes after deploying the application the first worker roles become active and start to render the first frames of the animation. The CloudRay Monitor application displays an icon for each worker role instance, with a number indicating the number of frames that the worker role has rendered. The statistics on the left show the number of active worker roles and statistics about the render process. The render time is the time since the first worker role became active; the CPU time is the total amount of processing time used by all worker role instances to render the frames.   Five minutes after the first worker role became active the last of the 16 worker roles activated. By this time the first seven worker roles had each rendered one frame of the animation.   With 16 worker roles u and running it can be seen that one hour and 45 minutes CPU time has been used to render 32 frames with a render time of just under 10 minutes.     At this rate it would take over 10 hours to render the 2,000 frames of the full animation. In order to complete the animation in under an hour more processing power will be required. Scaling the render farm from 16 instances to 256 instances is easy using the new management portal. The slider is set to 256 instances, and the configuration saved. We do not need to re-deploy the application, and the 16 instances that are up and running will not be affected. Alternatively, the configuration file for the Azure service could be modified to specify 256 instances.   <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> <ServiceConfiguration serviceName="CloudRay" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/ServiceHosting/2008/10/ServiceConfiguration" osFamily="1" osVersion="*">   <Role name="CloudRayWorkerRole">     <Instances count="256" />     <ConfigurationSettings>       <Setting name="DataConnectionString"         value="DefaultEndpointsProtocol=https;AccountName=cloudraydata;AccountKey=..." />     </ConfigurationSettings>   </Role> </ServiceConfiguration>     Six minutes after the new configuration has been applied 75 new worker roles have activated and are processing their first frames.   Five minutes later the full configuration of 256 worker roles is up and running. We can see that the average rate of frame rendering has increased from 3 to 12 frames per minute, and that over 17 hours of CPU time has been utilized in 23 minutes. In this test the time to provision 140 worker roles was about 11 minutes, which works out at about one every five seconds.   We are now half way through the rendering, with 1,000 frames complete. This has utilized just under three days of CPU time in a little over 35 minutes.   The animation is now complete, with 2,000 frames rendered in a little over 52 minutes. The CPU time used by the 256 worker roles is 6 days, 7 hours and 22 minutes with an average frame rate of 38 frames per minute. The rendering of the last 1,000 frames took 16 minutes 27 seconds, which works out at a rendering rate of 60 frames per minute. The frame counts in the server instances indicate that the use of a queue to distribute the workload has been very effective in distributing the load across the 256 worker role instances. The first 16 instances that were deployed first have rendered between 11 and 13 frames each, whilst the 240 instances that were added when the application was scaled have rendered between 6 and 9 frames each.   Completed Animation I’ve uploaded the completed animation to YouTube, a low resolution preview is shown below. Pin Board Animation Created using Windows Kinect and 256 Windows Azure Worker Roles   The animation can be viewed in 1280x720 resolution at the following link: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=n5jy6bvSxWc Effective Use of Resources According to the CloudRay monitor statistics the animation took 6 days, 7 hours and 22 minutes CPU to render, this works out at 152 hours of compute time, rounded up to the nearest hour. As the usage for the worker role instances are billed for the full hour, it may have been possible to render the animation using fewer than 256 worker roles. When deciding the optimal usage of resources, the time required to provision and start the worker roles must also be considered. In the demo I started with 16 worker roles, and then scaled the application to 256 worker roles. It would have been more optimal to start the application with maybe 200 worker roles, and utilized the full hour that I was being billed for. This would, however, have prevented showing the ease of scalability of the application. The new management portal displays the CPU usage across the worker roles in the deployment. The average CPU usage across all instances is 93.27%, with over 99% used when all the instances are up and running. This shows that the worker role resources are being used very effectively. Grid Computing Scenarios Although I am using this scenario for a hobby project, there are many scenarios where a large amount of compute power is required for a short period of time. Windows Azure provides a great platform for developing these types of grid computing applications, and can work out very cost effective. ·         Windows Azure can provide massive compute power, on demand, in a matter of minutes. ·         The use of queues to manage the load balancing of jobs between role instances is a simple and effective solution. ·         Using a cloud-computing platform like Windows Azure allows proof-of-concept scenarios to be tested and evaluated on a very low budget. ·         No charges for inbound data transfer makes the uploading of large data sets to Windows Azure Storage services cost effective. (Transaction charges still apply.) Tips for using Windows Azure for Grid Computing Scenarios I found the implementation of a render farm using Windows Azure a fairly simple scenario to implement. I was impressed by ease of scalability that Azure provides, and by the short time that the application took to scale from 16 to 256 worker role instances. In this case it was around 13 minutes, in other tests it took between 10 and 20 minutes. The following tips may be useful when implementing a grid computing project in Windows Azure. ·         Using an Azure Storage queue to load-balance the units of work across multiple worker roles is simple and very effective. The design I have used in this scenario could easily scale to many thousands of worker role instances. ·         Windows Azure accounts are typically limited to 20 cores. If you need to use more than this, a call to support and a credit card check will be required. ·         Be aware of how the billing model works. You will be charged for worker role instances for the full clock our in which the instance is deployed. Schedule the workload to start just after the clock hour has started. ·         Monitor the utilization of the resources you are provisioning, ensure that you are not paying for worker roles that are idle. ·         If you are deploying third party applications to worker roles, you may well run into licensing issues. Purchasing software licenses on a per-processor basis when using hundreds of processors for a short time period would not be cost effective. ·         Third party software may also require installation onto the worker roles, which can be accomplished using start-up tasks. Bear in mind that adding a startup task and possible re-boot will add to the time required for the worker role instance to start and activate. An alternative may be to use a prepared VM and use VM roles. ·         Consider using the Windows Azure Autoscaling Application Block (WASABi) to autoscale the worker roles in your application. When using a large number of worker roles, the utilization must be carefully monitored, if the scaling algorithms are not optimal it could get very expensive!

    Read the article

  • Building applications with WCF - Intro

    - by skjagini
    I am going to write series of articles using Windows Communication Framework (WCF) to develop client and server applications and this is the first part of that series. What is WCF As Juwal puts in his Programming WCF book, WCF provides an SDK for developing and deploying services on Windows, provides runtime environment to expose CLR types as services and consume services as CLR types. Building services with WCF is incredibly easy and it’s implementation provides a set of industry standards and off the shelf plumbing including service hosting, instance management, reliability, transaction management, security etc such that it greatly increases productivity Scenario: Lets consider a typical bank customer trying to create an account, deposit amount and transfer funds between accounts, i.e. checking and savings. To make it interesting, we are going to divide the functionality into multiple services and each of them working with database directly. We will run test cases with and without transactional support across services. In this post we will build contracts, services, data access layer, unit tests to verify end to end communication etc, nothing big stuff here and we dig into other features of the WCF in subsequent posts with incremental changes. In any distributed architecture we have two pieces i.e. services and clients. Services as the name implies provide functionality to execute various pieces of business logic on the server, and clients providing interaction to the end user. Services can be built with Web Services or with WCF. Service built on WCF have the advantage of binding independent, i.e. can run against TCP and HTTP protocol without any significant changes to the code. Solution Services Profile: For creating a new bank customer, getting details about existing customer ProfileContract ProfileService Checking Account: To get checking account balance, deposit or withdraw amount CheckingAccountContract CheckingAccountService Savings Account: To get savings account balance, deposit or withdraw amount SavingsAccountContract SavingsAccountService ServiceHost: To host services, i.e. running the services at particular address, binding and contract where client can connect to Client: Helps end user to use services like creating account and amount transfer between the accounts BankDAL: Data access layer to work with database     BankDAL It’s no brainer not to use an ORM as many matured products are available currently in market including Linq2Sql, Entity Framework (EF), LLblGenPro etc. For this exercise I am going to use Entity Framework 4.0, CTP 5 with code first approach. There are two approaches when working with data, data driven and code driven. In data driven we start by designing tables and their constrains in database and generate entities in code while in code driven (code first) approach entities are defined in code and the metadata generated from the entities is used by the EF to create tables and table constrains. In previous versions the entity classes had  to derive from EF specific base classes. In EF 4 it  is not required to derive from any EF classes, the entities are not only persistence ignorant but also enable full test driven development using mock frameworks.  Application consists of 3 entities, Customer entity which contains Customer details; CheckingAccount and SavingsAccount to hold the respective account balance. We could have introduced an Account base class for CheckingAccount and SavingsAccount which is certainly possible with EF mappings but to keep it simple we are just going to follow 1 –1 mapping between entity and table mappings. Lets start out by defining a class called Customer which will be mapped to Customer table, observe that the class is simply a plain old clr object (POCO) and has no reference to EF at all. using System;   namespace BankDAL.Model { public class Customer { public int Id { get; set; } public string FullName { get; set; } public string Address { get; set; } public DateTime DateOfBirth { get; set; } } }   In order to inform EF about the Customer entity we have to define a database context with properties of type DbSet<> for every POCO which needs to be mapped to a table in database. EF uses convention over configuration to generate the metadata resulting in much less configuration. using System.Data.Entity;   namespace BankDAL.Model { public class BankDbContext: DbContext { public DbSet<Customer> Customers { get; set; } } }   Entity constrains can be defined through attributes on Customer class or using fluent syntax (no need to muscle with xml files), CustomerConfiguration class. By defining constrains in a separate class we can maintain clean POCOs without corrupting entity classes with database specific information.   using System; using System.Data.Entity.ModelConfiguration;   namespace BankDAL.Model { public class CustomerConfiguration: EntityTypeConfiguration<Customer> { public CustomerConfiguration() { Initialize(); }   private void Initialize() { //Setting the Primary Key this.HasKey(e => e.Id);   //Setting required fields this.HasRequired(e => e.FullName); this.HasRequired(e => e.Address); //Todo: Can't create required constraint as DateOfBirth is not reference type, research it //this.HasRequired(e => e.DateOfBirth); } } }   Any queries executed against Customers property in BankDbContext are executed against Cusomers table. By convention EF looks for connection string with key of BankDbContext when working with the context.   We are going to define a helper class to work with Customer entity with methods for querying, adding new entity etc and these are known as repository classes, i.e., CustomerRepository   using System; using System.Data.Entity; using System.Linq; using BankDAL.Model;   namespace BankDAL.Repositories { public class CustomerRepository { private readonly IDbSet<Customer> _customers;   public CustomerRepository(BankDbContext bankDbContext) { if (bankDbContext == null) throw new ArgumentNullException(); _customers = bankDbContext.Customers; }   public IQueryable<Customer> Query() { return _customers; }   public void Add(Customer customer) { _customers.Add(customer); } } }   From the above code it is observable that the Query methods returns customers as IQueryable i.e. customers are retrieved only when actually used i.e. iterated. Returning as IQueryable also allows to execute filtering and joining statements from business logic using lamba expressions without cluttering the data access layer with tens of methods.   Our CheckingAccountRepository and SavingsAccountRepository look very similar to each other using System; using System.Data.Entity; using System.Linq; using BankDAL.Model;   namespace BankDAL.Repositories { public class CheckingAccountRepository { private readonly IDbSet<CheckingAccount> _checkingAccounts;   public CheckingAccountRepository(BankDbContext bankDbContext) { if (bankDbContext == null) throw new ArgumentNullException(); _checkingAccounts = bankDbContext.CheckingAccounts; }   public IQueryable<CheckingAccount> Query() { return _checkingAccounts; }   public void Add(CheckingAccount account) { _checkingAccounts.Add(account); }   public IQueryable<CheckingAccount> GetAccount(int customerId) { return (from act in _checkingAccounts where act.CustomerId == customerId select act); }   } } The repository classes look very similar to each other for Query and Add methods, with the help of C# generics and implementing repository pattern (Martin Fowler) we can reduce the repeated code. Jarod from ElegantCode has posted an article on how to use repository pattern with EF which we will implement in the subsequent articles along with WCF Unity life time managers by Drew Contracts It is very easy to follow contract first approach with WCF, define the interface and append ServiceContract, OperationContract attributes. IProfile contract exposes functionality for creating customer and getting customer details.   using System; using System.ServiceModel; using BankDAL.Model;   namespace ProfileContract { [ServiceContract] public interface IProfile { [OperationContract] Customer CreateCustomer(string customerName, string address, DateTime dateOfBirth);   [OperationContract] Customer GetCustomer(int id);   } }   ICheckingAccount contract exposes functionality for working with checking account, i.e., getting balance, deposit and withdraw of amount. ISavingsAccount contract looks the same as checking account.   using System.ServiceModel;   namespace CheckingAccountContract { [ServiceContract] public interface ICheckingAccount { [OperationContract] decimal? GetCheckingAccountBalance(int customerId);   [OperationContract] void DepositAmount(int customerId,decimal amount);   [OperationContract] void WithdrawAmount(int customerId, decimal amount);   } }   Services   Having covered the data access layer and contracts so far and here comes the core of the business logic, i.e. services.   .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } ProfileService implements the IProfile contract for creating customer and getting customer detail using CustomerRepository. using System; using System.Linq; using System.ServiceModel; using BankDAL; using BankDAL.Model; using BankDAL.Repositories; using ProfileContract;   namespace ProfileService { [ServiceBehavior(IncludeExceptionDetailInFaults = true)] public class Profile: IProfile { public Customer CreateAccount( string customerName, string address, DateTime dateOfBirth) { Customer cust = new Customer { FullName = customerName, Address = address, DateOfBirth = dateOfBirth };   using (var bankDbContext = new BankDbContext()) { new CustomerRepository(bankDbContext).Add(cust); bankDbContext.SaveChanges(); } return cust; }   public Customer CreateCustomer(string customerName, string address, DateTime dateOfBirth) { return CreateAccount(customerName, address, dateOfBirth); } public Customer GetCustomer(int id) { return new CustomerRepository(new BankDbContext()).Query() .Where(i => i.Id == id).FirstOrDefault(); }   } } From the above code you shall observe that we are calling bankDBContext’s SaveChanges method and there is no save method specific to customer entity because EF manages all the changes centralized at the context level and all the pending changes so far are submitted in a batch and it is represented as Unit of Work. Similarly Checking service implements ICheckingAccount contract using CheckingAccountRepository, notice that we are throwing overdraft exception if the balance falls by zero. WCF has it’s own way of raising exceptions using fault contracts which will be explained in the subsequent articles. SavingsAccountService is similar to CheckingAccountService. using System; using System.Linq; using System.ServiceModel; using BankDAL.Model; using BankDAL.Repositories; using CheckingAccountContract;   namespace CheckingAccountService { [ServiceBehavior(IncludeExceptionDetailInFaults = true)] public class Checking:ICheckingAccount { public decimal? GetCheckingAccountBalance(int customerId) { using (var bankDbContext = new BankDbContext()) { CheckingAccount account = (new CheckingAccountRepository(bankDbContext) .GetAccount(customerId)).FirstOrDefault();   if (account != null) return account.Balance;   return null; } }   public void DepositAmount(int customerId, decimal amount) { using(var bankDbContext = new BankDbContext()) { var checkingAccountRepository = new CheckingAccountRepository(bankDbContext); CheckingAccount account = (checkingAccountRepository.GetAccount(customerId)) .FirstOrDefault();   if (account == null) { account = new CheckingAccount() { CustomerId = customerId }; checkingAccountRepository.Add(account); }   account.Balance = account.Balance + amount; if (account.Balance < 0) throw new ApplicationException("Overdraft not accepted");   bankDbContext.SaveChanges(); } } public void WithdrawAmount(int customerId, decimal amount) { DepositAmount(customerId, -1*amount); } } }   BankServiceHost The host acts as a glue binding contracts with it’s services, exposing the endpoints. The services can be exposed either through the code or configuration file, configuration file is preferred as it allows run time changes to service behavior even after deployment. We have 3 services and for each of the service you need to define name (the class that implements the service with fully qualified namespace) and endpoint known as ABC, i.e. address, binding and contract. We are using netTcpBinding and have defined the base address with for each of the contracts .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } <system.serviceModel> <services> <service name="ProfileService.Profile"> <endpoint binding="netTcpBinding" contract="ProfileContract.IProfile"/> <host> <baseAddresses> <add baseAddress="net.tcp://localhost:1000/Profile"/> </baseAddresses> </host> </service> <service name="CheckingAccountService.Checking"> <endpoint binding="netTcpBinding" contract="CheckingAccountContract.ICheckingAccount"/> <host> <baseAddresses> <add baseAddress="net.tcp://localhost:1000/Checking"/> </baseAddresses> </host> </service> <service name="SavingsAccountService.Savings"> <endpoint binding="netTcpBinding" contract="SavingsAccountContract.ISavingsAccount"/> <host> <baseAddresses> <add baseAddress="net.tcp://localhost:1000/Savings"/> </baseAddresses> </host> </service> </services> </system.serviceModel> Have to open the services by creating service host which will handle the incoming requests from clients.   using System;   namespace ServiceHost { class Program { static void Main(string[] args) { CreateHosts(); Console.ReadLine(); }   private static void CreateHosts() { CreateHost(typeof(ProfileService.Profile),"Profile Service"); CreateHost(typeof(SavingsAccountService.Savings), "Savings Account Service"); CreateHost(typeof(CheckingAccountService.Checking), "Checking Account Service"); }   private static void CreateHost(Type type, string hostDescription) { System.ServiceModel.ServiceHost host = new System.ServiceModel.ServiceHost(type); host.Open();   if (host.ChannelDispatchers != null && host.ChannelDispatchers.Count != 0 && host.ChannelDispatchers[0].Listener != null) Console.WriteLine("Started: " + host.ChannelDispatchers[0].Listener.Uri); else Console.WriteLine("Failed to start:" + hostDescription); } } } BankClient    The client has no knowledge about service business logic other than the functionality it exposes through the contract, end points and a proxy to work against. The endpoint data and server proxy can be generated by right clicking on the project reference and choosing ‘Add Service Reference’ and entering the service end point address. Or if you have access to source, you can manually reference contract dlls and update clients configuration file to point to the service end point if the server and client happens to be being built using .Net framework. One of the pros with the manual approach is you don’t have to work against messy code generated files.   <system.serviceModel> <client> <endpoint name="tcpProfile" address="net.tcp://localhost:1000/Profile" binding="netTcpBinding" contract="ProfileContract.IProfile"/> <endpoint name="tcpCheckingAccount" address="net.tcp://localhost:1000/Checking" binding="netTcpBinding" contract="CheckingAccountContract.ICheckingAccount"/> <endpoint name="tcpSavingsAccount" address="net.tcp://localhost:1000/Savings" binding="netTcpBinding" contract="SavingsAccountContract.ISavingsAccount"/>   </client> </system.serviceModel> The client uses a façade to connect to the services   using System.ServiceModel; using CheckingAccountContract; using ProfileContract; using SavingsAccountContract;   namespace Client { public class ProxyFacade { public static IProfile ProfileProxy() { return (new ChannelFactory<IProfile>("tcpProfile")).CreateChannel(); }   public static ICheckingAccount CheckingAccountProxy() { return (new ChannelFactory<ICheckingAccount>("tcpCheckingAccount")) .CreateChannel(); }   public static ISavingsAccount SavingsAccountProxy() { return (new ChannelFactory<ISavingsAccount>("tcpSavingsAccount")) .CreateChannel(); }   } }   With that in place, lets get our unit tests going   using System; using System.Diagnostics; using BankDAL.Model; using NUnit.Framework; using ProfileContract;   namespace Client { [TestFixture] public class Tests { private void TransferFundsFromSavingsToCheckingAccount(int customerId, decimal amount) { ProxyFacade.CheckingAccountProxy().DepositAmount(customerId, amount); ProxyFacade.SavingsAccountProxy().WithdrawAmount(customerId, amount); }   private void TransferFundsFromCheckingToSavingsAccount(int customerId, decimal amount) { ProxyFacade.SavingsAccountProxy().DepositAmount(customerId, amount); ProxyFacade.CheckingAccountProxy().WithdrawAmount(customerId, amount); }     [Test] public void CreateAndGetProfileTest() { IProfile profile = ProxyFacade.ProfileProxy(); const string customerName = "Tom"; int customerId = profile.CreateCustomer(customerName, "NJ", new DateTime(1982, 1, 1)).Id; Customer customer = profile.GetCustomer(customerId); Assert.AreEqual(customerName,customer.FullName); }   [Test] public void DepositWithDrawAndTransferAmountTest() { IProfile profile = ProxyFacade.ProfileProxy(); string customerName = "Smith" + DateTime.Now.ToString("HH:mm:ss"); var customer = profile.CreateCustomer(customerName, "NJ", new DateTime(1982, 1, 1)); // Deposit to Savings ProxyFacade.SavingsAccountProxy().DepositAmount(customer.Id, 100); ProxyFacade.SavingsAccountProxy().DepositAmount(customer.Id, 25); Assert.AreEqual(125, ProxyFacade.SavingsAccountProxy().GetSavingsAccountBalance(customer.Id)); // Withdraw ProxyFacade.SavingsAccountProxy().WithdrawAmount(customer.Id, 30); Assert.AreEqual(95, ProxyFacade.SavingsAccountProxy().GetSavingsAccountBalance(customer.Id));   // Deposit to Checking ProxyFacade.CheckingAccountProxy().DepositAmount(customer.Id, 60); ProxyFacade.CheckingAccountProxy().DepositAmount(customer.Id, 40); Assert.AreEqual(100, ProxyFacade.CheckingAccountProxy().GetCheckingAccountBalance(customer.Id)); // Withdraw ProxyFacade.CheckingAccountProxy().WithdrawAmount(customer.Id, 30); Assert.AreEqual(70, ProxyFacade.CheckingAccountProxy().GetCheckingAccountBalance(customer.Id));   // Transfer from Savings to Checking TransferFundsFromSavingsToCheckingAccount(customer.Id,10); Assert.AreEqual(85, ProxyFacade.SavingsAccountProxy().GetSavingsAccountBalance(customer.Id)); Assert.AreEqual(80, ProxyFacade.CheckingAccountProxy().GetCheckingAccountBalance(customer.Id));   // Transfer from Checking to Savings TransferFundsFromCheckingToSavingsAccount(customer.Id, 50); Assert.AreEqual(135, ProxyFacade.SavingsAccountProxy().GetSavingsAccountBalance(customer.Id)); Assert.AreEqual(30, ProxyFacade.CheckingAccountProxy().GetCheckingAccountBalance(customer.Id)); }   [Test] public void FundTransfersWithOverDraftTest() { IProfile profile = ProxyFacade.ProfileProxy(); string customerName = "Angelina" + DateTime.Now.ToString("HH:mm:ss");   var customerId = profile.CreateCustomer(customerName, "NJ", new DateTime(1972, 1, 1)).Id;   ProxyFacade.SavingsAccountProxy().DepositAmount(customerId, 100); TransferFundsFromSavingsToCheckingAccount(customerId,80); Assert.AreEqual(20, ProxyFacade.SavingsAccountProxy().GetSavingsAccountBalance(customerId)); Assert.AreEqual(80, ProxyFacade.CheckingAccountProxy().GetCheckingAccountBalance(customerId));   try { TransferFundsFromSavingsToCheckingAccount(customerId,30); } catch (Exception e) { Debug.WriteLine(e.Message); }   Assert.AreEqual(110, ProxyFacade.CheckingAccountProxy().GetCheckingAccountBalance(customerId)); Assert.AreEqual(20, ProxyFacade.SavingsAccountProxy().GetSavingsAccountBalance(customerId)); } } }   We are creating a new instance of the channel for every operation, we will look into instance management and how creating a new instance of channel affects it in subsequent articles. The first two test cases deals with creation of Customer, deposit and withdraw of month between accounts. The last case, FundTransferWithOverDraftTest() is interesting. Customer starts with depositing $100 in SavingsAccount followed by transfer of $80 in to checking account resulting in $20 in savings account.  Customer then initiates $30 transfer from Savings to Checking resulting in overdraft exception on Savings with $30 being deposited to Checking. As we are not running both the requests in transactions the customer ends up with more amount than what he started with $100. In subsequent posts we will look into transactions handling.  Make sure the ServiceHost project is set as start up project and start the solution. Run the test cases either from NUnit client or TestDriven.Net/Resharper which ever is your favorite tool. Make sure you have updated the data base connection string in the ServiceHost config file to point to your local database

    Read the article

  • Node.js Adventure - Storage Services and Service Runtime

    - by Shaun
    When I described on how to host a Node.js application on Windows Azure, one of questions might be raised about how to consume the vary Windows Azure services, such as the storage, service bus, access control, etc.. Interact with windows azure services is available in Node.js through the Windows Azure Node.js SDK, which is a module available in NPM. In this post I would like to describe on how to use Windows Azure Storage (a.k.a. WAS) as well as the service runtime.   Consume Windows Azure Storage Let’s firstly have a look on how to consume WAS through Node.js. As we know in the previous post we can host Node.js application on Windows Azure Web Site (a.k.a. WAWS) as well as Windows Azure Cloud Service (a.k.a. WACS). In theory, WAWS is also built on top of WACS worker roles with some more features. Hence in this post I will only demonstrate for hosting in WACS worker role. The Node.js code can be used when consuming WAS when hosted on WAWS. But since there’s no roles in WAWS, the code for consuming service runtime mentioned in the next section cannot be used for WAWS node application. We can use the solution that I created in my last post. Alternatively we can create a new windows azure project in Visual Studio with a worker role, add the “node.exe” and “index.js” and install “express” and “node-sqlserver” modules, make all files as “Copy always”. In order to use windows azure services we need to have Windows Azure Node.js SDK, as knows as a module named “azure” which can be installed through NPM. Once we downloaded and installed, we need to include them in our worker role project and make them as “Copy always”. You can use my “Copy all always” tool mentioned in my last post to update the currently worker role project file. You can also find the source code of this tool here. The source code of Windows Azure SDK for Node.js can be found in its GitHub page. It contains two parts. One is a CLI tool which provides a cross platform command line package for Mac and Linux to manage WAWS and Windows Azure Virtual Machines (a.k.a. WAVM). The other is a library for managing and consuming vary windows azure services includes tables, blobs, queues, service bus and the service runtime. I will not cover all of them but will only demonstrate on how to use tables and service runtime information in this post. You can find the full document of this SDK here. Back to Visual Studio and open the “index.js”, let’s continue our application from the last post, which was working against Windows Azure SQL Database (a.k.a. WASD). The code should looks like this. 1: var express = require("express"); 2: var sql = require("node-sqlserver"); 3:  4: var connectionString = "Driver={SQL Server Native Client 10.0};Server=tcp:ac6271ya9e.database.windows.net,1433;Database=synctile;Uid=shaunxu@ac6271ya9e;Pwd={PASSWORD};Encrypt=yes;Connection Timeout=30;"; 5: var port = 80; 6:  7: var app = express(); 8:  9: app.configure(function () { 10: app.use(express.bodyParser()); 11: }); 12:  13: app.get("/", function (req, res) { 14: sql.open(connectionString, function (err, conn) { 15: if (err) { 16: console.log(err); 17: res.send(500, "Cannot open connection."); 18: } 19: else { 20: conn.queryRaw("SELECT * FROM [Resource]", function (err, results) { 21: if (err) { 22: console.log(err); 23: res.send(500, "Cannot retrieve records."); 24: } 25: else { 26: res.json(results); 27: } 28: }); 29: } 30: }); 31: }); 32:  33: app.get("/text/:key/:culture", function (req, res) { 34: sql.open(connectionString, function (err, conn) { 35: if (err) { 36: console.log(err); 37: res.send(500, "Cannot open connection."); 38: } 39: else { 40: var key = req.params.key; 41: var culture = req.params.culture; 42: var command = "SELECT * FROM [Resource] WHERE [Key] = '" + key + "' AND [Culture] = '" + culture + "'"; 43: conn.queryRaw(command, function (err, results) { 44: if (err) { 45: console.log(err); 46: res.send(500, "Cannot retrieve records."); 47: } 48: else { 49: res.json(results); 50: } 51: }); 52: } 53: }); 54: }); 55:  56: app.get("/sproc/:key/:culture", function (req, res) { 57: sql.open(connectionString, function (err, conn) { 58: if (err) { 59: console.log(err); 60: res.send(500, "Cannot open connection."); 61: } 62: else { 63: var key = req.params.key; 64: var culture = req.params.culture; 65: var command = "EXEC GetItem '" + key + "', '" + culture + "'"; 66: conn.queryRaw(command, function (err, results) { 67: if (err) { 68: console.log(err); 69: res.send(500, "Cannot retrieve records."); 70: } 71: else { 72: res.json(results); 73: } 74: }); 75: } 76: }); 77: }); 78:  79: app.post("/new", function (req, res) { 80: var key = req.body.key; 81: var culture = req.body.culture; 82: var val = req.body.val; 83:  84: sql.open(connectionString, function (err, conn) { 85: if (err) { 86: console.log(err); 87: res.send(500, "Cannot open connection."); 88: } 89: else { 90: var command = "INSERT INTO [Resource] VALUES ('" + key + "', '" + culture + "', N'" + val + "')"; 91: conn.queryRaw(command, function (err, results) { 92: if (err) { 93: console.log(err); 94: res.send(500, "Cannot retrieve records."); 95: } 96: else { 97: res.send(200, "Inserted Successful"); 98: } 99: }); 100: } 101: }); 102: }); 103:  104: app.listen(port); Now let’s create a new function, copy the records from WASD to table service. 1. Delete the table named “resource”. 2. Create a new table named “resource”. These 2 steps ensures that we have an empty table. 3. Load all records from the “resource” table in WASD. 4. For each records loaded from WASD, insert them into the table one by one. 5. Prompt to user when finished. In order to use table service we need the storage account and key, which can be found from the developer portal. Just select the storage account and click the Manage Keys button. Then create two local variants in our Node.js application for the storage account name and key. Since we need to use WAS we need to import the azure module. Also I created another variant stored the table name. In order to work with table service I need to create the storage client for table service. This is very similar as the Windows Azure SDK for .NET. As the code below I created a new variant named “client” and use “createTableService”, specified my storage account name and key. 1: var azure = require("azure"); 2: var storageAccountName = "synctile"; 3: var storageAccountKey = "/cOy9L7xysXOgPYU9FjDvjrRAhaMX/5tnOpcjqloPNDJYucbgTy7MOrAW7CbUg6PjaDdmyl+6pkwUnKETsPVNw=="; 4: var tableName = "resource"; 5: var client = azure.createTableService(storageAccountName, storageAccountKey); Now create a new function for URL “/was/init” so that we can trigger it through browser. Then in this function we will firstly load all records from WASD. 1: app.get("/was/init", function (req, res) { 2: // load all records from windows azure sql database 3: sql.open(connectionString, function (err, conn) { 4: if (err) { 5: console.log(err); 6: res.send(500, "Cannot open connection."); 7: } 8: else { 9: conn.queryRaw("SELECT * FROM [Resource]", function (err, results) { 10: if (err) { 11: console.log(err); 12: res.send(500, "Cannot retrieve records."); 13: } 14: else { 15: if (results.rows.length > 0) { 16: // begin to transform the records into table service 17: } 18: } 19: }); 20: } 21: }); 22: }); When we succeed loaded all records we can start to transform them into table service. First I need to recreate the table in table service. This can be done by deleting and creating the table through table client I had just created previously. 1: app.get("/was/init", function (req, res) { 2: // load all records from windows azure sql database 3: sql.open(connectionString, function (err, conn) { 4: if (err) { 5: console.log(err); 6: res.send(500, "Cannot open connection."); 7: } 8: else { 9: conn.queryRaw("SELECT * FROM [Resource]", function (err, results) { 10: if (err) { 11: console.log(err); 12: res.send(500, "Cannot retrieve records."); 13: } 14: else { 15: if (results.rows.length > 0) { 16: // begin to transform the records into table service 17: // recreate the table named 'resource' 18: client.deleteTable(tableName, function (error) { 19: client.createTableIfNotExists(tableName, function (error) { 20: if (error) { 21: error["target"] = "createTableIfNotExists"; 22: res.send(500, error); 23: } 24: else { 25: // transform the records 26: } 27: }); 28: }); 29: } 30: } 31: }); 32: } 33: }); 34: }); As you can see, the azure SDK provide its methods in callback pattern. In fact, almost all modules in Node.js use the callback pattern. For example, when I deleted a table I invoked “deleteTable” method, provided the name of the table and a callback function which will be performed when the table had been deleted or failed. Underlying, the azure module will perform the table deletion operation in POSIX async threads pool asynchronously. And once it’s done the callback function will be performed. This is the reason we need to nest the table creation code inside the deletion function. If we perform the table creation code after the deletion code then they will be invoked in parallel. Next, for each records in WASD I created an entity and then insert into the table service. Finally I send the response to the browser. Can you find a bug in the code below? I will describe it later in this post. 1: app.get("/was/init", function (req, res) { 2: // load all records from windows azure sql database 3: sql.open(connectionString, function (err, conn) { 4: if (err) { 5: console.log(err); 6: res.send(500, "Cannot open connection."); 7: } 8: else { 9: conn.queryRaw("SELECT * FROM [Resource]", function (err, results) { 10: if (err) { 11: console.log(err); 12: res.send(500, "Cannot retrieve records."); 13: } 14: else { 15: if (results.rows.length > 0) { 16: // begin to transform the records into table service 17: // recreate the table named 'resource' 18: client.deleteTable(tableName, function (error) { 19: client.createTableIfNotExists(tableName, function (error) { 20: if (error) { 21: error["target"] = "createTableIfNotExists"; 22: res.send(500, error); 23: } 24: else { 25: // transform the records 26: for (var i = 0; i < results.rows.length; i++) { 27: var entity = { 28: "PartitionKey": results.rows[i][1], 29: "RowKey": results.rows[i][0], 30: "Value": results.rows[i][2] 31: }; 32: client.insertEntity(tableName, entity, function (error) { 33: if (error) { 34: error["target"] = "insertEntity"; 35: res.send(500, error); 36: } 37: else { 38: console.log("entity inserted"); 39: } 40: }); 41: } 42: // send the 43: console.log("all done"); 44: res.send(200, "All done!"); 45: } 46: }); 47: }); 48: } 49: } 50: }); 51: } 52: }); 53: }); Now we can publish it to the cloud and have a try. But normally we’d better test it at the local emulator first. In Node.js SDK there are three build-in properties which provides the account name, key and host address for local storage emulator. We can use them to initialize our table service client. We also need to change the SQL connection string to let it use my local database. The code will be changed as below. 1: // windows azure sql database 2: //var connectionString = "Driver={SQL Server Native Client 10.0};Server=tcp:ac6271ya9e.database.windows.net,1433;Database=synctile;Uid=shaunxu@ac6271ya9e;Pwd=eszqu94XZY;Encrypt=yes;Connection Timeout=30;"; 3: // sql server 4: var connectionString = "Driver={SQL Server Native Client 11.0};Server={.};Database={Caspar};Trusted_Connection={Yes};"; 5:  6: var azure = require("azure"); 7: var storageAccountName = "synctile"; 8: var storageAccountKey = "/cOy9L7xysXOgPYU9FjDvjrRAhaMX/5tnOpcjqloPNDJYucbgTy7MOrAW7CbUg6PjaDdmyl+6pkwUnKETsPVNw=="; 9: var tableName = "resource"; 10: // windows azure storage 11: //var client = azure.createTableService(storageAccountName, storageAccountKey); 12: // local storage emulator 13: var client = azure.createTableService(azure.ServiceClient.DEVSTORE_STORAGE_ACCOUNT, azure.ServiceClient.DEVSTORE_STORAGE_ACCESS_KEY, azure.ServiceClient.DEVSTORE_TABLE_HOST); Now let’s run the application and navigate to “localhost:12345/was/init” as I hosted it on port 12345. We can find it transformed the data from my local database to local table service. Everything looks fine. But there is a bug in my code. If we have a look on the Node.js command window we will find that it sent response before all records had been inserted, which is not what I expected. The reason is that, as I mentioned before, Node.js perform all IO operations in non-blocking model. When we inserted the records we executed the table service insert method in parallel, and the operation of sending response was also executed in parallel, even though I wrote it at the end of my logic. The correct logic should be, when all entities had been copied to table service with no error, then I will send response to the browser, otherwise I should send error message to the browser. To do so I need to import another module named “async”, which helps us to coordinate our asynchronous code. Install the module and import it at the beginning of the code. Then we can use its “forEach” method for the asynchronous code of inserting table entities. The first argument of “forEach” is the array that will be performed. The second argument is the operation for each items in the array. And the third argument will be invoked then all items had been performed or any errors occurred. Here we can send our response to browser. 1: app.get("/was/init", function (req, res) { 2: // load all records from windows azure sql database 3: sql.open(connectionString, function (err, conn) { 4: if (err) { 5: console.log(err); 6: res.send(500, "Cannot open connection."); 7: } 8: else { 9: conn.queryRaw("SELECT * FROM [Resource]", function (err, results) { 10: if (err) { 11: console.log(err); 12: res.send(500, "Cannot retrieve records."); 13: } 14: else { 15: if (results.rows.length > 0) { 16: // begin to transform the records into table service 17: // recreate the table named 'resource' 18: client.deleteTable(tableName, function (error) { 19: client.createTableIfNotExists(tableName, function (error) { 20: if (error) { 21: error["target"] = "createTableIfNotExists"; 22: res.send(500, error); 23: } 24: else { 25: async.forEach(results.rows, 26: // transform the records 27: function (row, callback) { 28: var entity = { 29: "PartitionKey": row[1], 30: "RowKey": row[0], 31: "Value": row[2] 32: }; 33: client.insertEntity(tableName, entity, function (error) { 34: if (error) { 35: callback(error); 36: } 37: else { 38: console.log("entity inserted."); 39: callback(null); 40: } 41: }); 42: }, 43: // send reponse 44: function (error) { 45: if (error) { 46: error["target"] = "insertEntity"; 47: res.send(500, error); 48: } 49: else { 50: console.log("all done"); 51: res.send(200, "All done!"); 52: } 53: } 54: ); 55: } 56: }); 57: }); 58: } 59: } 60: }); 61: } 62: }); 63: }); Run it locally and now we can find the response was sent after all entities had been inserted. Query entities against table service is simple as well. Just use the “queryEntity” method from the table service client and providing the partition key and row key. We can also provide a complex query criteria as well, for example the code here. In the code below I queried an entity by the partition key and row key, and return the proper localization value in response. 1: app.get("/was/:key/:culture", function (req, res) { 2: var key = req.params.key; 3: var culture = req.params.culture; 4: client.queryEntity(tableName, culture, key, function (error, entity) { 5: if (error) { 6: res.send(500, error); 7: } 8: else { 9: res.json(entity); 10: } 11: }); 12: }); And then tested it on local emulator. Finally if we want to publish this application to the cloud we should change the database connection string and storage account. For more information about how to consume blob and queue service, as well as the service bus please refer to the MSDN page.   Consume Service Runtime As I mentioned above, before we published our application to the cloud we need to change the connection string and account information in our code. But if you had played with WACS you should have known that the service runtime provides the ability to retrieve configuration settings, endpoints and local resource information at runtime. Which means we can have these values defined in CSCFG and CSDEF files and then the runtime should be able to retrieve the proper values. For example we can add some role settings though the property window of the role, specify the connection string and storage account for cloud and local. And the can also use the endpoint which defined in role environment to our Node.js application. In Node.js SDK we can get an object from “azure.RoleEnvironment”, which provides the functionalities to retrieve the configuration settings and endpoints, etc.. In the code below I defined the connection string variants and then use the SDK to retrieve and initialize the table client. 1: var connectionString = ""; 2: var storageAccountName = ""; 3: var storageAccountKey = ""; 4: var tableName = ""; 5: var client; 6:  7: azure.RoleEnvironment.getConfigurationSettings(function (error, settings) { 8: if (error) { 9: console.log("ERROR: getConfigurationSettings"); 10: console.log(JSON.stringify(error)); 11: } 12: else { 13: console.log(JSON.stringify(settings)); 14: connectionString = settings["SqlConnectionString"]; 15: storageAccountName = settings["StorageAccountName"]; 16: storageAccountKey = settings["StorageAccountKey"]; 17: tableName = settings["TableName"]; 18:  19: console.log("connectionString = %s", connectionString); 20: console.log("storageAccountName = %s", storageAccountName); 21: console.log("storageAccountKey = %s", storageAccountKey); 22: console.log("tableName = %s", tableName); 23:  24: client = azure.createTableService(storageAccountName, storageAccountKey); 25: } 26: }); In this way we don’t need to amend the code for the configurations between local and cloud environment since the service runtime will take care of it. At the end of the code we will listen the application on the port retrieved from SDK as well. 1: azure.RoleEnvironment.getCurrentRoleInstance(function (error, instance) { 2: if (error) { 3: console.log("ERROR: getCurrentRoleInstance"); 4: console.log(JSON.stringify(error)); 5: } 6: else { 7: console.log(JSON.stringify(instance)); 8: if (instance["endpoints"] && instance["endpoints"]["nodejs"]) { 9: var endpoint = instance["endpoints"]["nodejs"]; 10: app.listen(endpoint["port"]); 11: } 12: else { 13: app.listen(8080); 14: } 15: } 16: }); But if we tested the application right now we will find that it cannot retrieve any values from service runtime. This is because by default, the entry point of this role was defined to the worker role class. In windows azure environment the service runtime will open a named pipeline to the entry point instance, so that it can connect to the runtime and retrieve values. But in this case, since the entry point was worker role and the Node.js was opened inside the role, the named pipeline was established between our worker role class and service runtime, so our Node.js application cannot use it. To fix this problem we need to open the CSDEF file under the azure project, add a new element named Runtime. Then add an element named EntryPoint which specify the Node.js command line. So that the Node.js application will have the connection to service runtime, then it’s able to read the configurations. Start the Node.js at local emulator we can find it retrieved the connections, storage account for local. And if we publish our application to azure then it works with WASD and storage service through the configurations for cloud.   Summary In this post I demonstrated how to use Windows Azure SDK for Node.js to interact with storage service, especially the table service. I also demonstrated on how to use WACS service runtime, how to retrieve the configuration settings and the endpoint information. And in order to make the service runtime available to my Node.js application I need to create an entry point element in CSDEF file and set “node.exe” as the entry point. I used five posts to introduce and demonstrate on how to run a Node.js application on Windows platform, how to use Windows Azure Web Site and Windows Azure Cloud Service worker role to host our Node.js application. I also described how to work with other services provided by Windows Azure platform through Windows Azure SDK for Node.js. Node.js is a very new and young network application platform. But since it’s very simple and easy to learn and deploy, as well as, it utilizes single thread non-blocking IO model, Node.js became more and more popular on web application and web service development especially for those IO sensitive projects. And as Node.js is very good at scaling-out, it’s more useful on cloud computing platform. Use Node.js on Windows platform is new, too. The modules for SQL database and Windows Azure SDK are still under development and enhancement. It doesn’t support SQL parameter in “node-sqlserver”. It does support using storage connection string to create the storage client in “azure”. But Microsoft is working on make them easier to use, working on add more features and functionalities.   PS, you can download the source code here. You can download the source code of my “Copy all always” tool here.   Hope this helps, Shaun All documents and related graphics, codes are provided "AS IS" without warranty of any kind. Copyright © Shaun Ziyan Xu. This work is licensed under the Creative Commons License.

    Read the article

  • WPF TreeView MouseDown

    - by imekon
    I've got something like this in a TreeView: <DataTemplate x:Key="myTemplate"> <StackPanel MouseDown="OnItemMouseDown"> ... </StackPanel> </DataTemplate> Using this I get the mouse down events if I click on items in the stack panel. However... there seems to be another item behind the stack panel that is the TreeViewItem - it's very hard to hit, but not impossible, and that's when the problems start to occur. I had a go at handling PreviewMouseDown on TreeViewItem, however that seems to require e.Handled = false otherwise standard tree view behaviour stops working. Ok, Here's the source code... MainWindow.xaml <Window x:Class="WPFMultiSelectTree.MainWindow" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/winfx/2006/xaml/presentation" xmlns:x="http://schemas.microsoft.com/winfx/2006/xaml" xmlns:local="clr-namespace:WPFMultiSelectTree" Title="Multiple Selection Tree" Height="300" Width="300"> <Window.Resources> <!-- Declare the classes that convert bool to Visibility --> <local:VisibilityConverter x:Key="visibilityConverter"/> <local:VisibilityInverter x:Key="visibilityInverter"/> <!-- Set the style for any tree view item --> <Style TargetType="TreeViewItem"> <Style.Triggers> <DataTrigger Binding="{Binding Selected}" Value="True"> <Setter Property="Background" Value="DarkBlue"/> <Setter Property="Foreground" Value="White"/> </DataTrigger> </Style.Triggers> <EventSetter Event="PreviewMouseDown" Handler="OnTreePreviewMouseDown"/> </Style> <!-- Declare a hierarchical data template for the tree view items --> <HierarchicalDataTemplate x:Key="RecursiveTemplate" ItemsSource="{Binding Children}"> <StackPanel Margin="2" Orientation="Horizontal" MouseDown="OnTreeMouseDown"> <Ellipse Width="12" Height="12" Fill="Green"/> <TextBlock Margin="2" Text="{Binding Name}" Visibility="{Binding Editing, Converter={StaticResource visibilityInverter}}"/> <TextBox Margin="2" Text="{Binding Name}" KeyDown="OnTextBoxKeyDown" IsVisibleChanged="OnTextBoxIsVisibleChanged" Visibility="{Binding Editing, Converter={StaticResource visibilityConverter}}"/> <TextBlock Margin="2" Text="{Binding Index, StringFormat=({0})}"/> </StackPanel> </HierarchicalDataTemplate> <!-- Declare a simple template for a list box --> <DataTemplate x:Key="ListTemplate"> <TextBlock Text="{Binding Name}"/> </DataTemplate> </Window.Resources> <Grid> <!-- Declare the rows in this grid --> <Grid.RowDefinitions> <RowDefinition Height="Auto"/> <RowDefinition/> <RowDefinition Height="Auto"/> <RowDefinition/> </Grid.RowDefinitions> <!-- The first header --> <TextBlock Grid.Row="0" Margin="5" Background="PowderBlue">Multiple selection tree view</TextBlock> <!-- The tree view --> <TreeView Name="m_tree" Margin="2" Grid.Row="1" ItemsSource="{Binding Children}" ItemTemplate="{StaticResource RecursiveTemplate}"/> <!-- The second header --> <TextBlock Grid.Row="2" Margin="5" Background="PowderBlue">The currently selected items in the tree</TextBlock> <!-- The list box --> <ListBox Name="m_list" Margin="2" Grid.Row="3" ItemsSource="{Binding .}" ItemTemplate="{StaticResource ListTemplate}"/> </Grid> </Window> MainWindow.xaml.cs /// <summary> /// Interaction logic for MainWindow.xaml /// </summary> public partial class MainWindow : Window { private Container m_root; private Container m_first; private ObservableCollection<Container> m_selection; private string m_current; /// <summary> /// Constructor /// </summary> public MainWindow() { InitializeComponent(); m_selection = new ObservableCollection<Container>(); m_root = new Container("root"); for (int parents = 0; parents < 50; parents++) { Container parent = new Container(String.Format("parent{0}", parents + 1)); for (int children = 0; children < 1000; children++) { parent.Add(new Container(String.Format("child{0}", children + 1))); } m_root.Add(parent); } m_tree.DataContext = m_root; m_list.DataContext = m_selection; m_first = null; } /// <summary> /// Has the shift key been pressed? /// </summary> private bool ShiftPressed { get { return Keyboard.IsKeyDown(Key.LeftShift) || Keyboard.IsKeyDown(Key.RightShift); } } /// <summary> /// Has the control key been pressed? /// </summary> private bool CtrlPressed { get { return Keyboard.IsKeyDown(Key.LeftCtrl) || Keyboard.IsKeyDown(Key.RightCtrl); } } /// <summary> /// Clear down the selection list /// </summary> private void DeselectAndClear() { foreach(Container container in m_selection) { container.Selected = false; } m_selection.Clear(); } /// <summary> /// Add the container to the list (if not already present), /// mark as selected /// </summary> /// <param name="container"></param> private void AddToSelection(Container container) { if (container == null) { return; } foreach (Container child in m_selection) { if (child == container) { return; } } container.Selected = true; m_selection.Add(container); } /// <summary> /// Remove container from list, mark as not selected /// </summary> /// <param name="container"></param> private void RemoveFromSelection(Container container) { m_selection.Remove(container); container.Selected = false; } /// <summary> /// Process single click on a tree item /// /// Normally just select an item /// /// SHIFT-Click extends selection /// CTRL-Click toggles a selection /// </summary> /// <param name="sender"></param> private void OnTreeSingleClick(object sender) { FrameworkElement element = sender as FrameworkElement; if (element != null) { Container container = element.DataContext as Container; if (container != null) { if (CtrlPressed) { if (container.Selected) { RemoveFromSelection(container); } else { AddToSelection(container); } } else if (ShiftPressed) { if (container.Parent == m_first.Parent) { if (container.Index < m_first.Index) { Container item = container; for (int i = container.Index; i < m_first.Index; i++) { AddToSelection(item); item = item.Next; if (item == null) { break; } } } else if (container.Index > m_first.Index) { Container item = m_first; for (int i = m_first.Index; i <= container.Index; i++) { AddToSelection(item); item = item.Next; if (item == null) { break; } } } } } else { DeselectAndClear(); m_first = container; AddToSelection(container); } } } } /// <summary> /// Process double click on tree item /// </summary> /// <param name="sender"></param> private void OnTreeDoubleClick(object sender) { FrameworkElement element = sender as FrameworkElement; if (element != null) { Container container = element.DataContext as Container; if (container != null) { container.Editing = true; m_current = container.Name; } } } /// <summary> /// Clicked on the stack panel in the tree view /// /// Double left click: /// /// Switch to editing mode (flips visibility of textblock and textbox) /// </summary> /// <param name="sender"></param> /// <param name="e"></param> private void OnTreeMouseDown(object sender, MouseButtonEventArgs e) { Debug.WriteLine("StackPanel mouse down"); switch(e.ChangedButton) { case MouseButton.Left: switch (e.ClickCount) { case 2: OnTreeDoubleClick(sender); e.Handled = true; break; } break; } } /// <summary> /// Clicked on tree view item in tree /// </summary> /// <param name="sender"></param> /// <param name="e"></param> private void OnTreePreviewMouseDown(object sender, MouseButtonEventArgs e) { Debug.WriteLine("TreeViewItem preview mouse down"); switch (e.ChangedButton) { case MouseButton.Left: switch (e.ClickCount) { case 1: { // We've had a single click on a tree view item // Unfortunately this is the WHOLE tree item, including the +/- // symbol to the left. The tree doesn't do a selection, so we // have to filter this out... MouseDevice device = e.Device as MouseDevice; Debug.WriteLine(String.Format("Tree item clicked on: {0}", device.DirectlyOver.GetType().ToString())); // This is bad. The whole point of WPF is for the code // not to know what the UI has - yet here we are testing for // it as a workaround. Sigh... if (device.DirectlyOver.GetType() != typeof(Path)) { OnTreeSingleClick(sender); } // Cannot say handled - if we do it stops the tree working! //e.Handled = true; } break; } break; } } /// <summary> /// Key press in text box /// /// Return key finishes editing /// Escape key finishes editing, restores original value (this doesn't work!) /// </summary> /// <param name="sender"></param> /// <param name="e"></param> private void OnTextBoxKeyDown(object sender, KeyEventArgs e) { switch(e.Key) { case Key.Return: { TextBox box = sender as TextBox; if (box != null) { Container container = box.DataContext as Container; if (container != null) { container.Editing = false; e.Handled = true; } } } break; case Key.Escape: { TextBox box = sender as TextBox; if (box != null) { Container container = box.DataContext as Container; if (container != null) { container.Editing = false; container.Name = m_current; e.Handled = true; } } } break; } } /// <summary> /// When text box becomes visible, grab focus and select all text in it. /// </summary> /// <param name="sender"></param> /// <param name="e"></param> private void OnTextBoxIsVisibleChanged(object sender, DependencyPropertyChangedEventArgs e) { bool visible = (bool)e.NewValue; if (visible) { TextBox box = sender as TextBox; if (box != null) { box.Focus(); box.SelectAll(); } } } } Here's the Container class public class Container : INotifyPropertyChanged { private string m_name; private ObservableCollection<Container> m_children; private Container m_parent; private bool m_selected; private bool m_editing; /// <summary> /// Constructor /// </summary> /// <param name="name">name of object</param> public Container(string name) { m_name = name; m_children = new ObservableCollection<Container>(); m_parent = null; m_selected = false; m_editing = false; } /// <summary> /// Name of object /// </summary> public string Name { get { return m_name; } set { if (m_name != value) { m_name = value; OnPropertyChanged("Name"); } } } /// <summary> /// Index of object in parent's children /// /// If there's no parent, the index is -1 /// </summary> public int Index { get { if (m_parent != null) { return m_parent.Children.IndexOf(this); } return -1; } } /// <summary> /// Get the next item, assuming this is parented /// /// Returns null if end of list reached, or no parent /// </summary> public Container Next { get { if (m_parent != null) { int index = Index + 1; if (index < m_parent.Children.Count) { return m_parent.Children[index]; } } return null; } } /// <summary> /// List of children /// </summary> public ObservableCollection<Container> Children { get { return m_children; } } /// <summary> /// Selected status /// </summary> public bool Selected { get { return m_selected; } set { if (m_selected != value) { m_selected = value; OnPropertyChanged("Selected"); } } } /// <summary> /// Editing status /// </summary> public bool Editing { get { return m_editing; } set { if (m_editing != value) { m_editing = value; OnPropertyChanged("Editing"); } } } /// <summary> /// Parent of this object /// </summary> public Container Parent { get { return m_parent; } set { m_parent = value; } } /// <summary> /// WPF Property Changed event /// </summary> public event PropertyChangedEventHandler PropertyChanged; /// <summary> /// Handler to inform WPF that a property has changed /// </summary> /// <param name="name"></param> private void OnPropertyChanged(string name) { if (PropertyChanged != null) { PropertyChanged(this, new PropertyChangedEventArgs(name)); } } /// <summary> /// Add a child to this container /// </summary> /// <param name="child"></param> public void Add(Container child) { m_children.Add(child); child.m_parent = this; } /// <summary> /// Remove a child from this container /// </summary> /// <param name="child"></param> public void Remove(Container child) { m_children.Remove(child); child.m_parent = null; } } The two classes VisibilityConverter and VisibilityInverter are implementations of IValueConverter that translates bool to Visibility. They make sure the TextBlock is displayed when not editing, and the TextBox is displayed when editing.

    Read the article

  • change height in Android 2.2 LinearLayout in code

    - by Niro
    Im trying to change height of Layouts through the code without success. I've tried all of the examples i saw here and other site and my app just keep shutting down. xml code: <LinearLayout xmlns:android="http://schemas.android.com/apk/res/android" xmlns:tools="http://schemas.android.com/tools" android:id="@+id/main_lay" android:orientation="vertical" tools:context=".MainActivity" > <LinearLayout android:id="@+id/layout_add" > </LinearLayout> <LinearLayout android:layout_width="fill_parent" android:layout_height="50dp" android:background="@color/green"> <ImageView android:layout_width="fill_parent" android:contentDescription="@string/desc" android:layout_height="45dp" android:layout_gravity="center_vertical|left" android:scaleType="fitStart" android:background="@color/orange" android:src="@drawable/logo" > </ImageView> </LinearLayout> </LinearLayout> Java code: main_layout=(LinearLayout)findViewById(R.id.main_lay); main_layout.setLayoutParams(new FrameLayout.LayoutParams(LayoutParams.MATCH_PARENT,LayoutParams.MATCH_PARENT)); main_layout.setBackgroundResource(R.color.white); layout_add = (LinearLayout) findViewById(R.id.layout_add); layout_add.setLayoutParams(new FrameLayout.LayoutParams(LayoutParams.FILL_PARENT,50 )); layout_add.setBackgroundResource(R.color.dark_grey); I cant understand what im doing wrong. I've tried different ways to fix it. The Backround setting is working fine. Thank you guys Niro This is the Logcat 12-09 16:12:39.007: E/AnalyticsSDKTest.cpp(6338): Time w/ UTC Offset: 2012-12-09 12-09 16:16:14.517: E/ActivityManager(121): fail to set top app changed! 12-09 16:16:14.547: E/InputDispatcher(121): channel '4056b9c8 com.nirosadvice.converter/com.nirosadvice.converter.MainActivity (server)' ~ Consumer closed input channel or an error occurred. events=0x8 12-09 16:16:14.547: E/InputDispatcher(121): channel '4056b9c8 com.nirosadvice.converter/com.nirosadvice.converter.MainActivity (server)' ~ Channel is unrecoverably broken and will be disposed! 12-09 16:16:18.071: E/PVWmdrmProxy(5716): binder died for component: ComponentInfo{com.pv.wmdrmservice/com.pv.wmdrmservice.PVWmdrmService} 12-09 16:16:18.161: E/AndroidRuntime(18911): FATAL EXCEPTION: main 12-09 16:16:18.161: E/AndroidRuntime(18911): java.lang.RuntimeException: Unable to start activity ComponentInfo{com.nirosadvice.converter/com.nirosadvice.converter.MainActivity}: java.lang.RuntimeException: Binary XML file line #1: You must supply a layout_width attribute. 12-09 16:16:18.161: E/AndroidRuntime(18911): at android.app.ActivityThread.performLaunchActivity(ActivityThread.java:1821) 12-09 16:16:18.161: E/AndroidRuntime(18911): at android.app.ActivityThread.handleLaunchActivity(ActivityThread.java:1842) 12-09 16:16:18.161: E/AndroidRuntime(18911): at android.app.ActivityThread.access$1500(ActivityThread.java:132) 12-09 16:16:18.161: E/AndroidRuntime(18911): at android.app.ActivityThread$H.handleMessage(ActivityThread.java:1038) 12-09 16:16:18.161: E/AndroidRuntime(18911): at android.os.Handler.dispatchMessage(Handler.java:99) 12-09 16:16:18.161: E/AndroidRuntime(18911): at android.os.Looper.loop(Looper.java:150) 12-09 16:16:18.161: E/AndroidRuntime(18911): at android.app.ActivityThread.main(ActivityThread.java:4263) 12-09 16:16:18.161: E/AndroidRuntime(18911): at java.lang.reflect.Method.invokeNative(Native Method) 12-09 16:16:18.161: E/AndroidRuntime(18911): at java.lang.reflect.Method.invoke(Method.java:507) 12-09 16:16:18.161: E/AndroidRuntime(18911): at com.android.internal.os.ZygoteInit$MethodAndArgsCaller.run(ZygoteInit.java:839) 12-09 16:16:18.161: E/AndroidRuntime(18911): at com.android.internal.os.ZygoteInit.main(ZygoteInit.java:597) 12-09 16:16:18.161: E/AndroidRuntime(18911): at dalvik.system.NativeStart.main(Native Method) 12-09 16:16:18.161: E/AndroidRuntime(18911): Caused by: java.lang.RuntimeException: Binary XML file line #1: You must supply a layout_width attribute. 12-09 16:16:18.161: E/AndroidRuntime(18911): at android.content.res.TypedArray.getLayoutDimension(TypedArray.java:491) 12-09 16:16:18.161: E/AndroidRuntime(18911): at android.view.ViewGroup$LayoutParams.setBaseAttributes(ViewGroup.java:3684) 12-09 16:16:18.161: E/AndroidRuntime(18911): at android.view.ViewGroup$MarginLayoutParams.<init>(ViewGroup.java:3764) 12-09 16:16:18.161: E/AndroidRuntime(18911): at android.widget.FrameLayout$LayoutParams.<init>(FrameLayout.java:457) 12-09 16:16:18.161: E/AndroidRuntime(18911): at android.widget.FrameLayout.generateLayoutParams(FrameLayout.java:423) 12-09 16:16:18.161: E/AndroidRuntime(18911): at android.widget.FrameLayout.generateLayoutParams(FrameLayout.java:47) 12-09 16:16:18.161: E/AndroidRuntime(18911): at android.view.LayoutInflater.inflate(LayoutInflater.java:396) 12-09 16:16:18.161: E/AndroidRuntime(18911): at android.view.LayoutInflater.inflate(LayoutInflater.java:320) 12-09 16:16:18.161: E/AndroidRuntime(18911): at android.view.LayoutInflater.inflate(LayoutInflater.java:276) 12-09 16:16:18.161: E/AndroidRuntime(18911): at com.android.internal.policy.impl.PhoneWindow.setContentView(PhoneWindow.java:231) 12-09 16:16:18.161: E/AndroidRuntime(18911): at android.app.Activity.setContentView(Activity.java:1715) 12-09 16:16:18.161: E/AndroidRuntime(18911): at com.nirosadvice.converter.MainActivity.onCreate(MainActivity.java:87) 12-09 16:16:18.161: E/AndroidRuntime(18911): at android.app.Instrumentation.callActivityOnCreate(Instrumentation.java:1072) 12-09 16:16:18.161: E/AndroidRuntime(18911): at android.app.ActivityThread.performLaunchActivity(ActivityThread.java:1785) 12-09 16:16:18.161: E/AndroidRuntime(18911): ... 11 more Thanks After Iv'e added the attributes to the XML - this is what i'm getting : CatLog: 12-09 16:42:33.168: E/AndroidRuntime(19065): FATAL EXCEPTION: main 12-09 16:42:33.168: E/AndroidRuntime(19065): java.lang.ClassCastException: android.view.ViewGroup$LayoutParams 12-09 16:42:33.168: E/AndroidRuntime(19065): at android.widget.LinearLayout.measureVertical(LinearLayout.java:360) 12-09 16:42:33.168: E/AndroidRuntime(19065): at android.widget.LinearLayout.onMeasure(LinearLayout.java:309) 12-09 16:42:33.168: E/AndroidRuntime(19065): at android.view.View.measure(View.java:8526) 12-09 16:42:33.168: E/AndroidRuntime(19065): at android.view.ViewGroup.measureChildWithMargins(ViewGroup.java:3224) 12-09 16:42:33.168: E/AndroidRuntime(19065): at android.widget.FrameLayout.onMeasure(FrameLayout.java:250) 12-09 16:42:33.168: E/AndroidRuntime(19065): at android.view.View.measure(View.java:8526) 12-09 16:42:33.168: E/AndroidRuntime(19065): at android.view.ViewGroup.measureChildWithMargins(ViewGroup.java:3224) 12-09 16:42:33.168: E/AndroidRuntime(19065): at android.widget.FrameLayout.onMeasure(FrameLayout.java:250) 12-09 16:42:33.168: E/AndroidRuntime(19065): at android.view.View.measure(View.java:8526) 12-09 16:42:33.168: E/AndroidRuntime(19065): at android.view.ViewRoot.performTraversals(ViewRoot.java:902) 12-09 16:42:33.168: E/AndroidRuntime(19065): at android.view.ViewRoot.handleMessage(ViewRoot.java:1957) 12-09 16:42:33.168: E/AndroidRuntime(19065): at android.os.Handler.dispatchMessage(Handler.java:99) 12-09 16:42:33.168: E/AndroidRuntime(19065): at android.os.Looper.loop(Looper.java:150) 12-09 16:42:33.168: E/AndroidRuntime(19065): at android.app.ActivityThread.main(ActivityThread.java:4263) 12-09 16:42:33.168: E/AndroidRuntime(19065): at java.lang.reflect.Method.invokeNative(Native Method) 12-09 16:42:33.168: E/AndroidRuntime(19065): at java.lang.reflect.Method.invoke(Method.java:507) 12-09 16:42:33.168: E/AndroidRuntime(19065): at com.android.internal.os.ZygoteInit$MethodAndArgsCaller.run(ZygoteInit.java:839) 12-09 16:42:33.168: E/AndroidRuntime(19065): at com.android.internal.os.ZygoteInit.main(ZygoteInit.java:597) 12-09 16:42:33.168: E/AndroidRuntime(19065): at dalvik.system.NativeStart.main(Native Method) 12-09 16:42:39.023: E/AnalyticsSDKTest.cpp(6338): Time w/ UTC Offset: 2012-12-09 21:42:39-05:00 12-09 16:42:49.013: E/AndroidRuntime(19095): FATAL EXCEPTION: main 12-09 16:42:49.013: E/AndroidRuntime(19095): java.lang.ClassCastException: android.view.ViewGroup$LayoutParams 12-09 16:42:49.013: E/AndroidRuntime(19095): at android.widget.LinearLayout.measureVertical(LinearLayout.java:360) 12-09 16:42:49.013: E/AndroidRuntime(19095): at android.widget.LinearLayout.onMeasure(LinearLayout.java:309) 12-09 16:42:49.013: E/AndroidRuntime(19095): at android.view.View.measure(View.java:8526) 12-09 16:42:49.013: E/AndroidRuntime(19095): at android.view.ViewGroup.measureChildWithMargins(ViewGroup.java:3224) 12-09 16:42:49.013: E/AndroidRuntime(19095): at android.widget.FrameLayout.onMeasure(FrameLayout.java:250) 12-09 16:42:49.013: E/AndroidRuntime(19095): at android.view.View.measure(View.java:8526) 12-09 16:42:49.013: E/AndroidRuntime(19095): at android.view.ViewGroup.measureChildWithMargins(ViewGroup.java:3224) 12-09 16:42:49.013: E/AndroidRuntime(19095): at android.widget.FrameLayout.onMeasure(FrameLayout.java:250) 12-09 16:42:49.013: E/AndroidRuntime(19095): at android.view.View.measure(View.java:8526) 12-09 16:42:49.013: E/AndroidRuntime(19095): at android.view.ViewRoot.performTraversals(ViewRoot.java:902) 12-09 16:42:49.013: E/AndroidRuntime(19095): at android.view.ViewRoot.handleMessage(ViewRoot.java:1957) 12-09 16:42:49.013: E/AndroidRuntime(19095): at android.os.Handler.dispatchMessage(Handler.java:99) 12-09 16:42:49.013: E/AndroidRuntime(19095): at android.os.Looper.loop(Looper.java:150) 12-09 16:42:49.013: E/AndroidRuntime(19095): at android.app.ActivityThread.main(ActivityThread.java:4263) 12-09 16:42:49.013: E/AndroidRuntime(19095): at java.lang.reflect.Method.invokeNative(Native Method) 12-09 16:42:49.013: E/AndroidRuntime(19095): at java.lang.reflect.Method.invoke(Method.java:507) 12-09 16:42:49.013: E/AndroidRuntime(19095): at com.android.internal.os.ZygoteInit$MethodAndArgsCaller.run(ZygoteInit.java:839) 12-09 16:42:49.013: E/AndroidRuntime(19095): at com.android.internal.os.ZygoteInit.main(ZygoteInit.java:597) 12-09 16:42:49.013: E/AndroidRuntime(19095): at dalvik.system.NativeStart.main(Native Method) 12-09 16:44:00.913: E/AndroidRuntime(19148): FATAL EXCEPTION: main 12-09 16:44:00.913: E/AndroidRuntime(19148): java.lang.ClassCastException: android.view.ViewGroup$LayoutParams 12-09 16:44:00.913: E/AndroidRuntime(19148): at android.widget.LinearLayout.measureVertical(LinearLayout.java:360) 12-09 16:44:00.913: E/AndroidRuntime(19148): at android.widget.LinearLayout.onMeasure(LinearLayout.java:309) 12-09 16:44:00.913: E/AndroidRuntime(19148): at android.view.View.measure(View.java:8526) 12-09 16:44:00.913: E/AndroidRuntime(19148): at android.view.ViewGroup.measureChildWithMargins(ViewGroup.java:3224) 12-09 16:44:00.913: E/AndroidRuntime(19148): at android.widget.FrameLayout.onMeasure(FrameLayout.java:250) 12-09 16:44:00.913: E/AndroidRuntime(19148): at android.view.View.measure(View.java:8526) 12-09 16:44:00.913: E/AndroidRuntime(19148): at android.view.ViewGroup.measureChildWithMargins(ViewGroup.java:3224) 12-09 16:44:00.913: E/AndroidRuntime(19148): at android.widget.FrameLayout.onMeasure(FrameLayout.java:250) 12-09 16:44:00.913: E/AndroidRuntime(19148): at android.view.View.measure(View.java:8526) 12-09 16:44:00.913: E/AndroidRuntime(19148): at android.view.ViewRoot.performTraversals(ViewRoot.java:902) 12-09 16:44:00.913: E/AndroidRuntime(19148): at android.view.ViewRoot.handleMessage(ViewRoot.java:1957) 12-09 16:44:00.913: E/AndroidRuntime(19148): at android.os.Handler.dispatchMessage(Handler.java:99) 12-09 16:44:00.913: E/AndroidRuntime(19148): at android.os.Looper.loop(Looper.java:150) 12-09 16:44:00.913: E/AndroidRuntime(19148): at android.app.ActivityThread.main(ActivityThread.java:4263) 12-09 16:44:00.913: E/AndroidRuntime(19148): at java.lang.reflect.Method.invokeNative(Native Method) 12-09 16:44:00.913: E/AndroidRuntime(19148): at java.lang.reflect.Method.invoke(Method.java:507) 12-09 16:44:00.913: E/AndroidRuntime(19148): at com.android.internal.os.ZygoteInit$MethodAndArgsCaller.run(ZygoteInit.java:839) 12-09 16:44:00.913: E/AndroidRuntime(19148): at com.android.internal.os.ZygoteInit.main(ZygoteInit.java:597) 12-09 16:44:00.913: E/AndroidRuntime(19148): at dalvik.system.NativeStart.main(Native Method) 12-09 16:44:02.935: E/InputDispatcher(121): channel '4056b9c8 com.nirosadvice.converter/com.nirosadvice.converter.MainActivity (server)' ~ Consumer closed input channel or an error occurred. events=0x8 12-09 16:44:02.935: E/InputDispatcher(121): channel '4056b9c8 com.nirosadvice.converter/com.nirosadvice.converter.MainActivity (server)' ~ Channel is unrecoverably broken and will be disposed! 12-09 16:45:25.075: E/AndroidRuntime(19210): FATAL EXCEPTION: main 12-09 16:45:25.075: E/AndroidRuntime(19210): java.lang.ClassCastException: android.view.ViewGroup$LayoutParams 12-09 16:45:25.075: E/AndroidRuntime(19210): at android.widget.LinearLayout.measureVertical(LinearLayout.java:360) 12-09 16:45:25.075: E/AndroidRuntime(19210): at android.widget.LinearLayout.onMeasure(LinearLayout.java:309) 12-09 16:45:25.075: E/AndroidRuntime(19210): at android.view.View.measure(View.java:8526) 12-09 16:45:25.075: E/AndroidRuntime(19210): at android.view.ViewGroup.measureChildWithMargins(ViewGroup.java:3224) 12-09 16:45:25.075: E/AndroidRuntime(19210): at android.widget.FrameLayout.onMeasure(FrameLayout.java:250) 12-09 16:45:25.075: E/AndroidRuntime(19210): at android.view.View.measure(View.java:8526) 12-09 16:45:25.075: E/AndroidRuntime(19210): at android.view.ViewGroup.measureChildWithMargins(ViewGroup.java:3224) 12-09 16:45:25.075: E/AndroidRuntime(19210): at android.widget.FrameLayout.onMeasure(FrameLayout.java:250) 12-09 16:45:25.075: E/AndroidRuntime(19210): at android.view.View.measure(View.java:8526) 12-09 16:45:25.075: E/AndroidRuntime(19210): at android.view.ViewRoot.performTraversals(ViewRoot.java:902) 12-09 16:45:25.075: E/AndroidRuntime(19210): at android.view.ViewRoot.handleMessage(ViewRoot.java:1957) 12-09 16:45:25.075: E/AndroidRuntime(19210): at android.os.Handler.dispatchMessage(Handler.java:99) 12-09 16:45:25.075: E/AndroidRuntime(19210): at android.os.Looper.loop(Looper.java:150) 12-09 16:45:25.075: E/AndroidRuntime(19210): at android.app.ActivityThread.main(ActivityThread.java:4263) 12-09 16:45:25.075: E/AndroidRuntime(19210): at java.lang.reflect.Method.invokeNative(Native Method) 12-09 16:45:25.075: E/AndroidRuntime(19210): at java.lang.reflect.Method.invoke(Method.java:507) 12-09 16:45:25.075: E/AndroidRuntime(19210): at com.android.internal.os.ZygoteInit$MethodAndArgsCaller.run(ZygoteInit.java:839) 12-09 16:45:25.075: E/AndroidRuntime(19210): at com.android.internal.os.ZygoteInit.main(ZygoteInit.java:597) 12-09 16:45:25.075: E/AndroidRuntime(19210): at dalvik.system.NativeStart.main(Native Method) 12-09 16:50:34.507: E/AndroidRuntime(19358): FATAL EXCEPTION: main 12-09 16:50:34.507: E/AndroidRuntime(19358): java.lang.ClassCastException: android.view.ViewGroup$LayoutParams 12-09 16:50:34.507: E/AndroidRuntime(19358): at android.widget.LinearLayout.measureVertical(LinearLayout.java:360) 12-09 16:50:34.507: E/AndroidRuntime(19358): at android.widget.LinearLayout.onMeasure(LinearLayout.java:309) 12-09 16:50:34.507: E/AndroidRuntime(19358): at android.view.View.measure(View.java:8526) 12-09 16:50:34.507: E/AndroidRuntime(19358): at android.view.ViewGroup.measureChildWithMargins(ViewGroup.java:3224) 12-09 16:50:34.507: E/AndroidRuntime(19358): at android.widget.FrameLayout.onMeasure(FrameLayout.java:250) 12-09 16:50:34.507: E/AndroidRuntime(19358): at android.view.View.measure(View.java:8526) 12-09 16:50:34.507: E/AndroidRuntime(19358): at android.view.ViewGroup.measureChildWithMargins(ViewGroup.java:3224) 12-09 16:50:34.507: E/AndroidRuntime(19358): at android.widget.FrameLayout.onMeasure(FrameLayout.java:250) 12-09 16:50:34.507: E/AndroidRuntime(19358): at android.view.View.measure(View.java:8526) 12-09 16:50:34.507: E/AndroidRuntime(19358): at android.view.ViewRoot.performTraversals(ViewRoot.java:902) 12-09 16:50:34.507: E/AndroidRuntime(19358): at android.view.ViewRoot.handleMessage(ViewRoot.java:1957) 12-09 16:50:34.507: E/AndroidRuntime(19358): at android.os.Handler.dispatchMessage(Handler.java:99) 12-09 16:50:34.507: E/AndroidRuntime(19358): at android.os.Looper.loop(Looper.java:150) 12-09 16:50:34.507: E/AndroidRuntime(19358): at android.app.ActivityThread.main(ActivityThread.java:4263) 12-09 16:50:34.507: E/AndroidRuntime(19358): at java.lang.reflect.Method.invokeNative(Native Method) 12-09 16:50:34.507: E/AndroidRuntime(19358): at java.lang.reflect.Method.invoke(Method.java:507) 12-09 16:50:34.507: E/AndroidRuntime(19358): at com.android.internal.os.ZygoteInit$MethodAndArgsCaller.run(ZygoteInit.java:839) 12-09 16:50:34.507: E/AndroidRuntime(19358): at com.android.internal.os.ZygoteInit.main(ZygoteInit.java:597) 12-09 16:50:34.507: E/AndroidRuntime(19358): at dalvik.system.NativeStart.main(Native Method) Third try - after changing the Frame to Linear : 12-09 17:42:39.076: E/AnalyticsSDKTest.cpp(6338): Time w/ UTC Offset: 2012-12-09 22:42:39-05:00 12-09 17:55:44.141: E/ActivityManager(121): Fix ANR:broadcast when App died 12-09 17:55:44.722: E/AndroidRuntime(19469): FATAL EXCEPTION: main 12-09 17:55:44.722: E/AndroidRuntime(19469): java.lang.ClassCastException: android.view.ViewGroup$LayoutParams 12-09 17:55:44.722: E/AndroidRuntime(19469): at android.widget.LinearLayout.measureVertical(LinearLayout.java:360) 12-09 17:55:44.722: E/AndroidRuntime(19469): at android.widget.LinearLayout.onMeasure(LinearLayout.java:309) 12-09 17:55:44.722: E/AndroidRuntime(19469): at android.view.View.measure(View.java:8526) 12-09 17:55:44.722: E/AndroidRuntime(19469): at android.view.ViewGroup.measureChildWithMargins(ViewGroup.java:3224) 12-09 17:55:44.722: E/AndroidRuntime(19469): at android.widget.FrameLayout.onMeasure(FrameLayout.java:250) 12-09 17:55:44.722: E/AndroidRuntime(19469): at android.view.View.measure(View.java:8526) 12-09 17:55:44.722: E/AndroidRuntime(19469): at android.view.ViewGroup.measureChildWithMargins(ViewGroup.java:3224) 12-09 17:55:44.722: E/AndroidRuntime(19469): at android.widget.FrameLayout.onMeasure(FrameLayout.java:250) 12-09 17:55:44.722: E/AndroidRuntime(19469): at android.view.View.measure(View.java:8526) 12-09 17:55:44.722: E/AndroidRuntime(19469): at android.view.ViewRoot.performTraversals(ViewRoot.java:902) 12-09 17:55:44.722: E/AndroidRuntime(19469): at android.view.ViewRoot.handleMessage(ViewRoot.java:1957) 12-09 17:55:44.722: E/AndroidRuntime(19469): at android.os.Handler.dispatchMessage(Handler.java:99) 12-09 17:55:44.722: E/AndroidRuntime(19469): at android.os.Looper.loop(Looper.java:150) 12-09 17:55:44.722: E/AndroidRuntime(19469): at android.app.ActivityThread.main(ActivityThread.java:4263) 12-09 17:55:44.722: E/AndroidRuntime(19469): at java.lang.reflect.Method.invokeNative(Native Method) 12-09 17:55:44.722: E/AndroidRuntime(19469): at java.lang.reflect.Method.invoke(Method.java:507) 12-09 17:55:44.722: E/AndroidRuntime(19469): at com.android.internal.os.ZygoteInit$MethodAndArgsCaller.run(ZygoteInit.java:839) 12-09 17:55:44.722: E/AndroidRuntime(19469): at com.android.internal.os.ZygoteInit.main(ZygoteInit.java:597) 12-09 17:55:44.722: E/AndroidRuntime(19469): at dalvik.system.NativeStart.main(Native Method)

    Read the article

  • game speed problem

    - by Meko
    HI..I made a little game.But this game works on every computer with different speed.I think it is about resolution.I used every thing in paintcomponent.and If I change screen size the game goes slower or faster.And if i run this game on another computer wich has different resolution it also works different. This is my game http://rapidshare.com/files/364597095/ShooterGame.2.6.0.jar and here code public class Shooter extends JFrame implements KeyListener, Runnable { JFrame frame = new JFrame(); String player; Font startFont, startSubFont, timerFont,healthFont; Image img; Image backGround; Graphics dbi; URL url1 = this.getClass().getResource("Images/p2.gif"); URL url2 = this.getClass().getResource("Images/p3.gif"); URL url3 = this.getClass().getResource("Images/p1.gif"); URL url4 = this.getClass().getResource("Images/p4.gif"); URL urlMap = this.getClass().getResource("Images/zemin.jpg"); Player p1 = new Player(5, 150, 10, 40, Color.GREEN, url3); Computer p2 = new Computer(750, 150, 10, 40, Color.BLUE, url1); Computer p3 = new Computer(0, 0, 10, 40, Color.BLUE, url2); Computer p4 = new Computer(0, 0, 10, 40, Color.BLUE, url4); ArrayList<Bullets> b = new ArrayList<Bullets>(); ArrayList<CBullets> cb = new ArrayList<CBullets>(); Thread sheap; boolean a, d, w, s; boolean toUp, toDown; boolean GameOver; boolean Level2; boolean newGame, resart, pause; int S, E; int random; int cbSpeed = 0; long timeStart, timeEnd; int timeElapsed; long GameStart, GameEnd; int GameScore; int Timer = 0; int timerStart, timerEnd; public Shooter() { sheap = new Thread(this); sheap.start(); startFont = new Font("Tiresias PCFont Z", Font.BOLD + Font.ITALIC, 32); startSubFont = new Font("Tiresias PCFont Z", Font.BOLD + Font.ITALIC, 25); timerFont = new Font("Tiresias PCFont Z", Font.BOLD + Font.ITALIC, 16); healthFont = new Font("Tiresias PCFont Z", Font.BOLD + Font.ITALIC, 16); setTitle("Shooter 2.5.1"); setBounds(350, 250, 800, 600); // setResizable(false); setBackground(Color.black); setDefaultCloseOperation(JFrame.EXIT_ON_CLOSE); addKeyListener(this); a = d = w = s = false; toUp = toDown = true; GameOver = true; newGame = true; Level2 = false; S = E = 0; setVisible(true); } public void paint(Graphics g) { img = createImage(getWidth(), getHeight()); dbi = img.getGraphics(); paintComponent(dbi); g.drawImage(img, 0, 0, this); } public void paintComponent(Graphics g) { repaint(); timeStart = System.currentTimeMillis(); backGround = Toolkit.getDefaultToolkit().getImage(urlMap); g.drawImage(backGround, 0, 0, null); g.setColor(Color.red); g.setFont(healthFont); g.drawString("" + player + " Health : " + p1.health, 30, 50); g.setColor(Color.red); g.drawString("Computer Health : " + (p2.health + p3.health + p4.health), 600, 50); g.setColor(Color.BLUE); g.setFont(timerFont); g.drawString("Time : " + Timer, 330, 50); if (newGame) { g.setColor(Color.LIGHT_GRAY); g.setFont(startFont); g.drawString("Well Come To Shoot Game", 200, 190); g.drawString("Press ENTER To Start", 250, 220); g.setColor(Color.LIGHT_GRAY); g.setFont(startSubFont); g.drawString("Use W,A,S,D and Space For Fire", 200, 250); g.drawString("GOOD LUCK", 250, 280); newGame(); } if (!GameOver) { for (Bullets b1 : b) { b1.draw(g); } for (CBullets b2 : cb) { b2.draw(g); } update(); // Here MOvements for Player and For Fires } if (p1.health <= 0) { g.setColor(p2.col); g.setFont(startFont); g.drawString("Computer Wins ", 200, 190); g.drawString("Press Key R to Restart ", 200, 220); GameOver = true; } else if (p2.health <= 0 && p3.health <= 0 && p4.health <= 0) { g.setColor(p1.col); g.setFont(startFont); g.drawString(""+player+" Wins ", 200, 190); g.drawString("Press Key R to Resart ", 200, 220); GameOver = true; g.setColor(Color.MAGENTA); g.drawString(""+player+"`s Score is " + Timer, 200, 120); } if (Level2) { if (p3.health >= 0) { p3.draw(g); for (CBullets b3 : cb) { b3.draw(g); } } else { p3.x = 1000; } if (p4.health >= 0) { p4.draw(g); for (CBullets b4 : cb) { b4.draw(g); } } else { p4.x = 1000; } } if (p1.health >= 0) { p1.draw(g); } if (p2.health >= 0) { p2.draw(g); } else { p2.x = 1000; } } public void update() { if (w && p1.y > 54) { p1.moveUp(); } if (s && p1.y < 547) { p1.moveDown(); } if (a && p1.x > 0) { p1.moveLeft(); } if (d && p1.x < 200) { p1.moveRight(); } random = 1 * (int) (Math.random() * 100); if (random > 96) { if (p2.health >= 0) { CBullets bo = p2.getCBull(); bo.xVel =-1-cbSpeed; cb.add(bo); } if (Level2) { if (p3.health >= 0) { CBullets bo1 = p3.getCBull(); bo1.xVel = -2-cbSpeed; cb.add(bo1); } if (p4.health >= 0) { CBullets bo2 = p4.getCBull(); bo2.xVel = -4-cbSpeed; cb.add(bo2); } } } if (S == 1) { if (p1.health >= 0) { Bullets bu = p1.getBull(); bu.xVel = 5; b.add(bu); S += 1; } } //Here Also Problem .. When COmputer have More fire then it gaves Array Exeption . Or Player have More Fire for (int i = cb.size() -1; i = 0 ; i--) { boolean bremoved = false; for (int j = b.size() -1 ; j =0 ; j--) { if (b.get(j).rect.intersects(cb.get(i).rect) || cb.get(i).rect.intersects(b.get(j).rect)) { bremoved = true; b.remove(j); } } if(bremoved) cb.remove(i); } for (int i = 0; i < b.size(); i++) { b.get(i).move(); if (b.get(i).rect.intersects(p2.rect)) { if (p2.health >= 0) { p2.health--; b.remove(i); // System.out.println("Hited P2"); i--; continue; } } if (b.get(i).rect.intersects(p3.rect)) { if (p3.health >= 0) { p3.health--; b.remove(i); // System.out.println("Hited P3"); i--; continue; } } if (b.get(i).rect.intersects(p4.rect)) { if (p4.health >= 0) { p4.health--; b.remove(i); // System.out.println("Hited P4"); i--; continue; } } if (b.get(i).rect.x > 790) { b.remove(i); } } for (int j = 0; j < cb.size(); j++) { cb.get(j).move(); if (cb.get(j).rect.intersects(p1.rect) && cb.get(j).xVel < 0) { p1.health--; cb.remove(j); j--; continue; } } timeEnd = System.currentTimeMillis(); timeElapsed = (int) (timeEnd - timeStart); } public void level2() { if (p2.health <= 10) { Level2 = true; cbSpeed = 4; p3.x = 750; p4.x = 750; p2.speed = 10; p3.speed = 20; p4.speed = 30; } } public void keyTyped(KeyEvent e) { } public void keyPressed(KeyEvent e) { switch (e.getKeyCode()) { case KeyEvent.VK_ENTER: newGame = false; break; case KeyEvent.VK_P: pause = true; break; case KeyEvent.VK_R: resart = true; break; case KeyEvent.VK_A: a = true; break; case KeyEvent.VK_D: d = true; break; case KeyEvent.VK_W: w = true; break; case KeyEvent.VK_S: s = true; break; case KeyEvent.VK_SPACE: S += 1; break; } } public void keyReleased(KeyEvent e) { switch (e.getKeyCode()) { case KeyEvent.VK_A: a = false; break; case KeyEvent.VK_D: d = false; break; case KeyEvent.VK_W: w = false; break; case KeyEvent.VK_S: s = false; break; case KeyEvent.VK_SPACE: S = 0; break; } } public void newGame() { p1.health = 20; p2.health = 20; p3.health = 20; p4.health = 20; p3.x = 0; p4.x = 0; p2.x = 750; Level2 = false; cbSpeed = 0; p2.speed = 9; b.removeAll(b); cb.removeAll(cb); timerStart = (int) System.currentTimeMillis(); GameOver = false; } public static void main(String[] args) { SwingUtilities.invokeLater(new Runnable() { public void run() { KeyListener k = new Shooter(); } }); } @Override public void run() { player = JOptionPane.showInputDialog(frame, "Enter Player Name", "New Player", JOptionPane.DEFAULT_OPTION); while (true) { timerEnd = (int) System.currentTimeMillis(); if (resart) { newGame(); resart = false; } if (pause) { Thread.currentThread().notify(); } try { if (!GameOver) { Timer = timerEnd - timerStart; level2(); if (p1.y < p2.y && p2.y60) { p2.moveUp(); } if (p1.y < p3.y && p3.y43) { p3.moveUp(); } if (p1.y < p4.y && p4.y43) { p4.moveUp(); } if (p1.y > p2.y && p2.y<535) { p2.moveDown(); } if (p1.y > p3.y && p3.y<535) { p3.moveDown(); } if (p1.y > p4.y && p4.y<530) { p4.moveDown(); } } if (timeElapsed < 125) { Thread.currentThread().sleep(125); } } catch (InterruptedException ex) { System.out.print("FInished"); } } } }

    Read the article

  • Updating the value of a math equation with YUI slider and simple radio buttons.

    - by dj lewis
    I have a form that is used to show a price for a product. I have a YUI slider setup that changes the price, and it works perfectly. Now I'm trying to add in radio buttons that also should update that same price value. The price displayed should take into account all 3 fields, and update dynamically as any are updated. This is the code I have, but I don't have any radio buttons for cpanelPrice yet as I'm still just trying to get the IPs to work. <script type="text/javascript"> (function() { var Event = YAHOO.util.Event, Dom = YAHOO.util.Dom, lang = YAHOO.lang, slider, bg="slider-bg", thumb="slider-thumb", orderlink="order-link", monthlyprice="monthly-price", dram="ram", stor="storage",dcpu="cpu",bandw="bandwidth",slid="sliderbg" // The slider can move 0 pixels up var topConstraint = 0; // The slider can move 200 pixels down var bottomConstraint = 585; // Custom scale factor for converting the pixel offset into a real value var scaleFactor = 1; // The amount the slider moves when the value is changed with the arrow // keys var keyIncrement = 65; var tickSize = 65; Event.onDOMReady(function() { slider = YAHOO.widget.Slider.getHorizSlider(bg, thumb, topConstraint, bottomConstraint, tickSize); slider.setValue(1, true); slider.animate = true; slider.getRealValue = function() { return Math.round(this.getValue() * scaleFactor); } slider.subscribe("change", function(offsetFromStart) { var ordnode = Dom.get(orderlink); var prinode = Dom.get(monthlyprice); var ramnode = Dom.get(dram); var stornode = Dom.get(stor); var cpunode = Dom.get(dcpu); var bwnode = Dom.get(bandw); var slidnode = Dom.get(slid); var actualValue = slider.getRealValue(); if (actualValue < 0) { var actualValue = 0; } if (actualValue > -1 && actualValue < 5) { basePrice = 15; var pid = "7"; var ram = "128 MB"; stornode.innerHTML = "5"; cpunode.innerHTML = ".5"; bwnode.innerHTML = "50"; slidnode.innerHTML = "<img src=\"/images/sliderbg1.png\" alt=\"\" />"; } else if (actualValue > 60 && actualValue < 70) { basePrice = 25; var pid = "8"; var ram = "256 MB"; stornode.innerHTML = "10"; cpunode.innerHTML = ".5"; bwnode.innerHTML = "100"; slidnode.innerHTML = "<img src=\"/images/sliderbg2.png\" alt=\"\" />"; } else if (actualValue > 125 && actualValue < 135) { basePrice = 40; var pid = "9"; var ram = "512 MB"; stornode.innerHTML = "20"; cpunode.innerHTML = "1"; bwnode.innerHTML = "200"; slidnode.innerHTML = "<img src=\"/images/sliderbg3.png\" alt=\"\" />"; } else if (actualValue > 190 && actualValue < 200) { basePrice = 60; var pid = "10"; var ram = "1 GB"; stornode.innerHTML = "40"; cpunode.innerHTML = "1"; bwnode.innerHTML = "400"; slidnode.innerHTML = "<img src=\"/images/sliderbg4.png\" alt=\"\" />"; } else if (actualValue> 255 && actualValue < 265) { basePrice = 80; var pid = "11"; var ram = "1.5 GB"; stornode.innerHTML = "60"; cpunode.innerHTML = "1"; bwnode.innerHTML = "600"; slidnode.innerHTML = "<img src=\"/images/sliderbg5.png\" alt=\"\" />"; } else if (actualValue > 320 && actualValue < 330) { basePrice = 110; var pid = "12"; var ram = "2 GB"; stornode.innerHTML = "80"; cpunode.innerHTML = "2"; bwnode.innerHTML = "800"; slidnode.innerHTML = "<img src=\"/images/sliderbg6.png\" alt=\"\" />"; } else if (actualValue > 385 && actualValue < 395) { basePrice = 140; var pid = "13"; var ram = "2.5 GB"; stornode.innerHTML = "100"; cpunode.innerHTML = "2"; bwnode.innerHTML = "1000"; slidnode.innerHTML = "<img src=\"/images/sliderbg7.png\" alt=\"\" />"; } else if (actualValue > 450 && actualValue < 460) { basePrice = 170; var pid = "14"; var ram = "3 GB"; stornode.innerHTML = "120"; cpunode.innerHTML = "3"; bwnode.innerHTML = "1200"; slidnode.innerHTML = "<img src=\"/images/sliderbg8.png\" alt=\"\" />"; } else if (actualValue > 515 && actualValue < 525) { basePrice = 200; var pid = "15"; var ram = "3.5 GB"; stornode.innerHTML = "140"; cpunode.innerHTML = "3"; bwnode.innerHTML = "1400"; slidnode.innerHTML = "<img src=\"/images/sliderbg9.png\" alt=\"\" />"; } else if (actualValue > 580 && actualValue < 590) { basePrice = 240; var pid = "16"; var ram = "4 GB"; stornode.innerHTML = "160"; cpunode.innerHTML = "4"; bwnode.innerHTML = "1600"; slidnode.innerHTML = "<img src=\"/images/sliderbg10.png\" alt=\"\" />"; } // Setup the order link ordnode.innerHTML = "<a href=\"https://account.hostingbeast.com/cart.php?a=add&pid=" + pid + "\"><img src=\"/images/blank.gif\" alt=\"Order VPS Hosting\" height=\"100\" width=\"100\" /></a>"; ramnode.innerHTML = ram; ipPrice = 0; function setIpPrice(ips) { ipPrice = ips.value; } cpanelPrice = 0; prinode.innerHTML = basePrice + ipPrice + cpanelPrice; }); // Use setValue to reset the value to white: Event.on("putval", "click", function(e) { slider.setValue(100, false); //false here means to animate if possible }); setTimeout(function () { slider.setValue(10); },0); }); })(); </script> <div style="width: 649px; margin:auto"> <span id="sliderbg"></span> <div class="yui-skin-sam"> <div id="slider-bg" class="yui-h-slider" tabindex="-1"> <div id="slider-thumb" class="yui-slider-thumb"><img src="/images/thumb-bar.png"></div> </div> </div> </div> <div class="vpsdetails"> <div id="vpsprod"><span id="cpu"></span></div> <div id="vpsram"><span id="ram"></span></div> <div id="vpsstor"><span id="storage"></span> GB</div> <div id="vpsbw"><span id="bandwidth"></span> GB</div> <div id="slideprice">$ <span id="monthly-price"></span></div> </div> <input type="radio" name="ips" value="2" onclick="setIpPrice(this.value - 2 * 2);" checked="checked" /> 2 <input type="radio" name="ips" value="4" onclick="setIpPrice(this.value - 2 * 2);" /> 4

    Read the article

  • ruby regex, parsing html

    - by danwoods
    Hello all, I'm trying to parse some returned html to look for currently playing movies. The pattern I'm trying to match looks like: <span dir=ltr>Clash of the Titans</span> Of which there are several in the returned html. (the html is huge, I've posted a sample at the bottom) I'm trying get an array of the movie titles with the following command: titles = listings_html.split(/(<span dir=ltr>).*(<\/span>)/) But I'm not getting the results I'm expecting. Can anyone see a problem with my approach or regex? Returned html (I believe the 'markdown'formating will render the some of the html, but this is just an example): <script>window.gbar={};(function(){function h(a,b,d){var c="on"+b;if(a.addEventListener)a.addEventListener(b,d,false);else if(a.attachEvent)a.attachEvent(c,d);else{var f=a[c];a[c]=function(){var e=f.apply(this,arguments),g=d.apply(this,arguments);return e==undefined?g:g==undefined?e:g&&e}}};var i=window.gbar,k,l,m;function n(a){var b=window.encodeURIComponent&&(document.forms[0].q||"").value;if(b)a.href=a.href.replace(/([?&])q=[^&]*|$/,function(d,c){return(c||"&")+"q="+encodeURIComponent(b)})}i.qs=n;function o(a,b,d,c,f,e){var g=document.getElementById(a);if(g){var j=g.style;j.left=c?"auto":b+"px";j.right=c?b+"px":"auto";j.top=d+"px";j.visibility=l?"hidden":"visible";if(f&&e){j.width=f+"px";j.height=e+"px"}else{o(k,b,d,c,g.offsetWidth,g.offsetHeight);l=l?"":a}}}i.tg=function(a){a=a||window.event;var b,d=a.target||a.srcElement;a.cancelBubble=true;if(k!=null)p(d);else{b=document.createElement(Array.every||window.createPopup?"iframe":"div");b.frameBorder="0";k=b.id="gbs";b.src="javascript:''";d.parentNode.appendChild(b);h(document,"click",i.close);p(d);i.alld&&i.alld(function(){var c=document.getElementById("gbli");if(c){var f=c.parentNode;q(f,c);var e=c.prevSibling;f.removeChild(c);i.removeExtraDelimiters(f,e);b.style.height=f.offsetHeight+"px"}})}};function r(a){var b,d=document.defaultView;if(d&&d.getComputedStyle){if(a=d.getComputedStyle(a,""))b=a.direction}else b=a.currentStyle?a.currentStyle.direction:a.style.direction;return b=="rtl"}function p(a){var b=0;if(a.className!="gb3")a=a.parentNode;var d=a.getAttribute("aria-owns")||"gbi",c=a.offsetWidth,f=a.offsetTop>20?46:24,e=false;do b+=a.offsetLeft||0;while(a=a.offsetParent);a=(document.documentElement.clientWidth||document.body.clientWidth)-b-c;c=r(document.body);if(d=="gbi"){var g=document.getElementById("gbi");q(g,document.getElementById("gbli")||g.firstChild);if(c){b=a;e=true}}else if(!c){b=a;e=true}l!=d&&i.close();o(d,b,f,e)}i.close=function(){l&&o(l,0,0)};function s(a,b,d){if(!m){m="gb2";if(i.alld){var c=i.findClassName(a);if(c)m=c}}a.insertBefore(b,d).className=m}function q(a,b){for(var d,c=window.navExtra;c&&(d=c.pop());)s(a,d,b)}i.addLink=function(a,b,d){if((b=document.getElementById(b))&&a){a.className="gb4";var c=document.createElement("span");c.appendChild(a);c.appendChild(document.createTextNode(" | "));c.id=d;b.appendChild(c)}}})();if(!window.google)window.google={};if(!window.google.movies)window.google.movies={};window.google.movies.registerFixdir=function(){var c="[\u0000- !-@[-{-\u00bf\u00d7\u00f7\u02b9-\u02ff\u2000-\u2bff]",g=new RegExp("^"+c+"([0-9]"+c+"$|[A-Za-z\u00c0-\u00d6\u00d8-\u00f6\u00f8-\u02b8\u0300-\u0590\u0800-\u1fff\u2c00-\ufb1c\ufdfe-\ufe6f\ufefd-\uffff])"),h=new RegExp("^"+c+"$");function e(d,a){if(!a)a=d&&d.target?d.target:window.event.srcElement;a.dir=g.test(a.value)?"ltr":(h.test(a.value)?"":"rtl")} var i=[document.getElementsByName("q")[0],document.getElementById("mtq")];for(var f=0,b;b=i[f];f++)if(b){b.onkeyup=e;e(null,b)}}; Movie Showtimes - Google Search.fl:link{}a:link,.w,a.w:link,.w a:link{color:#00c}a:visited{color:#551a8b}a:active{color:red}.t a:link,.t a:active,.t a:visited,.t{color:#000}.left{width:12em}.box{background:#fff}.nopadding{padding:0}.k{background:#36c}.z{display:none}.x{width:3em}.y{width:23em}.b{color:#00c;font-size:12pt;font-weight:bold}.i,.i:link{color:#a90a08}.n a{color:#000;font-size:10pt}.n .b a{color:#00c}.n .i{font-size:10pt;font-weight:bold}.h{cursor:pointer}body{background:#fff;font:82% Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif;margin:3px 0 0;padding:0}table{border-collapse:collapse;border-spacing:0}img{border:0}td,th{vertical-align:top}h1,h2{font-size:100%;margin:0}a{color:#00c}/ CSS for page */#title_bar{background:#f0f7f9;border-top:1px solid #6b90da;padding-bottom:4px;padding-left:8px;padding-top:4px}#google_bar{margin:3px 10px}#search_form{margin:3px 10px}#left_nav{border-right:1px solid #c9d7f1;margin-top:11px;position:absolute;left:9px;width:13.4em}#left_nav .section{margin-bottom:1.2em}.hidden{visibility:hidden}#results{height:auto !important;height:350px;margin-left:15em;min-height:350px;min-width:800px;width:expression(document.body.clientWidth<1000?"800px":"99.9%")}.name{font-size:124%;margin:0}.times{clear:both;margin:0}.address{margin:0}#movie_results{overflow:auto}.movie_results{margin-top:11px}.movie{clear:both;margin-bottom:40px}.movie .header{padding-left:8px}.movie .img{border:1px solid #ccc;float:left;margin-bottom:10px}.movie .desc{margin-bottom:15px;max-width:42em}.movie h2{font-size:124%;margin-bottom:2px}.movie .info{margin-bottom:10px}.movie .syn{margin-bottom:10px}.movie .section_title{background:#f0f7f9;clear:both;font-size:108%;margin-bottom:11px;margin-top:11px;padding-bottom:4px;padding-left:8px;padding-top:5px}.movie .showtimes{margin-bottom:8px;padding-left:8px}.movie .show_left{width:49%}.movie .show_right{width:49%}.movie .theater{padding-bottom:15px}.theater{clear:both;padding-bottom:1px}.theater_after_icon{padding-left:25px}.theater .show_left{width:49%}.theater .show_right{width:49%}.theater h2{font-size:124%;margin-bottom:2px}.theater .icon{float:left;height:3em;margin-right:5px}.theater .closure{font-size:100%}.theater .info{font-size:100%;padding-bottom:5px;padding-top:5px}.theater .movie{margin-bottom:8px;margin-right:8px;max-width:42em}.theater .movie .desc{margin-bottom:5px;margin-left:0}.theater .movie .info{margin-top:0}.theater .showtimes{margin-bottom:40px;margin-top:8px}#theater_map{right:0;left:0;position:relative;top:0}#theater_static_map{border:1px solid #c9d7f1;margin:10px}.map_marker .name{margin-top:10px}.photo{border:1px solid #ccc;margin-bottom:20px;margin-left:8px}.show_left{float:left;margin:0;width:49.999%}.show_right{float:right;margin:0;width:50%}.show_more{clear:both;font-size:124%;margin:0}.show_more a{color:#77c}.reviews{margin-bottom:8px;padding-left:8px}.review{margin-bottom:5px}.review .publisher{color:green}.review .date{color:#6f6f6f}.trailer{margin-bottom:8px;padding-left:8px}.clear{clear:both}.iconA{background:url(http://maps.gstatic.com/mapfiles/red_icons_A_J.png) repeat 0 0}.iconB{background:url(http://maps.gstatic.com/mapfiles/red_icons_A_J.png) repeat 0 -38px}.iconC{background:url(http://maps.gstatic.com/mapfiles/red_icons_A_J.png) repeat 0 -76px}.iconD{background:url(http://maps.gstatic.com/mapfiles/red_icons_A_J.png) repeat 0 -114px}.iconE{background:url(http://maps.gstatic.com/mapfiles/red_icons_A_J.png) repeat 0 -152px}.iconF{background:url(http://maps.gstatic.com/mapfiles/red_icons_A_J.png) repeat 0 -190px}.iconG{background:url(http://maps.gstatic.com/mapfiles/red_icons_A_J.png) repeat 0 -228px}.iconH{background:url(http://maps.gstatic.com/mapfiles/red_icons_A_J.png) repeat 0 -266px}.iconI{background:url(http://maps.gstatic.com/mapfiles/red_icons_A_J.png) repeat 0 -304px}.iconJ{background:url(http://maps.gstatic.com/mapfiles/red_icons_A_J.png) repeat 0 -342px}.iconK{background:url(http://maps.gstatic.com/mapfiles/red_icons_K_Z.png) repeat 0 0}.iconL{background:url(http://maps.gstatic.com/mapfiles/red_icons_K_Z.png) repeat 0 -38px}.iconM{background:url(http://maps.gstatic.com/mapfiles/red_icons_K_Z.png) repeat 0 -76px}.iconN{background:url(http://maps.gstatic.com/mapfiles/red_icons_K_Z.png) repeat 0 -114px}.iconO{background:url(http://maps.gstatic.com/mapfiles/red_icons_K_Z.png) repeat 0 -152px}.iconP{background:url(http://maps.gstatic.com/mapfiles/red_icons_K_Z.png) repeat 0 -190px}.iconQ{background:url(http://maps.gstatic.com/mapfiles/red_icons_K_Z.png) repeat 0 -228px}.iconR{background:url(http://maps.gstatic.com/mapfiles/red_icons_K_Z.png) repeat 0 -266px}.iconS{background:url(http://maps.gstatic.com/mapfiles/red_icons_K_Z.png) repeat 0 -304px}.iconT{background:url(http://maps.gstatic.com/mapfiles/red_icons_K_Z.png) repeat 0 -342px}.iconU{background:url(http://maps.gstatic.com/mapfiles/red_icons_K_Z.png) repeat 0 -380px}.iconV{background:url(http://maps.gstatic.com/mapfiles/red_icons_K_Z.png) repeat 0 -418px}.iconW{background:url(http://maps.gstatic.com/mapfiles/red_icons_K_Z.png) repeat 0 -456px}.iconX{background:url(http://maps.gstatic.com/mapfiles/red_icons_K_Z.png) repeat 0 -494px}.iconY{background:url(http://maps.gstatic.com/mapfiles/red_icons_K_Z.png) repeat 0 -532px}.iconZ{background:url(http://maps.gstatic.com/mapfiles/red_icons_K_Z.png) repeat 0 -570px}#gbar,#guser{font-size:13px;padding-top:1px !important}#gbar{float:left;height:22px}#guser{padding-bottom:7px !important;text-align:right}.gbh,.gbd{border-top:1px solid #c9d7f1;font-size:1px}.gbh{height:0;position:absolute;top:24px;width:100%}#gbs,.gbm{background:#fff;left:0;position:absolute;text-align:left;visibility:hidden;z-index:1000}.gbm{border:1px solid;border-color:#c9d7f1 #36c #36c #a2bae7;z-index:1001}.gb1{margin-right:.5em}.gb1,.gb3{zoom:1}.gb2{display:block;padding:.2em .5em;}.gb2,.gb3{text-decoration:none;border-bottom:none}a.gb1,a.gb2,a.gb3,a.gb4{color:#00c !important}.gbi .gb3,.gbi .gb2,.gbi .gb4{color:#dd8e27 !important}.gbf .gb3,.gbf .gb2,.gbf .gb4{color:#900 !important}a.gb2:hover{background:#36c;color:#fff !important}Web Images Videos Maps News Shopping Gmail more ▼Books Finance Translate Scholar Blogs YouTube Calendar Photos Documents Reader Sites Groups even more » [email protected] | Google Account settings | Sign out     Advanced Search  PreferencesShowtimes for Murfreesboro, TN 37130Change Location› Today › Tomorrow › Monday › Tuesday› Theaters › Movies› Show list view › Show map viewPremiere 6 Theater810 Northwest Broad Street, Murfreesboro, TN - (615) 896-4100Clash of the Titans? - 1hr 50min?? - Rated PG-13?? - Action/Adventure? - Trailer - IMDb2:10  4:15  6:15  8:20  10:25pmDiary of a Wimpy Kid? - 1hr 33min?? - Rated PG?? - Comedy/Drama? - Trailer - IMDb2:00  3:50  6:00  7:50  9:40pmHow to Train Your Dragon?1hr 38min?? - Rated PG?? - Family/Animation? - IMDb2:00  3:55  6:00  7:55  9:50pmThe Bounty Hunter? - 1hr 46min?? - Rated PG-13?? - Action/Adventure/Comedy/Romance? - Trailer - IMDb2:15  4:15  6:25  8:25  10:30pmThe Last Song? - 1hr 47min?? - Rated PG?? - Drama? - Trailer - IMDb2:20  4:15  6:30  8:35  10:35pmTyler Perry's Why Did I Get Married Too?2hr 1min?? - Rated PG-13?? - Comedy?2:20  4:35  7:30  9:45pmContinental Cinema 5450 US Highway 231 N, Troy, AL - (334) 808-4225Clash of the Titans 3D? - 1hr 50min?? - Rated PG-13?? - Action/Adventure? - IMDb1:00  4:00  7:00  9:30pmHow to Train Your Dragon 3D? - 1hr 38min?? - Rated PG?? - Family/Animation? - IMDb1:05  4:05  7:05  9:25pmThe Bounty Hunter? - 1hr 46min?? - Rated PG-13?? - Action/Adventure/Comedy/Romance? - Trailer - IMDb1:00  4:00  7:00  9:30pmThe Last Song? - 1hr 47min?? - Rated PG?? - Drama? - Trailer - IMDb1:05  4:05  7:05  9:25pmTyler Perry's Why Did I Get Married Too?2hr 1min?? - Rated PG-13?? - Comedy?12:55  3:55  6:55  9:35pmMall Cinema - Hartford KYUS Hwy 231 South 62 East, Hartford, KY - (270) 298-3315Clash of the Titans? - 1hr 50min?? - Rated PG-13?? - Action/Adventure? - Trailer - IMDb5:00  7:00  9:00pmHow to Train Your Dragon?1hr 38min?? - Rated PG?? - Family/Animation? - IMDb5:00  7:00  9:00pmCarmike Wynnsong 16 - Murfreesboro2626 Cason Square Boulevard, Murfreesboro, TN - (615) 893-2253The Last Song? - 1hr 47min?? - Rated PG?? - Drama? - Trailer - IMDb12:15  1:00  2:45  4:00  5:15  7:00  7:45 

    Read the article

  • UIImagePickerController, UIImage, Memory and More!

    - by Itay
    I've noticed that there are many questions about how to handle UIImage objects, especially in conjunction with UIImagePickerController and then displaying it in a view (usually a UIImageView). Here is a collection of common questions and their answers. Feel free to edit and add your own. I obviously learnt all this information from somewhere too. Various forum posts, StackOverflow answers and my own experimenting brought me to all these solutions. Credit goes to those who posted some sample code that I've since used and modified. I don't remember who you all are - but hats off to you! How Do I Select An Image From the User's Images or From the Camera? You use UIImagePickerController. The documentation for the class gives a decent overview of how one would use it, and can be found here. Basically, you create an instance of the class, which is a modal view controller, display it, and set yourself (or some class) to be the delegate. Then you'll get notified when a user selects some form of media (movie or image in 3.0 on the 3GS), and you can do whatever you want. My Delegate Was Called - How Do I Get The Media? The delegate method signature is the following: - (void)imagePickerController:(UIImagePickerController *)picker didFinishPickingMediaWithInfo:(NSDictionary *)info; You should put a breakpoint in the debugger to see what's in the dictionary, but you use that to extract the media. For example: UIImage* image = [info objectForKey:UIImagePickerControllerOriginalImage]; There are other keys that work as well, all in the documentation. OK, I Got The Image, But It Doesn't Have Any Geolocation Data. What gives? Unfortunately, Apple decided that we're not worthy of this information. When they load the data into the UIImage, they strip it of all the EXIF/Geolocation data. Can I Get To The Original File Representing This Image on the Disk? Nope. For security purposes, you only get the UIImage. How Can I Look At The Underlying Pixels of the UIImage? Since the UIImage is immutable, you can't look at the direct pixels. However, you can make a copy. The code to this looks something like this: UIImage* image = ...; // An image NSData* pixelData = (NSData*) CGDataProviderCopyData(CGImageGetDataProvider(image.CGImage)); unsigned char* pixelBytes = (unsigned char *)[pixelData bytes]; // Take away the red pixel, assuming 32-bit RGBA for(int i = 0; i < [pixelData length]; i += 4) { pixelBytes[i] = 0; // red pixelBytes[i+1] = pixelBytes[i+1]; // green pixelBytes[i+2] = pixelBytes[i+2]; // blue pixelBytes[i+3] = pixelBytes[i+3]; // alpha } However, note that CGDataProviderCopyData provides you with an "immutable" reference to the data - meaning you can't change it (and you may get a BAD_ACCESS error if you do). Look at the next question if you want to see how you can modify the pixels. How Do I Modify The Pixels of the UIImage? The UIImage is immutable, meaning you can't change it. Apple posted a great article on how to get a copy of the pixels and modify them, and rather than copy and paste it here, you should just go read the article. Once you have the bitmap context as they mention in the article, you can do something similar to this to get a new UIImage with the modified pixels: CGImageRef ref = CGBitmapContextCreateImage(bitmap); UIImage* newImage = [UIImage imageWithCGImage:ref]; Do remember to release your references though, otherwise you're going to be leaking quite a bit of memory. After I Select 3 Images From The Camera, I Run Out Of Memory. Help! You have to remember that even though on disk these images take up only a few hundred kilobytes at most, that's because they're compressed as a PNG or JPG. When they are loaded into the UIImage, they become uncompressed. A quick over-the-envelope calculation would be: width x height x 4 = bytes in memory That's assuming 32-bit pixels. If you have 16-bit pixels (some JPGs are stored as RGBA-5551), then you'd replace the 4 with a 2. Now, images taken with the camera are 1600 x 1200 pixels, so let's do the math: 1600 x 1200 x 4 = 7,680,000 bytes = ~8 MB 8 MB is a lot, especially when you have a limit of around 24 MB for your application. That's why you run out of memory. OK, I Understand Why I Have No Memory. What Do I Do? There is never any reason to display images at their full resolution. The iPhone has a screen of 480 x 320 pixels, so you're just wasting space. If you find yourself in this situation, ask yourself the following question: Do I need the full resolution image? If the answer is yes, then you should save it to disk for later use. If the answer is no, then read the next part. Once you've decided what to do with the full-resolution image, then you need to create a smaller image to use for displaying. Many times you might even want several sizes for your image: a thumbnail, a full-size one for displaying, and the original full-resolution image. OK, I'm Hooked. How Do I Resize the Image? Unfortunately, there is no defined way how to resize an image. Also, it's important to note that when you resize it, you'll get a new image - you're not modifying the old one. There are a couple of methods to do the resizing. I'll present them both here, and explain the pros and cons of each. Method 1: Using UIKit + (UIImage*)imageWithImage:(UIImage*)image scaledToSize:(CGSize)newSize; { // Create a graphics image context UIGraphicsBeginImageContext(newSize); // Tell the old image to draw in this new context, with the desired // new size [image drawInRect:CGRectMake(0,0,newSize.width,newSize.height)]; // Get the new image from the context UIImage* newImage = UIGraphicsGetImageFromCurrentImageContext(); // End the context UIGraphicsEndImageContext(); // Return the new image. return newImage; } This method is very simple, and works great. It will also deal with the UIImageOrientation for you, meaning that you don't have to care whether the camera was sideways when the picture was taken. However, this method is not thread safe, and since thumbnailing is a relatively expensive operation (approximately ~2.5s on a 3G for a 1600 x 1200 pixel image), this is very much an operation you may want to do in the background, on a separate thread. Method 2: Using CoreGraphics + (UIImage*)imageWithImage:(UIImage*)sourceImage scaledToSize:(CGSize)newSize; { CGFloat targetWidth = targetSize.width; CGFloat targetHeight = targetSize.height; CGImageRef imageRef = [sourceImage CGImage]; CGBitmapInfo bitmapInfo = CGImageGetBitmapInfo(imageRef); CGColorSpaceRef colorSpaceInfo = CGImageGetColorSpace(imageRef); if (bitmapInfo == kCGImageAlphaNone) { bitmapInfo = kCGImageAlphaNoneSkipLast; } CGContextRef bitmap; if (sourceImage.imageOrientation == UIImageOrientationUp || sourceImage.imageOrientation == UIImageOrientationDown) { bitmap = CGBitmapContextCreate(NULL, targetWidth, targetHeight, CGImageGetBitsPerComponent(imageRef), CGImageGetBytesPerRow(imageRef), colorSpaceInfo, bitmapInfo); } else { bitmap = CGBitmapContextCreate(NULL, targetHeight, targetWidth, CGImageGetBitsPerComponent(imageRef), CGImageGetBytesPerRow(imageRef), colorSpaceInfo, bitmapInfo); } if (sourceImage.imageOrientation == UIImageOrientationLeft) { CGContextRotateCTM (bitmap, radians(90)); CGContextTranslateCTM (bitmap, 0, -targetHeight); } else if (sourceImage.imageOrientation == UIImageOrientationRight) { CGContextRotateCTM (bitmap, radians(-90)); CGContextTranslateCTM (bitmap, -targetWidth, 0); } else if (sourceImage.imageOrientation == UIImageOrientationUp) { // NOTHING } else if (sourceImage.imageOrientation == UIImageOrientationDown) { CGContextTranslateCTM (bitmap, targetWidth, targetHeight); CGContextRotateCTM (bitmap, radians(-180.)); } CGContextDrawImage(bitmap, CGRectMake(0, 0, targetWidth, targetHeight), imageRef); CGImageRef ref = CGBitmapContextCreateImage(bitmap); UIImage* newImage = [UIImage imageWithCGImage:ref]; CGContextRelease(bitmap); CGImageRelease(ref); return newImage; } The benefit of this method is that it is thread-safe, plus it takes care of all the small things (using correct color space and bitmap info, dealing with image orientation) that the UIKit version does. How Do I Resize and Maintain Aspect Ratio (like the AspectFill option)? It is very similar to the method above, and it looks like this: + (UIImage*)imageWithImage:(UIImage*)sourceImage scaledToSizeWithSameAspectRatio:(CGSize)targetSize; { CGSize imageSize = sourceImage.size; CGFloat width = imageSize.width; CGFloat height = imageSize.height; CGFloat targetWidth = targetSize.width; CGFloat targetHeight = targetSize.height; CGFloat scaleFactor = 0.0; CGFloat scaledWidth = targetWidth; CGFloat scaledHeight = targetHeight; CGPoint thumbnailPoint = CGPointMake(0.0,0.0); if (CGSizeEqualToSize(imageSize, targetSize) == NO) { CGFloat widthFactor = targetWidth / width; CGFloat heightFactor = targetHeight / height; if (widthFactor > heightFactor) { scaleFactor = widthFactor; // scale to fit height } else { scaleFactor = heightFactor; // scale to fit width } scaledWidth = width * scaleFactor; scaledHeight = height * scaleFactor; // center the image if (widthFactor > heightFactor) { thumbnailPoint.y = (targetHeight - scaledHeight) * 0.5; } else if (widthFactor < heightFactor) { thumbnailPoint.x = (targetWidth - scaledWidth) * 0.5; } } CGImageRef imageRef = [sourceImage CGImage]; CGBitmapInfo bitmapInfo = CGImageGetBitmapInfo(imageRef); CGColorSpaceRef colorSpaceInfo = CGImageGetColorSpace(imageRef); if (bitmapInfo == kCGImageAlphaNone) { bitmapInfo = kCGImageAlphaNoneSkipLast; } CGContextRef bitmap; if (sourceImage.imageOrientation == UIImageOrientationUp || sourceImage.imageOrientation == UIImageOrientationDown) { bitmap = CGBitmapContextCreate(NULL, targetWidth, targetHeight, CGImageGetBitsPerComponent(imageRef), CGImageGetBytesPerRow(imageRef), colorSpaceInfo, bitmapInfo); } else { bitmap = CGBitmapContextCreate(NULL, targetHeight, targetWidth, CGImageGetBitsPerComponent(imageRef), CGImageGetBytesPerRow(imageRef), colorSpaceInfo, bitmapInfo); } // In the right or left cases, we need to switch scaledWidth and scaledHeight, // and also the thumbnail point if (sourceImage.imageOrientation == UIImageOrientationLeft) { thumbnailPoint = CGPointMake(thumbnailPoint.y, thumbnailPoint.x); CGFloat oldScaledWidth = scaledWidth; scaledWidth = scaledHeight; scaledHeight = oldScaledWidth; CGContextRotateCTM (bitmap, radians(90)); CGContextTranslateCTM (bitmap, 0, -targetHeight); } else if (sourceImage.imageOrientation == UIImageOrientationRight) { thumbnailPoint = CGPointMake(thumbnailPoint.y, thumbnailPoint.x); CGFloat oldScaledWidth = scaledWidth; scaledWidth = scaledHeight; scaledHeight = oldScaledWidth; CGContextRotateCTM (bitmap, radians(-90)); CGContextTranslateCTM (bitmap, -targetWidth, 0); } else if (sourceImage.imageOrientation == UIImageOrientationUp) { // NOTHING } else if (sourceImage.imageOrientation == UIImageOrientationDown) { CGContextTranslateCTM (bitmap, targetWidth, targetHeight); CGContextRotateCTM (bitmap, radians(-180.)); } CGContextDrawImage(bitmap, CGRectMake(thumbnailPoint.x, thumbnailPoint.y, scaledWidth, scaledHeight), imageRef); CGImageRef ref = CGBitmapContextCreateImage(bitmap); UIImage* newImage = [UIImage imageWithCGImage:ref]; CGContextRelease(bitmap); CGImageRelease(ref); return newImage; } The method we employ here is to create a bitmap with the desired size, but draw an image that is actually larger, thus maintaining the aspect ratio. So We've Got Our Scaled Images - How Do I Save Them To Disk? This is pretty simple. Remember that we want to save a compressed version to disk, and not the uncompressed pixels. Apple provides two functions that help us with this (documentation is here): NSData* UIImagePNGRepresentation(UIImage *image); NSData* UIImageJPEGRepresentation (UIImage *image, CGFloat compressionQuality); And if you want to use them, you'd do something like: UIImage* myThumbnail = ...; // Get some image NSData* imageData = UIImagePNGRepresentation(myThumbnail); Now we're ready to save it to disk, which is the final step (say into the documents directory): // Give a name to the file NSString* imageName = @"MyImage.png"; // Now, we have to find the documents directory so we can save it // Note that you might want to save it elsewhere, like the cache directory, // or something similar. NSArray* paths = NSSearchPathForDirectoriesInDomains(NSDocumentDirectory, NSUserDomainMask, YES); NSString* documentsDirectory = [paths objectAtIndex:0]; // Now we get the full path to the file NSString* fullPathToFile = [documentsDirectory stringByAppendingPathComponent:imageName]; // and then we write it out [imageData writeToFile:fullPathToFile atomically:NO]; You would repeat this for every version of the image you have. How Do I Load These Images Back Into Memory? Just look at the various UIImage initialization methods, such as +imageWithContentsOfFile: in the Apple documentation.

    Read the article

  • trouble running smooth animation in thread only when using key listener

    - by heysuse renard
    first time using a forum for coding help so sorry if i post this all wrong. i have more than a few classes i don't think screenManger or core holds the problem but i included them just incase. i got most of this code working through a set of tutorials. but a certain point started trying to do more on my own. i want to play the animation only when i'm moving my sprite. in my KeyTest class i am using threads to run the animation it used to work (poorly) but now not at all pluss it really gunks up my computer. i think it's because of the thread. im new to threads so i'm not to sure if i should even be using one in this situation or if its dangerous for my computer. the animation worked smoothly when i had the sprite bouce around the screen forever. the animation loop played with out stopping. i think the main problem is between the animationThread, Sprite, and keyTest classes, but itcould be more indepth. if someone could point me in the right direction for making the animation run smoothly when i push down a key and stop runing when i let off it would be greatly apriciated. i already looked at this Java a moving animation (sprite) obviously we were doing the same tutorial. but i feel my problem is slightly different. p.s. sorry for the typos. import java.awt.*; import java.awt.event.KeyEvent; import java.awt.event.KeyListener; import java.awt.image.BufferStrategy; import java.awt.image.BufferedImage; import java.util.ArrayList; import javax.swing.ImageIcon; import javax.swing.JFrame; public class KeyTest extends Core implements KeyListener { public static void main(String[] args) { new KeyTest().run(); } Sprite player1; Image hobo; Image background; animation hoboRun; animationThread t1; //init also calls init form superclass public void init() { super.init(); loadImages(); Window w = s.getFullScreenWindow(); w.setFocusTraversalKeysEnabled(false); w.addKeyListener(this); } //load method will go here. //load all pics need for animation and sprite public void loadImages() { background = new ImageIcon("\\\\STUART-PC\\Users\\Stuart\\workspace\\Gaming\\yellow square.jpg").getImage(); Image face1 = new ImageIcon("\\\\STUART-PC\\Users\\Stuart\\workspace\\Gaming\\circle.png").getImage(); Image face2 = new ImageIcon("\\\\STUART-PC\\Users\\Stuart\\workspace\\Gaming\\one eye.png").getImage(); hoboRun = new animation(); hoboRun.addScene(face1, 250); hoboRun.addScene(face2, 250); player1 = new Sprite(hoboRun); this.t1 = new animationThread(); this.t1.setAnimation(player1); } //key pressed public void keyPressed(KeyEvent e) { int keyCode = e.getKeyCode(); if (keyCode == KeyEvent.VK_ESCAPE) { stop(); } if (keyCode == KeyEvent.VK_RIGHT) { player1.setVelocityX(0.3f); try { this.t1.setRunning(true); Thread th1 = new Thread(this.t1); th1.start(); } catch (Exception ex) { System.out.println("noooo"); } } if (keyCode == KeyEvent.VK_LEFT) { player1.setVelocityX(-0.3f); try { this.t1.setRunning(true); Thread th1 = new Thread(this.t1); th1.start(); } catch (Exception ex) { System.out.println("noooo"); } } if (keyCode == KeyEvent.VK_DOWN) { player1.setVelocityY(0.3f); try { this.t1.setRunning(true); Thread th1 = new Thread(this.t1); th1.start(); } catch (Exception ex) { System.out.println("noooo"); } } if (keyCode == KeyEvent.VK_UP) { player1.setVelocityY(-0.3f); try { this.t1.setRunning(true); Thread th1 = new Thread(this.t1);; th1.start(); } catch (Exception ex) { System.out.println("noooo"); } } else { e.consume(); } } //keyReleased @SuppressWarnings("static-access") public void keyReleased(KeyEvent e) { int keyCode = e.getKeyCode(); if (keyCode == KeyEvent.VK_RIGHT || keyCode == KeyEvent.VK_LEFT) { player1.setVelocityX(0); try { this.t1.setRunning(false); } catch (Exception ex) { } } if (keyCode == KeyEvent.VK_UP || keyCode == KeyEvent.VK_DOWN) { player1.setVelocityY(0); try { this.t1.setRunning(false); } catch (Exception ex) { } } else { e.consume(); } } //last method from interface public void keyTyped(KeyEvent e) { e.consume(); } //draw public void draw(Graphics2D g) { Window w = s.getFullScreenWindow(); g.setColor(w.getBackground()); g.fillRect(0, 0, s.getWidth(), s.getHieght()); g.setColor(w.getForeground()); g.drawImage(player1.getImage(), Math.round(player1.getX()), Math.round(player1.getY()), null); } public void update(long timePassed) { player1.update(timePassed); } } abstract class Core { private static DisplayMode modes[] = { new DisplayMode(1600, 900, 64, 0), new DisplayMode(800, 600, 32, 0), new DisplayMode(800, 600, 24, 0), new DisplayMode(800, 600, 16, 0), new DisplayMode(800, 480, 32, 0), new DisplayMode(800, 480, 24, 0), new DisplayMode(800, 480, 16, 0),}; private boolean running; protected ScreenManager s; //stop method public void stop() { running = false; } public void run() { try { init(); gameLoop(); } finally { s.restoreScreen(); } } //set to full screen //set current background here public void init() { s = new ScreenManager(); DisplayMode dm = s.findFirstCompatibleMode(modes); s.setFullScreen(dm); Window w = s.getFullScreenWindow(); w.setFont(new Font("Arial", Font.PLAIN, 20)); w.setBackground(Color.GREEN); w.setForeground(Color.WHITE); running = true; } //main gameLoop public void gameLoop() { long startTime = System.currentTimeMillis(); long cumTime = startTime; while (running) { long timePassed = System.currentTimeMillis() - cumTime; cumTime += timePassed; update(timePassed); Graphics2D g = s.getGraphics(); draw(g); g.dispose(); s.update(); try { Thread.sleep(20); } catch (Exception ex) { } } } //update animation public void update(long timePassed) { } //draws to screen abstract void draw(Graphics2D g); } class animationThread implements Runnable { String name; boolean playing; Sprite a; //constructor takes input from keyboard public animationThread() { } //The run method for animation public void run() { long startTime = System.currentTimeMillis(); long cumTime = startTime; boolean test = getRunning(); while (test) { long timePassed = System.currentTimeMillis() - cumTime; cumTime += timePassed; test = getRunning(); } } public String getName() { return name; } public void setAnimation(Sprite a) { this.a = a; } public void setName(String name) { this.name = name; } public void setRunning(boolean running) { this.playing = running; } public boolean getRunning() { return playing; } } class animation { private ArrayList scenes; private int sceneIndex; private long movieTime; private long totalTime; //constructor public animation() { scenes = new ArrayList(); totalTime = 0; start(); } //add scene to ArrayLisy and set time for each scene public synchronized void addScene(Image i, long t) { totalTime += t; scenes.add(new OneScene(i, totalTime)); } public synchronized void start() { movieTime = 0; sceneIndex = 0; } //change scenes public synchronized void update(long timePassed) { if (scenes.size() > 1) { movieTime += timePassed; if (movieTime >= totalTime) { movieTime = 0; sceneIndex = 0; } while (movieTime > getScene(sceneIndex).endTime) { sceneIndex++; } } } //get animations current scene(aka image) public synchronized Image getImage() { if (scenes.size() == 0) { return null; } else { return getScene(sceneIndex).pic; } } //get scene private OneScene getScene(int x) { return (OneScene) scenes.get(x); } //Private Inner CLASS////////////// private class OneScene { Image pic; long endTime; public OneScene(Image pic, long endTime) { this.pic = pic; this.endTime = endTime; } } } class Sprite { private animation a; private float x; private float y; private float vx; private float vy; //Constructor public Sprite(animation a) { this.a = a; } //change position public void update(long timePassed) { x += vx * timePassed; y += vy * timePassed; } public void startAnimation(long timePassed) { a.update(timePassed); } //get x position public float getX() { return x; } //get y position public float getY() { return y; } //set x public void setX(float x) { this.x = x; } //set y public void setY(float y) { this.y = y; } //get sprite width public int getWidth() { return a.getImage().getWidth(null); } //get sprite height public int getHeight() { return a.getImage().getHeight(null); } //get horizontal velocity public float getVelocityX() { return vx; } //get vertical velocity public float getVelocityY() { return vx; } //set horizontal velocity public void setVelocityX(float vx) { this.vx = vx; } //set vertical velocity public void setVelocityY(float vy) { this.vy = vy; } //get sprite / image public Image getImage() { return a.getImage(); } } class ScreenManager { private GraphicsDevice vc; public ScreenManager() { GraphicsEnvironment e = GraphicsEnvironment.getLocalGraphicsEnvironment(); vc = e.getDefaultScreenDevice(); } //get all compatible DM public DisplayMode[] getCompatibleDisplayModes() { return vc.getDisplayModes(); } //compares DM passed into vc DM and see if they match public DisplayMode findFirstCompatibleMode(DisplayMode modes[]) { DisplayMode goodModes[] = vc.getDisplayModes(); for (int x = 0; x < modes.length; x++) { for (int y = 0; y < goodModes.length; y++) { if (displayModesMatch(modes[x], goodModes[y])) { return modes[x]; } } } return null; } //get current DM public DisplayMode getCurrentDisplayMode() { return vc.getDisplayMode(); } //checks if two modes match each other public boolean displayModesMatch(DisplayMode m1, DisplayMode m2) { if (m1.getWidth() != m2.getWidth() || m1.getHeight() != m2.getHeight()) { return false; } if (m1.getBitDepth() != DisplayMode.BIT_DEPTH_MULTI && m2.getBitDepth() != DisplayMode.BIT_DEPTH_MULTI && m1.getBitDepth() != m2.getBitDepth()) { return false; } if (m1.getRefreshRate() != DisplayMode.REFRESH_RATE_UNKNOWN && m2.getRefreshRate() != DisplayMode.REFRESH_RATE_UNKNOWN && m1.getRefreshRate() != m2.getRefreshRate()) { return false; } return true; } //make frame full screen public void setFullScreen(DisplayMode dm) { JFrame f = new JFrame(); f.setUndecorated(true); f.setIgnoreRepaint(true); f.setResizable(false); vc.setFullScreenWindow(f); if (dm != null && vc.isDisplayChangeSupported()) { try { vc.setDisplayMode(dm); } catch (Exception ex) { } } f.createBufferStrategy(2); } //sets graphics object = this return public Graphics2D getGraphics() { Window w = vc.getFullScreenWindow(); if (w != null) { BufferStrategy s = w.getBufferStrategy(); return (Graphics2D) s.getDrawGraphics(); } else { return null; } } //updates display public void update() { Window w = vc.getFullScreenWindow(); if (w != null) { BufferStrategy s = w.getBufferStrategy(); if (!s.contentsLost()) { s.show(); } } } //returns full screen window public Window getFullScreenWindow() { return vc.getFullScreenWindow(); } //get width of window public int getWidth() { Window w = vc.getFullScreenWindow(); if (w != null) { return w.getWidth(); } else { return 0; } } //get height of window public int getHieght() { Window w = vc.getFullScreenWindow(); if (w != null) { return w.getHeight(); } else { return 0; } } //get out of full screen public void restoreScreen() { Window w = vc.getFullScreenWindow(); if (w != null) { w.dispose(); } vc.setFullScreenWindow(null); } //create image compatible with monitor public BufferedImage createCopatibleImage(int w, int h, int t) { Window win = vc.getFullScreenWindow(); if (win != null) { GraphicsConfiguration gc = win.getGraphicsConfiguration(); return gc.createCompatibleImage(w, h, t); } return null; } }

    Read the article

  • how to generate tinymce to ajax generated textarea

    - by Jai_pans
    Hi, i have a image multi-uloader script which also each item uploaded was preview 1st b4 it submitted and each images has its following textarea which are also generated by javascript and my problem is i want to use the tinymce editor to each textarea generated by the ajax. Any help will be appreciated.. here is my script function fileQueueError(file, errorCode, message) { try { var imageName = "error.gif"; var errorName = ""; if (errorCode === SWFUpload.errorCode_QUEUE_LIMIT_EXCEEDED) { errorName = "You have attempted to queue too many files."; } if (errorName !== "") { alert(errorName); return; } switch (errorCode) { case SWFUpload.QUEUE_ERROR.ZERO_BYTE_FILE: imageName = "zerobyte.gif"; break; case SWFUpload.QUEUE_ERROR.FILE_EXCEEDS_SIZE_LIMIT: imageName = "toobig.gif"; break; case SWFUpload.QUEUE_ERROR.ZERO_BYTE_FILE: case SWFUpload.QUEUE_ERROR.INVALID_FILETYPE: default: alert(message); break; } addImage("images/" + imageName); } catch (ex) { this.debug(ex); } } function fileDialogComplete(numFilesSelected, numFilesQueued) { try { if (numFilesQueued 0) { this.startUpload(); } } catch (ex) { this.debug(ex); } } function uploadProgress(file, bytesLoaded) { try { var percent = Math.ceil((bytesLoaded / file.size) * 100); var progress = new FileProgress(file, this.customSettings.upload_target); progress.setProgress(percent); if (percent === 100) { progress.setStatus("Creating thumbnail..."); progress.toggleCancel(false, this); } else { progress.setStatus("Uploading..."); progress.toggleCancel(true, this); } } catch (ex) { this.debug(ex); } } function uploadSuccess(file, serverData) { try { var progress = new FileProgress(file, this.customSettings.upload_target); if (serverData.substring(0, 7) === "FILEID:") { addRow("tableID","thumbnail.php?id=" + serverData.substring(7),file.name); //setup(); //generateTinyMCE('itemdescription[]'); progress.setStatus("Thumbnail Created."); progress.toggleCancel(false); } else { addImage("images/error.gif"); progress.setStatus("Error."); progress.toggleCancel(false); alert(serverData); } } catch (ex) { this.debug(ex); } } function uploadComplete(file) { try { /* I want the next upload to continue automatically so I'll call startUpload here */ if (this.getStats().files_queued 0) { this.startUpload(); } else { var progress = new FileProgress(file, this.customSettings.upload_target); progress.setComplete(); progress.setStatus("All images received."); progress.toggleCancel(false); } } catch (ex) { this.debug(ex); } } function uploadError(file, errorCode, message) { var imageName = "error.gif"; var progress; try { switch (errorCode) { case SWFUpload.UPLOAD_ERROR.FILE_CANCELLED: try { progress = new FileProgress(file, this.customSettings.upload_target); progress.setCancelled(); progress.setStatus("Cancelled"); progress.toggleCancel(false); } catch (ex1) { this.debug(ex1); } break; case SWFUpload.UPLOAD_ERROR.UPLOAD_STOPPED: try { progress = new FileProgress(file, this.customSettings.upload_target); progress.setCancelled(); progress.setStatus("Stopped"); progress.toggleCancel(true); } catch (ex2) { this.debug(ex2); } case SWFUpload.UPLOAD_ERROR.UPLOAD_LIMIT_EXCEEDED: imageName = "uploadlimit.gif"; break; default: alert(message); break; } addImage("images/" + imageName); } catch (ex3) { this.debug(ex3); } } function addRow(tableID,src,filename) { var table = document.getElementById(tableID); var rowCount = table.rows.length; var row = table.insertRow(rowCount); rowCount + 1; row.id = "row"+rowCount; var cell0 = row.insertCell(0); cell0.innerHTML = rowCount; cell0.style.background = "#FFFFFF"; var cell1 = row.insertCell(1); cell1.align = "center"; cell1.style.background = "#FFFFFF"; var imahe = document.createElement("img"); imahe.setAttribute("src",src); var hidden = document.createElement("input"); hidden.setAttribute("type","hidden"); hidden.setAttribute("name","filename[]"); hidden.setAttribute("value",filename); /*var hidden2 = document.createElement("input"); hidden2.setAttribute("type","hidden"); hidden2.setAttribute("name","filename[]"); hidden2.setAttribute("value",filename); cell1.appendChild(hidden2);*/ cell1.appendChild(hidden); cell1.appendChild(imahe); var cell2 = row.insertCell(2); cell2.align = "left"; cell2.valign = "top"; cell2.style.background = "#FFFFFF"; //tr1.appendChild(td1); var div2 = document.createElement("div"); div2.style.padding ="0 0 0 10px"; div2.style.width = "400px"; var alink = document.createElement("a"); //alink.style.margin="40px 0 0 0"; alink.href ="#"; alink.innerHTML ="Cancel"; alink.onclick= function () { document.getElementById(row.id).style.display='none'; document.getElementById(textfield.id).disabled='disabled'; }; var div = document.createElement("div"); div.style.margin="10px 0"; div.appendChild(alink); var textfield = document.createElement("input"); textfield.id = "file"+rowCount; textfield.type = "text"; textfield.name = "itemname[]"; textfield.style.margin = "10px 0"; textfield.style.width = "400px"; textfield.value = "Item Name"; textfield.onclick= function(){ //textfield.value=""; if(textfield.value=="Item Name") textfield.value=""; if(desc.innerHTML=="") desc.innerHTML ="Item Description"; if(price.value=="") price.value="Item Price"; } var desc = document.createElement("textarea"); desc.name = "itemdescription[]"; desc.cols = "80"; desc.rows = "4"; desc.innerHTML = "Item Description"; desc.onclick = function(){ if(desc.innerHTML== "Item Description") desc.innerHTML = ""; if(textfield.value=="Item name" || textfield.value=="") textfield.value="Item Name"; if(price.value=="") price.value="Item Price"; } var price = document.createElement("input"); price.id = "file"+rowCount; price.type = "text"; price.name = "itemprice[]"; price.style.margin = "10px 0"; price.style.width = "400px"; price.value = "Item Price"; price.onclick= function(){ if(price.value=="Item Price") price.value=""; if(desc.innerHTML=="") desc.innerHTML ="Item Description"; if(textfield.value=="") textfield.value="Item Name"; } var span = document.createElement("span"); span.innerHTML = "View"; span.style.width = "auto"; span.style.padding = "10px 0"; var view = document.createElement("input"); view.id = "file"+rowCount; view.type = "checkbox"; view.name = "publicview[]"; view.value = "y"; view.checked = "checked"; var div3 = document.createElement("div"); div3.appendChild(span); div3.appendChild(view); var div4 = document.createElement("div"); div4.style.padding = "10px 0"; var span2 = document.createElement("span"); span2.innerHTML = "Default Display"; span2.style.width = "auto"; span2.style.padding = "10px 0"; var radio = document.createElement("input"); radio.type = "radio"; radio.name = "setdefault"; radio.value = "y"; div4.appendChild(span2); div4.appendChild(radio); div2.appendChild(div); //div2.appendChild(label); //div2.appendChild(table); div2.appendChild(textfield); div2.appendChild(desc); div2.appendChild(price); div2.appendChild(div3); div2.appendChild(div4); cell2.appendChild(div2); } function addImage(src,val_id) { var newImg = document.createElement("img"); newImg.style.margin = "5px 50px 5px 5px"; newImg.style.display= "inline"; newImg.id=val_id; document.getElementById("thumbnails").appendChild(newImg); if (newImg.filters) { try { newImg.filters.item("DXImageTransform.Microsoft.Alpha").opacity = 0; } catch (e) { // If it is not set initially, the browser will throw an error. This will set it if it is not set yet. newImg.style.filter = 'progid:DXImageTransform.Microsoft.Alpha(opacity=' + 0 + ')'; } } else { newImg.style.opacity = 0; } newImg.onload = function () { fadeIn(newImg, 0); }; newImg.src = src; } function fadeIn(element, opacity) { var reduceOpacityBy = 5; var rate = 30; // 15 fps if (opacity < 100) { opacity += reduceOpacityBy; if (opacity > 100) { opacity = 100; } if (element.filters) { try { element.filters.item("DXImageTransform.Microsoft.Alpha").opacity = opacity; } catch (e) { // If it is not set initially, the browser will throw an error. This will set it if it is not set yet. element.style.filter = 'progid:DXImageTransform.Microsoft.Alpha(opacity=' + opacity + ')'; } } else { element.style.opacity = opacity / 100; } } if (opacity < 100) { setTimeout(function () { fadeIn(element, opacity); }, rate); } } /* ************************************** * FileProgress Object * Control object for displaying file info * ************************************** */ function FileProgress(file, targetID) { this.fileProgressID = "divFileProgress"; this.fileProgressWrapper = document.getElementById(this.fileProgressID); if (!this.fileProgressWrapper) { this.fileProgressWrapper = document.createElement("div"); this.fileProgressWrapper.className = "progressWrapper"; this.fileProgressWrapper.id = this.fileProgressID; this.fileProgressElement = document.createElement("div"); this.fileProgressElement.className = "progressContainer"; var progressCancel = document.createElement("a"); progressCancel.className = "progressCancel"; progressCancel.href = "#"; progressCancel.style.visibility = "hidden"; progressCancel.appendChild(document.createTextNode(" ")); var progressText = document.createElement("div"); progressText.className = "progressName"; progressText.appendChild(document.createTextNode(file.name)); var progressBar = document.createElement("div"); progressBar.className = "progressBarInProgress"; var progressStatus = document.createElement("div"); progressStatus.className = "progressBarStatus"; progressStatus.innerHTML = "&nbsp;"; this.fileProgressElement.appendChild(progressCancel); this.fileProgressElement.appendChild(progressText); this.fileProgressElement.appendChild(progressStatus); this.fileProgressElement.appendChild(progressBar); this.fileProgressWrapper.appendChild(this.fileProgressElement); document.getElementById(targetID).appendChild(this.fileProgressWrapper); fadeIn(this.fileProgressWrapper, 0); } else { this.fileProgressElement = this.fileProgressWrapper.firstChild; this.fileProgressElement.childNodes[1].firstChild.nodeValue = file.name; } this.height = this.fileProgressWrapper.offsetHeight; } FileProgress.prototype.setProgress = function (percentage) { this.fileProgressElement.className = "progressContainer green"; this.fileProgressElement.childNodes[3].className = "progressBarInProgress"; this.fileProgressElement.childNodes[3].style.width = percentage + "%"; }; FileProgress.prototype.setComplete = function () { this.fileProgressElement.className = "progressContainer blue"; this.fileProgressElement.childNodes[3].className = "progressBarComplete"; this.fileProgressElement.childNodes[3].style.width = ""; }; FileProgress.prototype.setError = function () { this.fileProgressElement.className = "progressContainer red"; this.fileProgressElement.childNodes[3].className = "progressBarError"; this.fileProgressElement.childNodes[3].style.width = ""; }; FileProgress.prototype.setCancelled = function () { this.fileProgressElement.className = "progressContainer"; this.fileProgressElement.childNodes[3].className = "progressBarError"; this.fileProgressElement.childNodes[3].style.width = ""; }; FileProgress.prototype.setStatus = function (status) { this.fileProgressElement.childNodes[2].innerHTML = status; }; FileProgress.prototype.toggleCancel = function (show, swfuploadInstance) { this.fileProgressElement.childNodes[0].style.visibility = show ? "visible" : "hidden"; if (swfuploadInstance) { var fileID = this.fileProgressID; this.fileProgressElement.childNodes[0].onclick = function () { swfuploadInstance.cancelUpload(fileID); return false; }; } }; i am using a swfuploader an i jst added a input fields and a textarea when it preview the images which ready to be uploaded and from my html i have this script var swfu; window.onload = function () { swfu = new SWFUpload({ // Backend Settings upload_url: "../we_modules/upload.php", // Relative to the SWF file or absolute post_params: {"PHPSESSID": ""}, // File Upload Settings file_size_limit : "20 MB", // 2MB file_types : "*.*", //file_types : "", file_types_description : "jpg", file_upload_limit : "0", file_queue_limit : "0", // Event Handler Settings - these functions as defined in Handlers.js // The handlers are not part of SWFUpload but are part of my website and control how // my website reacts to the SWFUpload events. //file_queued_handler : fileQueued, file_queue_error_handler : fileQueueError, file_dialog_complete_handler : fileDialogComplete, upload_progress_handler : uploadProgress, upload_error_handler : uploadError, upload_success_handler : uploadSuccess, upload_complete_handler : uploadComplete, // Button Settings button_image_url : "../we_modules/images/SmallSpyGlassWithTransperancy_17x18.png", // Relative to the SWF file button_placeholder_id : "spanButtonPlaceholder", button_width: 180, button_height: 18, button_text : 'Select Files(2 MB Max)', button_text_style : '.button { font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 12pt;cursor:pointer } .buttonSmall { font-size: 10pt; }', button_text_top_padding: 0, button_text_left_padding: 18, button_window_mode: SWFUpload.WINDOW_MODE.TRANSPARENT, button_cursor: SWFUpload.CURSOR.HAND, // Flash Settings flash_url : "../swfupload/swfupload.swf", custom_settings : { upload_target : "divFileProgressContainer" }, // Debug Settings debug: false }); }; where should i put on the tinymce function as you mention below?

    Read the article

< Previous Page | 282 283 284 285 286 287  | Next Page >